Twelfth Five Year Plan - Central Plans

3.1. Food and Nutrition Security. .................................................................. 9

3.2. Value Chain and Enterprise Development.......................................... 17 3.3. Sustainable Natural Resources Management and Utilization........... 21

3.4. Research and Extension Services.......................................................... 27

3.5. Climate Smart and Disaster Resilient Development.......................... 30

3.6. Highland Development.......................................................................... 35

3.7. Coordination and Support Services..................................................... 38 Ministry of Economic Affairs.................................................................... 41 1. Background..................................................................................................... 41 2. Plan Priorities................................................................................................. 41 3. Programme Summary................................................................................... 43 3.1. Enhancing Economic Growth through Sector Diversification......... 43

3.2. Creating Business and Investment Friendly Environment. .............. 51

3.3. Export Promotion................................................................................... 56 3.4. Enhancing Sustainable Hydropower Generation and Transmission System Expansions......................................................................................... 58

3.5. Risk Associated with Geo-hazards Assessed and Reduced............... 62

3.6. Promote use of Alternative Renewable Energy. ................................. 65 Ministry of Education................................................................................ 73 1. Background..................................................................................................... 73 2. Plan Priorities................................................................................................. 73 3. Programme Summary................................................................................... 76

3.1. Improve Quality and Inclusive Education........................................... 76

3.2. Improve Health and Wellbeing of Children and Youth..................... 84

3.3. Enhance Equitable Quality Tertiary Education.................................. 90

3.4. Enhance Teacher Development and Support...................................... 94

3.5. Strengthen and Expand Vocational Education in Schools..............100

3.6. Enhance Adult Literacy and Lifelong Learning................................103 Ministry of Foreign Affairs.......................................................................107 1. Background...................................................................................................107 2. Plan Priorities...............................................................................................107 3. Programme Summary.................................................................................108 -v- 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans

3.1. Strengthen International Relations and Institutional Capacity of the Ministry. .................................................................................................108 Ministry of Finance...................................................................................114 1. Background...................................................................................................114 2. Plan Priorities...............................................................................................114 3. Programme Summary.................................................................................116

3.1. Strengthening Macroeconomic Coordination..................................116

3.2. Strengthening Fiscal Sustainability. ...................................................120

3.3. Strengthening Public Financial Management...................................125 Ministry of Health. ...................................................................................130 1. Background...................................................................................................130 2. Plan Priorities...............................................................................................130 3. Programme Summary.................................................................................132

3.1. Governance, Health Workforce and Financing................................132

3.2. Health Promotion and Disease Prevention.......................................138

3.3. Medical Services. ..................................................................................149

3.4. Medicine, Healthcare Technologies and Infrastructure. .................157

3.5. Traditional Medicine Services.............................................................163 Ministry of Home and Cultural Affairs....................................................171 1. Background...................................................................................................171 2. Plan Priorities...............................................................................................171 3. Programme Summary.................................................................................173

3.1. Sustenance and Continuity of Cultural Heritage..............................173

3.2. Enhancement of Disaster Risk Reduction and Management. ........178

3.3. Enhancement of Decentralization at Local Governments. .............181 3.4. Enhancement of Civil Registration, Census and Immigration Services..........................................................................................................185

3.5. Border Management & Security Strengthened.................................189 Ministry of Information and Communication. .......................................193 1. Background...................................................................................................193 2. Plan Priorities...............................................................................................193 3. Programme Summary.................................................................................195 3.1. Safe, Reliable, Eco-friendly and Sustainable Surface Transport Services..........................................................................................................195

3.2. Management and Operation of Air Transport Services. .................200 3.3. Digital Transformation and Innovation in the use of ICT and Media. ....................................................................................................204

3.4. Building and Ensuring Safe, Reliable, Secure and Competitive Aviation Services..........................................................................................204 - vi - 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans Ministry of Labour and Human Resources..............................................212 1. Background...................................................................................................212 2. Plan Priorities...............................................................................................212 3. Programme Summary.................................................................................216 3.1. Transform Technical and Vocational Education and Training for Sustainable Development......................................................................216

3.2. Create Productive and Gainful Employment....................................220 Ministry of Works and Human Settlement..............................................225 1. Background...................................................................................................225 2. Plan Priorities...............................................................................................225 3. Programme Summary.................................................................................227

3.1. Enhance Sustainability of Human Settlement. .................................227

3.2. Pursue Green Growth in Construction Industry. ............................233

3.3. Improve and Maintain Climate Resilience of Road Network.........237 Anti-Corruption Commission. ................................................................245 1. Background...................................................................................................245 2. Plan Priorities...............................................................................................245 3. Programme Summary.................................................................................246

3.1. Enhance Efficiency, Effectiveness & Credibility of ACC.................246

3.2. Enhance Mainstreaming of Integrity and Anti-corruption Measures. ......................................................................................................249 Election Commission of Bhutan. .............................................................254 1. Background...................................................................................................254 2. Plan Priorities...............................................................................................254 3. Programme Summary.................................................................................255

3.1. Free and Fair Elections and Electoral Management.........................255

3.2. Strengthening Election Commission of Bhutan as a Democratic Institution. ....................................................................................................262 Royal Audit Authority. .............................................................................265 1. Background...................................................................................................265 2. Plan Priorities...............................................................................................265 3. Programme Summary.................................................................................266

3.1. Improve Public Sector Performance through Auditing...................266 Royal Court of Justice...............................................................................269 1. Background...................................................................................................269 2. Plan Priorities...............................................................................................269 3. Programme Summary.................................................................................270

3.1. Enhance Judicial Accessibility through Improved Services and - vii - 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans Management Systems. .................................................................................270 Royal Civil Service Commission. .............................................................274 1. Background...................................................................................................274 2. Plan Priorities...............................................................................................274 3. Programme Summary.................................................................................275

3.1. Enhance Human Resource Management and Development..........275

3.2. Strengthen Civil Service System. ........................................................280 Bhutan Council for School Examinations and Assessment.....................287 1. Background...................................................................................................287 2. Plan Priorities...............................................................................................287 3. Programme Summary.................................................................................288

3.1. Enhance the Quality/Standard of Examination and Assessment System............................................................................................................288 Bhutan InfoComm and Media Authority. ...............................................291 1. Background...................................................................................................291 2. Plan Priorities...............................................................................................291 3. Programme Summary.................................................................................292

3.1. Access to Safe, Reliable and Affordable ICT and Media Services. .292 Bhutan Medical Health Council...............................................................298 1. Background...................................................................................................298 2. Plan Priorities...............................................................................................298 3. Programme Summary.................................................................................299

3.1. Strengthen Patient Safety and Quality of Healthcare Services. ......299 Bhutan Narcotic Control Authority.........................................................305 1. Background...................................................................................................305 2. Plan Priorities...............................................................................................305 3. Programme Summary.................................................................................306

3.1. Drug Demand and Supply Reduction................................................306 Bhutan National Legal Institute. ..............................................................309 1. Background...................................................................................................309 2. Plan Priorities...............................................................................................309 3. Programme Summary.................................................................................310

3.1. Strengthen Administration of Justice Services. ................................310 - viii - 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans Bhutan Olympic Committee. ...................................................................313 1. Background...................................................................................................313 2. Plan Priorities...............................................................................................313 3. Programme Summary.................................................................................314

3.1. Excellence through Sports for All.......................................................314 Bhutan Standards Bureau.........................................................................318 1. Background...................................................................................................318 2. Plan Priorities...............................................................................................318 3. Programme Summary.................................................................................319

3.1. Ensure Quality National Products and Services...............................319 Construction Development Board...........................................................323 1. Background...................................................................................................323 2. Plan Priorities...............................................................................................323 3. Programme Summary.................................................................................324

3.1. Enhance Professionalism in Construction Industry........................324 Cabinet Secretariat. ..................................................................................327 1. Background...................................................................................................327 2. Plan Priorities...............................................................................................327 3. Programme Summary.................................................................................328

3.1. Enhance Government Performance Management and Public Service Delivery. ..........................................................................................328 Dzongkha Development Commission. ....................................................333 1. Background...................................................................................................333 2. Plan Priorities...............................................................................................333 3. Programme Summary.................................................................................334

3.1. Develop and Promote National Language and Preserve Indigenous languages. .................................................................................334 Dratshang Lhentshog (Council for Religious Affairs).............................338 1. Background...................................................................................................338 2. Plan Priorities...............................................................................................338 3. Programme Summary.................................................................................339

3.1. Enhance Spiritual Values. ....................................................................339 Drug Regulatory Authority. .....................................................................342 1. Background...................................................................................................342 2. Plan Priorities...............................................................................................342 3. Programme Summary.................................................................................343

3.1. Strengthen Medicinal Products Regulatory Services.......................343 - ix - 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans Gross National Happiness Commission Secretariat................................349 1. Background...................................................................................................349 2. Plan Priorities...............................................................................................349 3. Programme Summary.................................................................................350

3.1. National Development Planning, Monitoring and Coordination. ...... 350 Jigme Dorji Wangchuck National Referral Hospital................................356 1. Background...................................................................................................356 2. Plan Priorities...............................................................................................356 3. Programme Summary.................................................................................357

3.1. Improve Access to Quality Tertiary Healthcare Services. ...............357 Jigme Singye Wangchuck School of Law. .................................................368 1. Background...................................................................................................368 2. Plan Priorities...............................................................................................368 3. Programme Summary.................................................................................369

3.1. Strengthen Institutional Capacity of JSWSL. ....................................369 Khesar Gyalpo University of Medical Sciences of Bhutan.......................372 1. Background...................................................................................................372 2. Plan Priorities...............................................................................................372 3. Program Summary. .....................................................................................373 3.1. Enhance Quality of Medical and Health Education and Skills.......373

3.2. Establish and Enhance MBBS Degree Program. ..............................379 National Assembly of Bhutan...................................................................385 1. Background...................................................................................................385 2. Plan Priorities...............................................................................................385 3. Programme Summary.................................................................................386

3.1. Develop Effective Legislation and Strengthen the Institutional Capacity.........................................................................................................386 National Council of Bhutan......................................................................389 1. Background...................................................................................................389 2. Plan Priorities...............................................................................................389 3. Programme Summary.................................................................................390

3.1. Develop Effective Legislation and Strengthen the Institutional Capacity.........................................................................................................390 National Centre for Hydrology and Meteorology....................................393 1. Background...................................................................................................393 2. Plan Priorities...............................................................................................393 3. Programme Summary.................................................................................394 -x- 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans

3.1. Hydrology, Cryosphere and Water Resources Information and Early Warning Services........................................................................394

3.2. Weather and Climate Services for Building Climate Resilience.....399 National Commission for Women and Children.....................................402 1. Background...................................................................................................402 2. Plan Priorities...............................................................................................402 3. Programme Summary.................................................................................403

3.1. Enhance Gender Equality and Strengthen Child Wellbeing and Protection......................................................................................................403 National Environment Commission. .......................................................409 1. Background...................................................................................................409 2. Plan Priorities...............................................................................................409 3. Programme Summary.................................................................................411 3.1. Implementation of Bilateral and Multilateral Environment Programmes..................................................................................................411

3.2. Strengthening Air Quality Monitoring System. ...............................413

3.3. Strengthening Water Security and Enhancing Management..........415

3.4 Strengthening Waste Prevention and Management..........................417

3.5. Enhancement of Environmental Service Delivery...........................419 National Land Commission Secretariat...................................................422 1. Background...................................................................................................422 2. Plan Priorities...............................................................................................422 3. Programme Summary.................................................................................423

3.1. National Spatial Data Infrastructure..................................................423

3.2. Strengthening of Land Service Delivery............................................428 National Statistics Bureau. .......................................................................432 1. Background...................................................................................................432 2. Plan Priorities...............................................................................................432 3. Programme Summary.................................................................................433

3.1. Enhance the Quality and Timely Statistics........................................433 Office of the Attorney General. ................................................................437 1. Background...................................................................................................437 2. Plan Priorities...............................................................................................437 3. Programme Summary.................................................................................438

3.1. Strengthen Effective Delivery of Legal Services. ..............................438 - xi - 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans Royal Bhutan Police..................................................................................441 1. Background...................................................................................................441 2. Plan Priorities...............................................................................................441 3. Programme Summary.................................................................................442

3.1 Strengthen Safe and Secure Society.....................................................442 Royal Education Council..........................................................................449 1. Background...................................................................................................449 2. Plan Priorities...............................................................................................449 3. Programme Summary.................................................................................450

3.1. Improve Quality and Relevance of School Curriculum and Implementation............................................................................................450 Royal Institute of Management. ...............................................................454 1. Background...................................................................................................454 2. Plan Priorities...............................................................................................454 3. Programme Summary.................................................................................456

3.1. Management and Professional Development Program in Support of Good Governance. ...................................................................456 Royal University of Bhutan.......................................................................459 1. Background...................................................................................................459 2. Plan Priorities...............................................................................................459 3. Programme Summary.................................................................................460

3.1. Quality and Relevance of Programmes Enhanced...........................460

3.2. Research, Innovation and Scholarship Enhanced. ...........................464

3.3. Promotion of Innovation and Entrepreneurship..............................466 - xii - 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans Acronyms AASBB Accounting and Auditing Standard Board of Bhutan ACD Asian Cooperation Dialogue ADR Alternate Dispute Resolution AKRA Agency Key Result Area ANC Antenatal Care ANER Adjusted Net Enrollment Ratio BBCC Bhutan Board for Certified Counselors BEST Bhutan Executive Service Training BHSQA Bhutan Health Care Standard for Quality Assurance BIIB Business Integrity Initiative of Bhutan BLC Basic Literacy Course BLDCL Bhutan Livestock Development Cooperation Limited BPSAS Bhutanese Public Sector Accounting Standards BSR Bhutan Schedule Rates BSS Bhutan Statistical System BTI Bhutan Transparency International BVQF Bhutan Vocational Qualification Framework CAB Construction Association of Bhutan CAR Capital Adequacy Ratio CBA Competency Based Assessment CGISC Centre for GIS Coordination CLC Community Learning Centres C-MAC Community Monitoring and Assessment Committees CME Continued Medical Education CMR Customs Management System CMS Case Management System CNDP Comprehensive National Development Plan DCMP Disaster Management Contingency Plan DMIS Disaster Management Information System DoRF Division of Responsibility Framework DSA Dzongkhag Sports Associations DTF Distance to Frontier ECCD Early Child Care and Development e-GIP Electronic Government Procurement EIA Environmental Impact Assessment EOC Emergency Operation Centers EPGI Education Policy Guidelines and Instructions ePIS Electronic Patient Information System FMCL Farm Machinery Cooperation Limited GBCL Green Bhutan Cooperation Limited GER Gross Enrollment Ratio GHG Green House Gas GIS Geo-Information System GLOF Glacial Lake Outburst Floods GPS Global Positioning System GST Goods & Services Tax HIS Hospital Information System HPE Health and Physical Education HTA Health Technology Assessment ICAO International Civil Aviation Organisation ICH Intangible Cultural Heritage - xiii - 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans ICP Integrated Check Point IFMIS Integrated Financial Management Information System IHR International Health Regulations IMR Infant Mortality Rate ISSAI International Standard of Supreme Audit Institutions IZC Institute of Zorig Chusum LDC Least Developed Countries LEP Learning from Experience Program MFCC Macroeconomic Framework Coordination Committees MFCTC Macroeconomic Framework Committee for Technical Coordination MMR Maternal Mortality Rate NCD Non-Communicable Diseases NEA National Education Assessment NFE Non-Formal Education NRW Non-Revenue Water NSDS National Statistical Development Strategy NSF National Sports Federations NSW Development of National Single Window ODS Ozone Depleting Substance OECD Organisation for Economic Cooperation and Development PFM Public Financial Management PHC Primary Health Care PISA Programme for International Student Assessment PLC Post Literacy Course PMB Permanent Mission of Bhutan PNC Postnatal Care PPP Public Private Partnership PSL Priority Sector Lending QMS Quality Management System RBE Royal Bhutanese Embassy RITS Research Institute of Traditional Structures RMC Road Maintenance Centers RMMS Road Maintenance and Management System SEN Special Education Needs SEZ Special Economic Zone SOE State Owned Enterprise SSDP Special Skills Development Programme STEM Science, Technology, Engineering and Mathematics TEB Tertiary Education Board TEI Tertiary Education Institutes TI-CPI Transparency International-Corruption Perception Index TTI Technical Training Institute TVET Technical and Vocational Education Training U5MR Under 5 Mortality Rate UNCAC United Nations Convention Against Corruption UNFCCC United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change UNODC United Nations Office on Drugs and Crime VSDP Village Skills Development Programme WASH Water, Sanitation and Hygiene - xiv - 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans 2nd February, 2019 FOREWORD The 12th Five Year Plan (FYP) commences amid numerous auspicious occasions that hold special significance for all Bhutanese. Our Nation celebrated the 12th year of glorious reign of His Majesty The Druk Gyalpo and 111 years of the institution of Monarchy and nation building. The nation continues to enjoy the blessings of Yabjey-Damba, His Majesty The Fourth Druk Gyalpo. It witnessed the 22nd year of tireless service by His Holiness the 70th Je Khenpo for the wellbeing of the country and its people. The Nation’s Son, His Royal Highness The Gyalsey Jigme Namgyel Wangchuck continues to be a source of unbounded joy for all Bhutanese citizens. The Third Parliamentary election was successfully held with increased people’s participation in the electoral process. That the Election Commission of Bhutan and Bhutan Broadcasting Service were conferred well-deserved high awards by His Majesty The Druk Gyalpo reflects their eminent role in the success of the elections. In addition, Bhutan will be graduating from the list of Least Developed Countries (LDC) by 2023. Meeting the eligibility criteria for graduation is a testament of the hard work of the people of Bhutan with the support of key development partners. Even though Bhutan has fulfilled the two required indicators for graduation, the fact that we are yet to cross the threshold for economic vulnerability is a source of concern. It is a reminder of the work that remains to address the last mile challenge of development and ensure continued progress towards creating an inclusive and prosperous Gross National Happiness (GNH) state. The 12th FYP will be Bhutan’s last five year plan as an LDC. At this critical stage in our development history, Bhutan looks to the continued support of all its development partners to implement the 12th FYP. It is also a call to all public servants, the private sector, civil society - xv - 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans organisations and citizens to work together to achieve the noble aspirations of the 12th FYP and live up to the trust bestowed on each one of us by His Majesty The Druk Gyalpo. With the objective of Just, Harmonious and Sustainable Society through enhanced Decentralisation, the 12th FYP and its 17 national key result areas are drawn from the timeless vision and wisdom emanating from the Golden Throne. Reflecting Bhutan’s status as an active member of the global community, it also takes into consideration the Sustainable Development Goals and other regional and international commitments. The Plan has been shaped by extensive consultations held over a period of two years with wide ranging groups of stakeholders. The outcome is a 12th FYP that is a National Development Plan reflecting the aspirations and concerns of the people of Bhutan. Pledges of elected Government as well as selected pledges of the other three political parties have been incorporated into the Plan following rigorous assessment. Lessons learnt from 11th FYP have also proved useful in changing how we plan and implement better. The 12th FYP formulation, execution and implementation are underpinned by the principles of coordination, consolidation and collaboration to achieve greater gains. True to the objective of enhancing decentralisation, resources have been doubled for LGs in the 12th FYP compared to 11th FYP resulting in an equal share of capital resources as the Central Agencies. The Division of Responsibilities Framework has also been revised to provide greater decentralisation of roles, functions and authority to the local governments. Another new feature of the 12th FYP is the Government’s flagship programmes that aims to address issues of national priority. The programme areas have been chosen to ensure that critical issues such as youth unemployment, water security and poverty reduction are addressed in a coherent manner within a five year period. Unlike past plan periods, the 12th FYP period commences from 1st November, 2018 and will end on 31st October, 2023 in order to align with the Government’s tenure. Implementation will be rigorously monitored through the government performance management system to ensure that results are - xvi - 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans achieved. Progress will be reviewed during the annual and mid-term reviews to ensure that corrective measures and mid-course corrections are made in a timely manner. The 12th FYP is unprecedented both in size and scope and will demand utmost dedication on the part of the over 54,000 public servants across the country. It sets out an ambitious agenda and will be the biggest plan implemented thus far with an outlay of Nu. 310 billion, an increase of nearly 38 percent over the 11th FYP. An inclusive plan has been formulated, adequate resources mobilised with qualified public servants to implement the activities. All required causes and conditions are in place to ensure that what has been planned can be delivered. I take this opportunity to call upon all Bhutanese as well as our development partners, civil society organisations, political parties, private sector and other stakeholders to work together to build a strong, secure and peaceful future for our nation. TASHI DELEK. (DR. LOTAY TSHERING) CHAIRPERSON OF THE GNH COMMISSION - xvii - 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans Summary of Central Agencies Plan Volume II of the 12th Five Year Plan (FYP) document contains the backgrounds, plan priorities and the programme profiles of the Ministries, Constitutional Bodies and Autonomous Agencies. The programme summary consists of the activity list, proposed outlay, multi-year programme matrix and programme- monitoring matrix of the agencies. The programme matrix illustrates the Agency Key Result Areas (AKRAs) and its corresponding Key Performance Indicators (KPIs). There are a total of 153 AKRAs and 653 KPIs that contribute towards the achievement of 17 NKRAs. For effective monitoring and reporting, each AKRA KPI is assigned to a relevant agency. Mandatory indicators related to public service delivery, disaster, gender and anti-corruption would be mainstreamed and monitored through Annual Performance Agreement (APA). The indicative outlay for the Central Agencies, Constitutional Bodies and Autonomous Agencies are presented in the following summary table: Sl. Indicative Outlay Agencies No. (Nu. in million) MINISTRIES 1 Ministry of Agriculture and Forest 3,050.35 2 Ministry of Economic Affairs 3,355.00 3 Ministry of Education 4,000.00 4 Ministry of Foreign Affairs 750.00 5 Ministry of Finance 700.00 6 Ministry of Health 3,580.00 7 Ministry of Home and Cultural Affairs 3,240.00 8 Ministry of Information and Communications 3,490.00 9 Ministry of Labour and Human Resources 2,800.00 10 Ministry of Works and Human Settlement 11,736.24 Sub-Total for Ministries 36,701.59 CONSTITUTIONAL BODIES 1 Anti-Corruption Commission 210.00 2 Election Commission of Bhutan 250.00 3 Royal Audit Authority 200.00 4 Royal Court of Justice 750.00 -1- 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans 5 Royal Civil Service Commission 200.00 Sub-Total for Constitutional Bodies 1,610.00 AUTONOMOUS AGENCIES 1 Bhutan Council for School Examinations and Assessment 160.00 2 Bhutan InfoComm and Media Authority 75.00 3 Bhutan Medical Health Council 15.00 4 Bhutan Narcotic Control Authority 50.00 5 Bhutan National Legal Institute 50.00 6 Bhutan Olympic Committee 405.00 7 Bhutan Standards Bureau 50.00 8 Construction Development Board 55.00 9 Cabinet Secretariat 50.00 10 Dzongkha Development Commission 75.00 11 Dratshang Lhentshog 750.00 12 Drug Regulatory Authority 50.00 13 Gross National Happiness Commission Secretariat 100.00 14 Jigme Dorji Wangchuck National Referral Hospital 900.00 15 Jigme Singye Wangchuck School of Law 1,000.00 16 Khesar Gyalpo University of Medical Science of Bhutan 445.00 17 National Assembly of Bhutan 50.00 18 National Council of Bhutan 50.00 19 National Centre for Hydrology and Meteorology 300.00 20 National Commission for Women and Children 70.00 21 National Environment Commission Secretariat 450.00 22 National Land Commission Secretariat 300.00 23 National Statistics Bureau 300.00 24 Office of Attorney General 50.00 25 Royal Bhutan Police 1,500.00 26 Royal Education Council 300.00 27 Royal Institute of Management 200.00 28 Royal University of Bhutan 1,200.00 29 Agency for Promotion of Indigenous Crafts 170.00 30 Centre for Bhutan Studies and GNH Research 200.00 31 Civil Society Organisation Authority 5.00 Sub-Total for Autonomous Agencies 9,375.00 -2- 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans OTHERS 1 Human Resource Development 1,200.00 2 Special Priority Activities 1,000.00 3 Common Public Expenditure 500.00 4 Subsidy to State Owned Enterprises 500.00 5 Provision for Office Constructions 2,270.00 Sub-Total for Others 5,470.00 Grand Total 53,156.59* *Over budgeting of Nu 3,156.59 million against the total outlay for central agencies of Nu 50,000.00 million -3- 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans -4- 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans Mini s trie s -5- 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans -6- 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans Ministry of Agriculture and Forests 1. Background The Ministry of Agriculture and Forests (MoAF) is mandated to enhance food and nutrition security, and conserve and manage natural forest resources and biodiversity. There are four departments and three non- department units. The Department of Agriculture, Department of Livestock and Department of Agricultural Marketing Cooperatives are mandated to facilitate commercialisation of agriculture and livestock through public private partnership and enterprise development, value addition and also to encourage climate smart agriculture. The Department of Forests and Park Services is mandated to ‘conserve and manage Bhutan’s forest resources and biodiversity to ensure social, economic and environment well-being, and to maintain at least 60 percent of the land under forest cover for all times to come’. Bhutan Agriculture and Food Regulatory Authority (BAFRA) is responsible for strengthening plant and animal bio-security and safety. The Rural Development Training Centre is mandated to provide farmers and youth with knowledge, skills and relevant networks on farming, and the National Biodiversity Centre is mandated to coordinate biodiversity conservation and its sustainable use. 2. Plan Priorities The Ministry will explore new prospects for improving rural livelihood by focusing on increasing agricultural productivity, transforming subsistence farming to commercial farming and sustainable utilization of forestry resources. Between 2014 and 2016, Bhutan was 46.7 percent self-sufficient in rice, 86 percent self-sufficient in maize and 84 percent self-sufficient in vegetables. Due to low self-sufficiency, Bhutan imported 90,000 MT of rice in 2017. Further aggravating the issue, the sector lost 1,356 MT of paddy, 3,892 MT of maize, 200 MT of buckwheat, 412 MT of vegetables and 2,056 MT of potatoes to wild animals in 2016. In the 12th FYP, a food and nutrition security programme dedicated to ‘Sonam Gongphel’ will aim to increase self-sufficiency of primary agricultural products. The Ministry will target to achieve paddy production -7- 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans of 102,827 MT (from 83,913 MT, 2017 average), maize production of 96,535 MT (from 86,289 MT, 2017 average), vegetable production of 69,435 MT (from 58,697 MT, 2017 average), and egg production of 125 million (from 105 million in 2016). In this regard, the Ministry in collaboration with Local Governments (LG) will bring an estimated 5,339 acres of fallow land under cultivation, construct 600 kms of irrigation channel to irrigate 48,350 areas of land, construct 2,199 kms of electric fencing, mechanise 5,200 acres of land and strengthen buy-back scheme with guaranteed price to encourage farmers to increase production. Due to the nature of subsistence farming, the primary sector’s (agriculture, livestock and forestry) contribution to total GDP was only 17.37 percent in 2017, though more than half of the population depends on agriculture. In 12th FYP, the Ministry will facilitate the establishment of 20 agriculture enterprises to promote commercial farming. To encourage youths to take up farming, Ministry will facilitate access to land use certificate and micro-credit which has the potential to create approximately 6,600 jobs opportunities. Since most of the agricultural products in Bhutan are sold in its raw form or with minimum value addition, Ministry will enhance the value chain programme. Storage facilities at strategic locations will be constructed, and packaging materials and refrigerated trucks will be deployed to increase shelf-life of farm produce. The Ministry will also promote organic farming by supplying green manure, implementing integrated land management and certifying organic products. Competing demand for land for developmental activities is one of the major issues for maintaining the current forest coverage. As per Bhutan State of the Environment, 2016, between 2008 and 2014, 9426.16 hectares of state reserved forest land was utilized for transmission lines and 5462.04 hectares for farm roads. As such, Ministry will continue to implement measures for sustainable management and utilization of the forest resources to maintain at least 60 percent of land under forest cover for all times to come. The Ministry will also incorporate mandatory indicators related to corruption reduction namely, work, integrity and leadership culture index, and corruption, transparency and accountability index as KPIs in the Annual Performance Agreement. -8- 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans The Ministry will implement the following programmes with capital outlay of Nu 3,050 million, which contributes towards achievement of NKRA 5, 8 and 17. Sl. Indicative Outlay Programmes No (Nu in million) 1 Food and Nutrition Security 1,228.19 2 Value Chain and Enterprise Development 297.28 3 Sustainable Natural Resources Management and Utilization 655.90 4 Research and Extension Services 224.08 5 Climate Smart and Disaster Resilient Development 535.68 6 Highland Development 56.64 7 Coordination and Support Services 52.58 Total 3,050.35 3. Programme Summary

3.1. Food and Nutrition Security

3.1.1. Total Cost: Nu 1,228.19 million

3.1.2. Activities Sl. Indicative Outlay Activities Remarks No. (Nu. in million) Paddy, hybrid maize and wheat (storage facilities, 1 Enhance cereal production 30.00 community based seed production) Enhance oil seed and legumes Mustard, sunflower, soya 2 0.00 production bean Vegetable, citrus, potato, 3 Enhance horticulture production 55.00 MAPs, spawn production New farm machineries Enhance agriculture infrastructure 4 371.93 and area brought under & farm mechanization farm mechanization Agriculture land devel- 5 School Agriculture Programme 10.00 oped Pork, chicken, chevon, 6 Enhance meat production 10.55 fish 7 Enhance egg production 1.70 8 Enhance dairy production 10.36 Milk, butter and cheese Cattle, Broilers, piglets, 9 Enhance livestock input supply 404.19 Fingerlings -9- 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans Feed Quality Test Pa- Enhance animal health and nutri- 10 206.52 rameters and Disease tion services outbreaks Strengthen plant and animal biose- Notifiable plant pests and 11 85.44 curity and bio-safety level diseases contained Foodborne diseases and 12 Enhance food quality and safety 32.40 safety incidence managed effectively Promote national organic & 13 10.10 Organic Flagship certification programme 14 Promote organic livestock farming 0.00 Organic Flagship Develop organic guarantee and 15 0.00 Organic Flagship certification system Total 1,228.19 - 10 -

3.1.3. Multi-Year Programme Matrix Projected Annual Target Results Indicator Baseline 12th FYP Indicator Unit Y1 Y2 Y3 Y4 Y5 (AKRAs) Weight (Year) Target 2018-19 2019-20 2020-21 2021-22 2022-23 46.7 Percent/ 49 51 54 57 60 60 Rice self-sufficiency 4 (83,913) (MT) (87,696) (91,479) (95,261) (99,044) (102,827) (102,827) (2017) 86 Percent/ 87.2 88.4 89.6 90.8 92 92 Maize self-sufficiency 2 (86,289) (MT) (88,338) (90,387) (92,437) (94,486) (96,535) (96,535) (2017) 86.1 Vegetable self-suffi- Percent/ 87 89 93 95 100 100 Food 3 (58,697) ciency (MT) (60,845) (62,992) (65,140) (67,287) (69,435) (69,435) Self-suffi- (2017) ciency and 5,3961 Fruit production 3 MT 58,340 62,719 67,097 71,476 75,855 75,855 - 11 - Nutrition (2017) Security Area under assured 39,163 Enhanced 4 Acre 39,363 39,663 39,963 40,463 48,350 48,350 irrigation (2017) Agriculture land under 2.75 4 Percent 2.75 2.75 2.75 2.75 2.75 2.75 cultivation (2016) Fallow-land brought 120 4 Acre 500 700 1,500 2,639 5,339 5,339 under cultivation (2016) 37 Percent/ 38.0 40.0 44.0 45.0 47 47 Meat self-sufficiency 2 (2,140) (MT) (2,293) (2,599) (2,905) (3,211) (3,364) (3,364) (2016) 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans 100 Percent/ 100 100 100 100 100 100 Egg self-sufficiency 4 (105) (Mil) (107.5) (112.5) (117.5) (122.5) (125) (125) (2016) 12.9 Percent/ 13.5 15 16 17 18 18 Fish self-sufficiency 1.5 (187) (MT) (222) (292) (363) (433) (468) (468) (2016) Dairy product self- 88 1 Percent 88 89 89 90 91 91 sufficiency (2016) National Biosecurity 1 Percent NA ≥80 ≥80 ≥80 ≥80 ≥80 ≥80 Index National Food Safety

0.5 Percent NA ≥80 ≥80 ≥80 ≥80 ≥80 ≥80 Index 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans Area under organic management 25,719 Organic 1 Acre 26,513 26,909 29,687 31,671 33,655 33,655 - 12 - (agriculture, livestock, (2016) Farming for NWFPs) Sustainable Organic products 4 Develop- 3 Number 5 6 11 14 17 17 certified (2016) ment Enha nced Annual national 2.5 income from the sale 1 Nu. Mil 3 3 4 4 5 5 (2016) of organic products

3.1.4. Programme Monitoring Matrix Results 12th FYP Reporting Reporting Reporting Indicators Baseline Data Source (AKRAs) Target Frequency Responsibility To Rice self-sufficiency 46.7 60 SSR report Annually APD/DoA GNHCS Maize self-sufficiency 86 92 SSR report Annually APD/DoA GNHCS Vegetable self-sufficiency 86.1 100 SSR report Annually APD/DoA GNHCS Agriculture Fruit production 53,961 75,855 Annually APD/DoA GNHCS Statistic Agriculture Area under assured irrigation 39,163 48,350 Annually APD/DoA GNHCS Statistic Land Use Land Agriculture land under cultivation 2.75 2.75 Terminal DoFPS, MoAF GNHCS Cover Food Self-suf- Agriculture Fallow-land brought under cultivation 120 5,339 Annually APD/DoA GNHCS ficiency and Statistic - 13 - Nutrition Livestock Security Enha Meat self-sufficiency 37 47 Annual RLDC GNHCS statistics nced Livestock Egg self-sufficiency 100 100 Annual RLDC GNHCS statistics Livestock Fish self-sufficiency 12.9 18 Annual RLDC GNHCS statistics Livestock Dairy product self-sufficiency 88 91 Annual RLDC GNHCS statistics BAFRA National Biosecurity index NA ≥80 Annually BAFRA GNHCS Report BAFRA National Food Safety Index NA ≥80 Annually BAFRA GNHCS Report 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans Administrative NOP/ARDC Organic Area under organic management 25,719 33,655 Annually GNHCS Data/Report Yusipang Farming for Administrative NOP/ARDC Sustainable Organic products certified 4 17 Annually GNHCS Data/Report Yusipang Development Enhanced Annual national income from the sale Administrative NOP/ARDC 2.5 5 Annually GNHCS of organic products Data/Report Yusipang 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans - 14 - 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans

3.1.5. Collaborating Partners Agency/Local Governments/ Type of Collaboration Required CSOs/Private Sector (specific interventions) For production of agricultural goods and for promoting LGs small and medium agro-enterprise development For farm machineries, input supplies, mega scale SOEs (FMCL, Green processing, storage and distribution, and maintaining corporation, BLDC, FCBL) emergency food stock For distribution and storage of input supplies (i.e. feed and fodder, seed and seedling, packaging materials, Private sector, BCCI machineries, equipment, technology for irrigation, food processing, marketing and product development) For environmental clearances, climate smart technologies, capacity development for compliance to international NECS instruments and reporting to such instruments that falls within the mandate of NEC and NAPA/NDC Standards on food safety and quarantine, production and BSB marketing process standards Licensing of commercial enterprises, export and imports, MoEA facilitate FDI proposals, if any

3.1.6. GNH Domain Effect Domain Impact Remarks • The FNS programme activities will significantly increase household income • Infrastructure development for agriculture production, processing and marketing will enhance community level assets. It will also enable household Living Standard Positive level assets such as livestock holdings and agriculture enterprises • Diversification of agriculture and value addition to primary production is expected to create jobs and enhance livelihoods - 15 - 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans • The implementation of food safety and nutritional activities will enhance community health and environmental safety • Water user associations for irrigation and farmer groups for production and marketing will enable Community increased community relationship and associations Positive Vitality • Production enterprises at household level will enhance family members and friends to work together and further their personal and family relationships • Increased income through agriculture production and marketing will enable availability of disposable income for donations for community welfare activities • With increased income through agriculture, households will be able to invest in higher and better schooling of their children as well to improve overall literacy level Education Positive • Food festivals and community group activities will enhance local indigenous knowledge, capacity development in group governance and exchange of knowledge and practice • Irrigation catchment protection, soil nutrient management and land rehabilitation activities will enhance responsibility towards environment and help abate pollution of rivers and streams, landslides, soil erosion and floods in agriculture production areas • Organic agriculture practices will enable care and responsibility for ecological issues • Activities to curb and mitigate human wild life conflict Ecological will enable reduction of wildlife damage to crops and Diversity and Positive livestock Resilience • Through agriculture intensification, technological improvement and labour productivity, rural areas will become livelier and enable reduction of rural to urban migration. This in effect will enable mitigation of urban sprawls, traffic congestions • Climate smart farming practices and technologies are expected to enhance community resilience to climate change impacts Cultural Diversity Neutral and Resilience The implementation of food safety, nutritional activities Health Positive and organic food production will enhance community and individual health - 16 - 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans Increased agriculture work and crop as well as livestock guarding will have a negative impact on leisure and sleep Time Use Negative of household members. However, such negative impacts are expected to be minimized through farm mechanization and human wildlife conflict mitigation measures Psychological Enhanced availability, accessibility and quality of food will Positive Well-being have a positive impact on life satisfaction of citizens • Targeted approaches to provide technical, financial and input services will bring increased access to services to the general population • Establishment of and strengthening farmer groups Good Governance Positive and cooperatives. Articles of association for groups and cooperatives will enable governance leading to transparent systems. These initiatives will also enable democratic and political participation by way of voting for leadership positions for the groups and cooperatives

3.2. Value Chain and Enterprise Development

3.2.1. Total Cost: Nu. 297.28 million

3.2.2. Activities Sl. Indicative Outlay Activities Remarks No. (Nu. in million) Establish commodity value Honey, dairy and NWFP 1 12.00 chain for RNR produce value chain Buy-back program by Increase domestic trade of RNR 2 30.00 farmshop and market produce linkage Establish agro-based enterprises Heifer production farm, 3 including agriculture, livestock, 186.09 flower, mushroom NWFPs and ecotourism exhibition Promote viable farmer’s groups 4 26.00 and cooperatives Facilitate and support annual 5 23.19 export of RNR products Encourage youths on Generate RNR related 6 00.00 commercial livestock employment farming 7 Development of infrastructure 20.00 Total 297.28 - 17 -

3.2.3 Multi-Year Programme Matrix Projected Annual Target Results Indicator Baseline 12th FYP Indicator Unit Y1 Y2 Y3 Y4 Y5 (AKRAs) Weight (Year) Target 2018-19 2019-20 2020-21 2021-22 2022-23 Commodity value 6 chain for RNR 3 Number 7 9 11 13 15 15 (2016) products established RNR Volume of RNR Marketing & 24,612 products traded 2 MT 26,621 27,686 28,793 29,945 32,388 32,388 Value Chain (2016) domestically Enhanced New RNR-based enterprises 3 Number NA 4 8 12 16 20 20 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans established RNR sector - 18 - 22,008 contribution to 3 Nu. Mil 23,700 25,400 27,100 28,800 30,900 30,900 (2016) national GDP Increased Annual RNR sector 2.9 (Avg. RNR Sector growth rate 1 Percent 3 3.1 3.5 3.5 4 4 2013-,15) Contribution to National Economy Annual export of Nu in 2,132 3 2,390 2,520 2,660 2,790 3,050 3,050 RNR products Mn. (2016) Jobs created in RNR 3,906 3 Number 4,406 4,900 5,400 5,900 6,606 6,606 Sector (2016)

3.2.4. Programme Monitoring Matrix Results 12th FYP Reporting Reporting Indicator Baseline Data Source Reporting To (AKRAs) Target Frequency Responsibility Commodity value DAMC annual report/ chain for RNR products 6 15 Annually DAMC GNHCS RNR Statistics established RNR Marketing Volume of RNR & Value Chain DAMC annual report/ products traded 24,612 32,388 Annually DAMC GNHCS Enhanced RNR Statistics domestically New RNR-based DAMC annual report/ NA 20 Annually DAMC GNHCS enterprises established RNR Statistics RNR sector DAMC annual report/ contribution to national 22,008 30,900 Annually DAMC GNHCS Increased RNR Statistics - 19 - GDP RNR Sector Contribution Annual RNR sector DAMC annual report/ 2.9 4 Annually DAMC GNHCS to National growth rate RNR Statistics Economy Annual export of RNR DAMC annual report/ 2,132 3,050 Annually DAMC GNHCS products RNR Statistics Jobs Created Jobs created in RNR DAMC annual report/ 3,906 6,606 Annually DAMC GNHCS sector RNR Statistics 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans

3.2.5. Collaborating Partners Agency/Local Governments/ Type of Collaboration Required CSOs/private sector (specific interventions) Identification of priority commodities and support for LGs production Establishment of processing and input supply SOEs (FMCL, GBCL, BLDCL, enterprises that are beyond the capacity of farmer FCBL) groups, cooperatives and private sector Farmers Groups, Cooperatives, Develop business plan based on value chain reports; youth based groups, private and establish agro enterprises based business plans entrepreneurs Environmental clearances and support on NECS environmental standards for enterprises Licensing and establishment of commercial enterprises, MoEA export and imports and coordinate fiscal incentives MoF Subsidy allocation

3.2.6. GNH Domain Effect Domain Impact Remarks • Increased household income • Enable household level assets such as livestock holding and agriculture enterprises Living Standard Positive • Diversification of agriculture and value addition to primary production is also expected to create jobs and enhance livelihoods Establishment of commercial enterprises will favour Community Positive development of local economy and create community Vitality hubs, enhancing community and social cohesion • With increased income through commercial enterprises, households will be able invest in higher and better schooling of their children as well improve overall literacy levels Education Positive • Shift in focus from production to market oriented chain development will generate new skills and knowledge among the private sector, community groups and youth groups Ecological Establishment of regional enterprises will minimize Diversity and Positive the negative impacts of rural to urban migration, and Resilience minimize pressure on urban centres Cultural Diversity Neutral and Resilience - 20 - 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans • Organized and standards compliant enterprises will enhance clean and safe food production Health Positive • Availability of natural food products with longer shelf life will improve dietary habits Time Use Neutral Psychological • Employment and income generation will have a Positive Well-being positive impact in life satisfaction • Management and operation of such enterprises on Good Governance Positive a business model will inculcate transparent and rule based attitude to work

3.3. Sustainable Natural Resources Management and Utilization

3.3.1. Total Cost: Nu. 655.90 million

3.3.2. Activities Sl. Indicative Outlay Activities Remarks No. (Nu. in million) Establish Forest Management Sustainable management 1 59.00 Unit, Local Forest Management and utilization of timber plans State of forest and carbon Forest carbon stock, National 2 32.00 stock assessment forest inventory cluster plots Enhance community based Develop and revise CF and NWFP 3 forest management and 15.00 management plans conservation Improve professional Conduct arms training for forestry 4 55.00 capacity staffs Strengthen protected Implement PA management plan 5 and conservation area 98.00 management Reduce forestry and wildlife Zero Poaching and SMART 6 41.00 offences/conflicts patrolling Strengthen nature based 7 35.00 eco-tourism Enhance conservation and 8 sustainable utilization of 24.90 bio-diversity Habitat enrichment plantations, Effective management of 9 290.00 watershed assessment, water wetlands and watersheds source management Strengthen natural capital Study and establish payment for 10 4.00 accounting system ecosystem (PES) schemes - 21 - 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans Enhance urban and 11 agro forestry landscape 2.00 management Total 655.90 - 22 -

3.3.3. Multi-Year Programme Matrix Projected Annual Target Indicator Baseline 12th FYP Results (AKRAs) Indicators Unit Y1 Y2 Y3 Y4 Y5 Weight (Year) Target 2018-19 2019-20 2020-21 2021-22 2022-23 Population status 103 of umbrella species 2 Number 103 103 103 103 123 123 (2016) (Tigers) Population status of Management 96 key species (Snow 2 Number 96 96 96 96 96 96 of Natural (2016) Leopard) Resources for New ecotourism 0 sustainable 3 Number 4 8 12 16 20 20 products developed (2018) utilization of Forest area under ecosystem goods 357,915 sustainable 2 Hectares 375,495 395,635 411,215 419,475 425,495 425,495 and services (2016) - 23 - management regime Enhanced Status of aquatic 411 2 Number 411 411 411 411 411 411 ecosystem (2016) Access and Benefit 8 2 Number 9 10 11 12 13 13 Sharing initiatives (2016) Enhanced Conservation and Management 0 management of 2.5 Hectares - - - - 1,463 1,463 of Natural (2018) wetlands ecosystem Resources for sustainable Area brought under utilization of effective watershed 2.5 Hectares NA - - - - 145,000 145,000 ecosystem goods management and services 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans Tangible Cultural National Heritage Heritage 6 Forest established/ 2 Number 8 11 14 17 20 20 preserved and (2017) operationalized promoted

3.3.4. Programme Monitoring Matrix Results 12th FYP Reporting Reporting Reporting Indicator Baseline Data Source (AKRAs) Target Frequency Responsibility To Population status RNR Annual Reports/ of umbrella species 103 123 Forestry Facts and Figures/ Annually DoFPS GNHCS (Tigers) other publications Population status of RNR Annual Reports/ 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans key species (Snow 96 96 Forestry Facts and Figures/ Annually DoFPS GNHCS Management leopard) other publications - 24 - of Natural RNR Annual Reports/ New ecotourism Resources for 0 20 Forestry Facts and Figures/ Annually DoFPS GNHCS products developed sustainable other publications utilization of Forest area under RNR Annual Reports/ ecosystem goods sustainable 357,915 425,495 Forestry Facts and Figures/ Annually DoFPS GNHCS and services management regime other publications Enhanced RNR Annual Reports/ Status of aquatic 411 411 Forestry Facts and Figures/ Annually DoFPS GNHCS ecosystem other publications RNR Annual Reports/ Access and Benefit 8 13 Forestry Facts and Figures/ Annually DoFPS GNHCS Sharing initiatives other publications Enhanced Man- Conservation and RNR Annual Reports/ agement of Nat- management of wet- 0 1,463 Forestry Facts and Figures/ Annually DoFPS GNHCS ural Resources lands ecosystem other publications for sustainable utilization of Area brought under RNR Annual Reports/ ecosystem goods effective watershed NA 145,000 Forestry Facts and Figures/ Annually DoFPS GNHCS and services management other publications Tangible Cultural Heritage National Heritage RNR Annual Reports/ preserved and Forest established/ 6 20 Forestry Facts and Figures/ Annually DoFPS GNHCS promoted operationalized other publications (NKRA - 25 - 4-AKRA) 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans

3.3.5. Collaborating Partners Agency/Local Governments/ Type of Collaboration Required CSOs/Private Sector (specific interventions) For afforestation programmes, production and supply of GBCL ornamental plants and to support wood based industries NRDCL Timber harvesting and distribution RSPN Complementary initiatives and fund support BTFEC Fund support MoEA Licensing and technical support in business orientation for forest based and ecotourism enterprises Bhutan For Life Fund support LG Support in implementation of community forests and NWFP group activities

3.3.6. GNH Domain Effect Domain Impact Remarks • Income generation through NWFPs, wood based industries, ecotourism • Availability of timber and construction materials will Living Standard Positive enable households to improve housing • Diversification of enterprises through NWFPs, wood based industries and ecotourism would create jobs and enhance livelihoods • NWFP, CF groups, forest management groups create community cohesion, and social safety networks • Production enterprises at household level will enhance family members and friends to work Community Positive together Vitality • Community forest groups will work together to provide resources for construction and maintenance of community monasteries, community centres and local facilities • Forestry related education by UWICER:- Biodiversity activities focusing on indigenous knowledge Education Positive documentation, use and sharing the benefits with the local communities - 26 - 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans • Catchment protection, forest management and restoration of degraded land, PA and BC management ensure ecological and environmental services • Waste management abates pollution of rivers and streams, lakes, Soil erosion and Floods • Human wild life conflict management through the Ecological program will enable reduction of wildlife damage Diversity and Positive crops and livestock Resilience • Through catchment protection of water sources, adequate supply of construction materials and urban and avenue plantation, recreation parks provide healthy urban amenities • Climate smart sustainable forestry management and alternative technologies is expected to enhance community resilience to climate change impacts Cultural Diversity • Heritage forest promotion and protection of sacred Positive and Resilience sites • Clean ecosystem goods and services (clean air, water, etc.) through conservation programs Health Positive • Health benefits through protection of water sources and enabling availability of quality drinking water Time Use Neutral • Access to clean drinking water and overall clean Psychological Positive environment will reduce negative emotions among Well-being the general population • Timber subsidy services to the rural general population Good Governance Positive • Establishment and strengthening of community forest and NWFP groups enable individuals to join groups

3.4. Research and Extension Services

3.4.1. Total Cost: Nu. 224.08 million

3.4.2. Activities Sl. Indicative Outlay Activities Remarks No. (Nu. in million) Agriculture and livestock policy 1 Conduct policy research 8.10 research Research on emerging and Enhance generation of 2 139.91 re-emerging infectious diseases RNR technologies (EIDs) - 27 - 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans Enhance adoption of RNR Soil fertility, land and nutrient 3 37.60 Technologies management technologies Enhance research Knowledge on HWC and 4 knowledge and 38.47 mitigation measures information management Total 224.08 - 28 -

3.4.3. Multi-Year Programme Matrix Projected Annual Target Results Indicator Baseline 12th FYP Indicator Unit Y1 Y2 Y3 Y4 Y5 (AKRAs) Weight (Year) Target 2018-19 2019-20 2020-21 2021-22 2022-23 Policy research on RNR RNR Research 1 Number NA 2 5 7 10 13 13 sector Services Strengthened RNR technologies 3 Number NA 5 75 110 145 180 180 adoption RNR research conducted 2 Number NA 85 170 255 340 427 427

3.4.4. Programme Monitoring Matrix 12th FYP Reporting Reporting Reporting Results (AKRAs) Indicator Baseline Data Source Target Frequency Responsibility To - 29 - RNR Research Policy research on RNR sector NA 13 Annual RNR Report Annually MoAF GNHCS services RNR technologies adoption NA 180 Annual RNR Report Annually MoAF GNHCS Strengthened RNR research conducted NA 427 Annual RNR Report Annually MoAF GNHCS 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans

3.4.5. Collaborating Partners Agency/Local Governments/ Type of Collaboration Required CSOs/Private Sector (specific interventions) LGs Participatory field research NSB Support towards research methodologies and clearances CBS Technical support such as research methodologies

3.4.6. GNH Domain Effect Domain Impact Remarks Increased productivity through research and technology Living Standard Positive generation Community Vitality Neutral Research based demonstrations and field days/visits Education Positive will increase awareness amongst the farmers on new technologies and practices Research and advocacy on sustainable management and Ecological Diversity Positive utilization influence policies that promote integrity of and Resilience natural resources Cultural Diversity & Neutral Resilience Health Neutral Time Use Neutral Psychological Well- Neutral being Policy research and recommendations will influence the Good Governance Positive direction of policies and development programs

3.5. Climate Smart and Disaster Resilient Development

3.5.1. Total Cost: Nu. 535.68 million

3.5.2. Activities Sl. Indicative Outlay Activities Remarks No. (Nu. in million) Promote Climate Resilient Promote native cattle genetic 1 77.11 Livestock Farming utilization, pasture development Enhance livelihood choices 2 10.20 for marginalized farmers Adopt Climate Smart Install sprinkle (climate smart) 3 irrigation and water efficient 270.00 irrigation system technologies - 30 - 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans Development community seed Release and adopt Climate 4 73.00 bank, establish functional agro- smart technologies met advisory unit Strengthen RNR Disaster SOPs for livestock and crop 5 3.00 management institution disease Simulate and test SOPs and RNR Enhance knowledge manage- DM arrangement and provide 6 ment, education and aware- 8.00 agro-met advisory services to ness in DM farmers in pilot sites Strengthen Pest and diseas- Promote e-pest surveillance 7 es risk reduction on RNR 5.00 system hazards 8 Reduce forest fire incidences 36.10 National REDD+ readiness Develop forest type map, devel- 9 phase for mitigation of cli- 53.27 op REDD+ and Forest reference mate change impacts level Total 535.68 - 31 -

3.5.3. Multi-Year Programme Matrix Projected Annual Target Indicator Baseline 12th FYP Results (AKRAs) Indicators Unit Y1 Y2 Y3 Y4 Y5 Weight (Year) Target 2018-19 2019-20 2020-21 2021-22 2022-23 Climate resilient 24 technologies released 2 Number 26 28 31 33 35 35 (2016) and adopted Area brought under Climate Smart and improved pasture Disaster Resilient and winter fodder 1.5 Acre NA 20,507 22,007 23,507 25,007 26,614 26,614 Development development enhanced Area brought under 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans 7,321 sustainable land 1 Acre 7,431 7,731 7,931 8,131 8,231 8,231 (2016) management - 32 - Area brought under 875 micro-efficient 2 Acre 1,275 1,675 2,075 2,475 2,875 2,875 (2016) irrigation schemes Enhanced Management of NR for Sustainable Forests capacity for 6.3 1 m/tons - - - - 6.3 6.3 Utilization of carbon sequestration (2016) Ecosystem Goods and Services National Food Native crop/domestic 2 Self-sufficiency animal species con- 0.5 Number 3 4 5 6 7 7 (2015) Enhanced served and utilized

3.5.4. Programme Monitoring Matrix 12th FYP Data Reporting Reporting Reporting Results (AKRAs) Indicators Baseline Target Source Frequency Responsibility To Climate resilient technologies Livestock 24 35 Annually RED, DoA GNHCS released and adopted Statistics Area brought under improved Annually Livestock Climate Smart and pasture and winter fodder NA 26,614 NRCAN/DoL GNHCS Statistics Disaster Resilient development Development enhanced Area brought under sustainable DoA/RNR Annually 7,321 8,231 NSSC, DoA GNHCS land management Statistics Area brought under micro-efficient DoA/RNR Annually 875 2,875 DoA GNHCS irrigation schemes Statistics Enhanced Management - 33 - of NR for Sustainable Forests capacity for carbon DoFPS 6.3 6.3 Annually FRMD, DoFPS GNHCS Utilization of Ecosystem sequestration report Goods and Services National Food Self- Native crop/domestic animal Livestock 2 7 Annually NRCAN/DoL GNHCS sufficiency Enhanced species conserved and utilized Statistics 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans

3.5.5. Collaborating Partners Agency/Local Governments/ Type of Collaboration Required CSOs/private sector (specific interventions) NCHM For climate data and forecasts National coordination and international reporting; and NEC for environmental clearances MoHCA Coordination and support for disaster management Health services during disaster management to manage MoH pests and diseases

3.5.6. GNH Domain Effect Domain Impact Remarks Climate resilient farming practices will enhance adaptive Living Standard Positive capabilities which will ensure minimum impact on farm production Community Vitality Neutral Awareness and use of traditional knowledge and Education Positive practices to combat climate change effect Ecological Diversity Climate smart actions will result in resilient crop varieties Positive and Resilience and livestock as well as overall natural resources Cultural Diversity Neutral and Resilience Better practices will lead to less pollution and Health Positive degradation of the environment having a positive impact on overall health of individuals Time Use Neutral Psychological Resilient communities and assets will enhance positive Positive Well-being emotions among individuals and communities. Good Governance Neutral - 34 - 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans

3.6. Highland Development

3.6.1. Total Cost: Nu. 56.64 million

3.6.2. Activities Sl. Indicative Outlay Activities Remarks No. (Nu. in million) Promotion of highland 1 22.20 enterprise Develop capacity of highland livestock rearing households, Highland agriculture and 2 30.29 and livestock input supplies to livestock farming areas beyond Highland FS area by NHRDC Highland habitat conservation 3 4.15 and management Total 56.64 - 35 -

3.6.3. Multi-Year Programme Matrix Projected Annual Target 12th FYP Results Indicator Baseline Target Indicators Unit Y1 Y2 Y3 Y4 Y5 (AKRAs) Weight (Year) 2018-19 2019-20 2020-21 2021-22 2022-23 Yak herders’ 1,039 1 HHs 1,039 1,039 1,039 1,039 1,039 1,039 household (2017) Livelihoods of 33,605 Yak population 2 Number 40,438 40,438 40,438 40,438 40,438 40,438 highlanders (2017) improved and Highland enterprise 0 sustained 1 Number 1 4 6 - - 6 established (2018) 10,619 Sheep population 1 Number 10,870 10,910 10,950 10,990 11,070 11,070 (2017) 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans - 36 -

3.6.4. Programme Monitoring Matrix Results 12th FYP Reporting Reporting Reporting Indicators Baseline Data Source (AKRAs) Target Frequency Responsibility To Livestock Statistics/ Yak herders’ household 1,039 1,039 Annually DoL GNHCS RNR Statistics Livelihoods of Livestock Statistics/ DoL/DOA/ highlanders Yak population 33,605 40,438 Annually GNHCS RNR Statistics DoFPS improved and sustained Highland enterprise established 0 6 Admin Data Annually DoL GNHCS Livestock Statistics/ Sheep population 10,619 11,070 Annually DoL GNHCS RNR Statistics 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans

3.6.5. Collaborating Partners Agency/Local Governments/ Type of Collaboration Required CSOs/Private Sector (specific interventions) Participate in identification of specific enterprises, their LGs locations, establishment and in monitoring performance Support in business plan development and enterprise MoEA licensing Resolving land issues for enterprise development and on NLCS tsamdo land Support in establishment of tourism product TCB development and enterprises

3.6.3. GNH Domain Effect Domain Impact Remarks • Income generation by highlanders through NWFPs, ecotourism, livestock enterprises Living Standard Positive • Improved yak and sheep product development processes and mechanization will bring about improvement in health status of highlanders. Social cohesion amongst highlanders through FG formation, sense of community ownership and social Community Vitality Positive cohesion in operating and managing groups based enterprises. Education Neutral Ecological Diversity Neutral and Resilience Cultural Diversity Various festivals and events associated with tourism and Positive and Resilience highlanders’ products will enhance cultural resilience. Health Neutral Mechanization of process in product development will Time Use Positive provide leisure time for highland communities to avail leisure time. Access to clean drinking water and overall clean Psychological Positive environment will have a positive impact on emotions Well-being among the highlander population. Good Governance Neutral - 37 - 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans

3.7. Coordination and Support Services

3.7.1. Total Cost: Nu. 52.58 million

3.7.2. Activities Sl. Indicative Outlay Remarks Activities No. (Nu. in million) Strengthen RNR Information RNR census, food security 1 31.28 System and ICT Infrastructures and trade balance report Develop agriculture subsidy Strengthen planning, monitoring 2 4.07 policy, revise agriculture and coordination extension policy 3 Strengthen policy and legislation 6.91 Strengthen Human Resource Rural Development 3 Development and Management 10.32 Training Centre program Services Total 52.58 - 38 -

3.7.3. Multi-Year Programme Matrix Projected Annual Target Results Indicator Baseline 12th FYP Indicators Unit (Core Mandates) Weight (Year) Y1 Y2 Y3 Y4 Y5 Target 2018-19 2019-20 2020-21 2021-22 2022-23 Timeline by which June June, Enhanced efficiency Annual RNR Statistics 2 Date NA Jun-20 Jun-21 Jun-22 Jun-23 Every 2019 and effectiveness of released year RNR service delivery RDTC upgraded to 2 Date NA - 2019 - - - 2019 RNR based TVET

3.7.4. Programme Monitoring Matrix Results 12th FYP Reporting Reporting Reporting Indicator Baseline Data Source (Core Mandates) Target Frequency Responsibility To - 39 - Timeline by which annual June Every Enhanced efficiency and NA Annual Report Annually RSD GNHCS RNR statistics released year effectiveness of RNR service delivery RDTC upgraded to RNR End of 12th NA 2019 Annual Report Ministry GNHCS based TVET FYP 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans

3.7.5. Collaborating Partners Agency/Local Governments/ Type of Collaboration Required CSOs/Private Sector (specific interventions) Technical support and coordination in RNR surveys and NSB Census

3.7.6. GNH Domain Effect Domain Impact Remarks Living Standard Neutral Community Vitality Neutral Education Neutral Ecological Diversity Neutral and Resilience Cultural Diversity and Neutral Resilience Health Neutral Reduced TAT for various RNR services and more Time Use Positive time for other activities through reduced time in availing RNR services Psychological Neutral Well-being Effective and efficient management and implemen- Good Governance Positive tation of plans and programs - 40 - 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans Ministry of Economic Affairs 1. Background The Ministry of Economic Affairs (MoEA) is mandated for creating an enabling environment and strengthening institutions and infrastructure for the sustainable economic growth through public and private sector development. The Ministry comprises of eight technical Departments namely, the Departments of Trade, Industry, Hydropower and Power System, Renewable Energy, Cottage and Small Industries, Intellectual Property, Geology and Mines and Office of Consumer Protection. 2. Plan Priorities The Ministry will focus on enhancing economic growth through economic diversification, including hydropower development, strengthening export, and creating a conducive business environment. The Bhutanese economy continues to be driven primarily by hydropower sector. Therefore, economic diversification will be a critical area of focus in the 12th FYP. To expand the manufacturing sector, the Ministry will facilitate establishment of at least 100 Production and Manufacturing (P&M) Industries in four industrial parks (Bondeyma, Dhamdum, Motanga and Jigmeling IPs) to broaden export basket. These industries will be developed in a cluster approach to benefit from the close geographical proximity among industries that are linked by commonalities and complementarities. Given the potential of Foreign Direct Investment (FDI) inflow in the transmission of capital, technology transfer and creation of jobs, promotion of FDI will be further strengthened. The Ministry will establish 25 new manufacturing and services related FDI projects and increase the FDI inflow to Nu. 12,000 million. FDI Policy will be reviewed for the purpose of simplifying existing mechanisms and creating more enabling environment to attract more projects. While Cottage and Small Industries (CSI) constitute more than 95 percent of the total number of industries, P&M industries constitutes only 10 percent. Furthermore, the CSI lacks innovation, competitiveness and diversification. Promotion of CSI will be one of the flagship programmes in the 12th FYP with emphasis on strengthening P&M industries. Startups and business - 41 - 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans development services including access to finance, market linkages, branding and incubation facilities shall be pursued. Since the informal sector is an important source of livelihood, targeted interventions to support the informal sector will be initiated. Bhutan experiences persistent high trade deficit with volume of import having increased by more than 200 percent in the last decade, while exports have only increased by 34 percent during the same period. To address the issue of widening current account deficit, the Ministry will facilitate increasing non-hydro export in the 12th FYP. To increase average growth of export, the ministry will strengthen the promotion and export of 22 identified products in the National Export Strategy, 2012. Further, the Ministry will facilitate participation of Bhutanese exporters in international trade fairs/missions, undertake market studies, pursue Bhutan’s membership in the international export promotion and trade facilitation initiatives. A dry port will be constructed in Pasakha to reduce both import and export costs and enhance customs administration. Trade formalities and other logistical arrangements, including consolidation and packaging services, will be provided at the dry port. Recognizing the importance of improving ease of doing business, the government will strive to propel Bhutan into the top 50 Doing Business (DB) ranking. The Ministry will identify and implement sector wise business reform actions in 10 DB indicators particularly focusing on indicators such as getting electricity, dealing with construction permits, starting business, protecting minority investors, and resolving insolvency which Bhutan currently lags behind. Additionally, the ministry will develop action plan for national strategic framework for consumer protection and conduct targeted consumer awareness programmes. The hydropower sector will receive continued focus in the 12th FYP. In addition to completing the existing ongoing hydropower projects, the Ministry plans to initiate construction of Sunkosh by 2019 and ensure that the DPR of Kuri Gongri HPP is completed and ready for implementation by the end of the 12th FYP. Towards the goal of achieving electricity for all, the Ministry will provide on-grid electrification for 1,429 HHs that are currently using solar power. In order to diversify energy mix, efforts to tap renewable energy resources like solar, wind, biomass, and other emerging modern fuels - 42 - 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans for energy generation will be pursued. The Ministry will also incorporate mandatory indicators related to corruption reduction namely, work, integrity and leadership culture index, and corruption, transparency and accountability index as KPIs in the Annual Performance Agreement. The ministry will implement the following programmes with a capital outlay of Nu. 3,355 million and contribute towards the achievement of NKRA 1, 2 and 11. Sl. Indicative Outlay Programme No. (Nu in million) 1 Enhancing Economic Growth through Sector Diversification 2,118.75 2 Creating Business and Investment Friendly Environment 110.25 3 Export Promotion 116.50 Enhancing Sustainable Hydropower Generation and 4 177.50 Transmission 5 Risk Associated with Geo-hazards Assessed and Reduced 44.79 6 Promote use of Alternative Renewable Energy 787.21 Total 3,355.00 3. Programme Summary

3.1. Enhancing Economic Growth through Sector Diversification

3.1.1. Total Cost: Nu. 2,118.75 million

3.1.2. Activities: Sl. Indicative Outlay Activities Remarks No. (Nu. in million) Development of 4 Industrial Parks (Bondeyma, 1 1500.00 Dhamdum, Jigmeling and Motanga) Establish POL Depot for Eastern Region and 2 100.00 retail outlets in the country. Detailed Feasibility Study for Gelephu Dry 3 6.00 Port/Ground Work for Nganglam Dry Port Maintenance of Industrial Parks (Pasakha and 4 150.00 Bjemina) Exploration of minerals, auctioning of 5 Khothakpa and Lhunaikhola mines, geological 297.98 mapping - 43 - 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans Others (Investment promotion, feasibility 6 110.77 studies, PIT and BIT contribution to GDP) To be explored Development of Dry port in Pasakha including 7 0.00 under external access road borrowing Formulation of sustainable consumption 8 policy and action plan for National Strategic 3.00 Framework for Consumer Protection 9 Implementation of competition policy 1.00 Issuance of receipts by shopkeepers and busi- 10 ness establishment for contribution to revenue 0.00 (PIT and BIT) Total 2,118.75 - 44 -

3.1.3. Multi-Year Programme Matrix Projected Annual Target Results Indicator Baseline 12th FYP Indicator Unit Y1 Y2 Y3 Y4 Y5 (AKRAs) Weight (Year) Target 2018-19 2019-20 2020-21 2021-22 2022-23 0 Pasakha Dry Port 3 Percent 0 5 10 20 30 30 (2016) Trade Information 0 Ease of 2 Percent - 50 100 - - 100 Portal (2018) Doing Busi- Motanga Industrial 45 ness and 3 Percent 45 55 60 70 100 100 Park (2018) - 45 - Enabling environ- Jigmeling Industrial 63 4 Percent 66 69 72 75 100 100 ment for Park (2018) economic Bondeyma Industri- 55 3 Percent 60 65 70 75 100 100 activities al Park (2018) improved Dhamdum Industri- 62 3 Percent 64 66 70 80 100 100 al Park (2018) 1 POL Depot. 2 POL Number of POL de- 1depot/57 2 POL Depots/ 54 retail 55 retail 56 retail Depots/ pots and retail out- 2 Number 53 POL retail 58 retail outlets outlets outlets 58 retail lets in the country retail outlets outlets outlets outlets. 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans Feasibility study for 0 1 Percent 0 0 40 70 100 100 Gelephu Dry Port (2018) Feasibility study for 0 1 Percent 0 10 40 70 100 100 Nganglam Dry Port (2018) Sustain- Sustain- Ease of able con- able con- 1 (Sustainable Doing sumption Sustain- sumption consump- policy Busi- Concept able con- policy tion policy Sustainable con- presented ness and 1 Number 0 0 note sumption finalized finalized and sumption promoted to the Enabling drafted policy and sub- submitted to manage- environ- drafted mitted to Board and ment for ment for Board and Ministry) finaliza- Ministry economic tion 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans activities Action Action Action improved plan for 1 (Action plan - 46 - plan plan for competi- for compe- Action Plan to drawn for competi- tion policy tition policy Implement Compe- 2 Number 0 - - imple- tion policy submitted submitted to tition Policy menting drafted to Min- Ministry and competi- istry and Board) tion policy Board Non-Hy- Mining Sector con- Million 6,455 2 6,710 6,975 7,250 7,540 7,840 7,840 dro tribution to GDP Nu. (2016) Contri- bution to Revenue from Intel- Million 10 lectual Property (IP) 1 10 20 30 40 50 50 Economy Nu. (2017) Promoted Registration Services Non-Hy- Issuance of receipt Notifica- All FCB Enforcement dro by shopkeepers and tion on Outlets on the issu- issuance Conve- Textile Contri- business establish- Business Hardware ance of receipt 5 0 of receipts Co-ordi- nience and cloth- bution to ments for contribu- unit shops by shop- issued. nate with Stores ing Economy tion to revenue (PIT keepers and DRC businesses Promoted and BIT) FDI equity inflows Million 9,373 3 9,898 10,424 10,949 11,474 12,000 12,000 (projected) Nu. (2016) Non hydro medium 549 and large scale do- 1 Number 569 589 609 629 649 649 Non Hydro (2017) mestic industries Export and 69 Investment Non hydro FDI 2 Number 74 79 84 89 94 94 (2018) Enhanced projects Micro Trade Regis- - 47 - tration Certificate, 53,645 2 Number 55,246 56,495 57,469 58,229 58,822 58,822 Retail, and Whole- (2016) sale Trade License Jobs created in min- 1,215 2 Number 1,265 1,315 1,365 1,415 1,465 1,465 ing sector (2016) Jobs created in hy- 2,646 dropower construc- 2 Number 2,653 2,692 1,731 1,148 799 9,023 (2018) Jobs tion Created1 Jobs created in 11,016 Medium and Large 2 Number 11,211 11,406 11,601 11,796 11,991 11,991 (2017) Industries Jobs created in Trad- 36,500 2 Number 41,303 45,050 47,972 50,252 52,031 52,031 ing sector (2016) 1 Targets to be determined by employment responsibility committee 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans

3.1.4. Programme Monitoring Matrix Results Reporting Reporting Reporting Indicator Baseline 12th FYP Target Data Source (AKRAs) Frequency Responsibility To Pasakha Dry Port 0 30 Admin. Data Annually MoEA GNHCS Trade Information Portal 0 100 Admin. Data Annually MoEA GNHCS Motanga Industrial Park 45 100 Admin. Data Annually MoEA GNHCS Jigmeling Industrial Park 63 100 Admin. Data Annually MoEA GNHCS Bondeyma Industrial Park 55 100 Admin. Data Annually MoEA GNHCS Dhamdum Industrial Park 62 100 Admin. Data Annually MoEA GNHCS 1 POL De- Number of POL depots/ pot. 2 POL Depots/ 58 Ease of Doing retail outlets in the Admin. Data Annually MoEA GNHCS 53 POL retail outlets 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans Business and country Enabling retail outlets - 48 - environment Feasibility study for for economic Gelephu and Nganglam 0 100% Admin. Data Annually MoEA GNHCS activities Dry Ports improved 1 (Sustainable consumption policy Consumer Sustainable consumption Administrative 0 finalized and sub- Annually PRD, OCP Board/ promoted Record mitted to Board and MOEA Ministry 1 (Action plan for Consumer Action Plan to Implement competition policy Administrative 0 Annually PRD, OCP Board/ Competition Policy submitted to Minis- Record MoEA try and Board) Mining Sector 6455 7840 SYB Annually MoEA GNHCS contribution to GDP Revenue from Intellectual Record from Non-Hydro Property (IP) Registration 10 50 RMA and Annually DoIP, MOEA GNHCS Contribution Services RTIO/DoIP to Economy Issuance of receipt by Created Enforcement on the Consumer shopkeepers and business issuance of receipt Administrative Board/ establishments for 0 Annually OCP by shopkeepers and Record MoEA/ contribution to revenue businesses GNHC (PIT and BIT) Equity FDI inflows 9373 12000 RMA Report Annually MoEA GNHCS (projected) Non Hydro Non hydro medium - 49 - Export and and large scale domestic 549 649 Admin. Data Annually MoEA GNHCS Investment industries Enhanced Non hydro FDI projects 69 94 Admin. Data Annually MoEA GNHCS Micro Trade Registration Certificate, Retail, and 53,645 58,822 Admin. Data Annually MoEA GNHCS Wholesale Trade License Jobs created in mining GNHCS/ 1,215 1,465 Admin. Data Annually MoEA sector MoLHR Jobs created in GNHCS/ 2,646 9,023 Admin. Data Annually MoEA hydropower construction MoLHR Jobs Created Jobs created in Medium GNHCS/ 11,016 11,991 Admin. Data Annually MoEA and Large Industries MoLHR Jobs created in Trading GNHCS/ 36,500 52,031 Admin. Data Annually MoEA sector MoLHR 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans

3.1.5. Collaborating Partners Agency/Local Governments/ Type of Collaboration Required CSOs/Private Sector (specific interventions) Coordination and facilitation during implementation of dry port projects, and establishment of business LGs, MoHCA, DRC, BAFRA, infrastructures such as mini industrial estates, BCCI, BEA, ABI, BSB, RMA sustainable consumption policy and business incubation centres DITT, DRC, BCCI, BAFRA, Support and coordination in development and imple- RMA, BSB, DAMC, RTIOs mentation of Trade Information Portal LGs/FMCL/BPC Enhancement of POL Distribution network NECS Issuance of Environment Clearances Coordination and facilitation during leasing and LGs/NECS allocation of mines MoLHR, MoF, MEC, MoAF, DoI To review and amend FDI policy and whole (MoHCA), MoE, RMA, MoH, of Government approach in promotion and DRA, BMHC, TCB and BCCI implementation of FDI in the country

3.1.6. GNH Domain Effect Domain Impact Remarks Economic growth through diversification and Living Standard Positive increased per capita income will lead to increased living standards Community Vitality Neutral Education Neutral Environmental mitigation measures/safeguards will Ecological Diversity and Negative be ensured in the establishment of industries, mines, Resilience POL depot, dry ports. Cultural Diversity and Neutral Resilience Health Neutral Time Use Neutral Psychological Well-being Neutral Economic diversification directly contributes to Good Governance Positive macroeconomic stability which is the foundation for good governance - 50 - 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans

3.2. Creating Business and Investment Friendly Environment

3.2.1. Total Cost: Nu. 110.25 million

3.2.2. Activities Sl. Outlay Activities Remarks No (Nu. in million) Business Reform Actions to improve Ease of Doing 1 20.75 Business 2 Research activities on ensuring consumer protection 3.00 Program on institutional capacity building and 3 11.00 institutional linkages Establish dispute settlement committees in 4 3.00 Dzongkhags and Throms Consumer protection activities for promotion of fair 5 29.50 trade practices in the market Enhancement and promotion of Intellectual property 6 19.75 rights Implementation of Licensing Policy (Formulation of 7 2.00 implementation guidelines) 8 Strengthen wholesale distribution system 2.00 Conduct awareness programs on principal company 9 1.50 products 10 Conduct skills development training 1.00 Purchase of office equipment, furniture and computers 11 3.00 (For six regional offices combined) One-Stop Info Repository for all staff & management 12 5.00 dashboard 13 Mines Admin System 7.00 14 eService for hard currency remittance 1.75 Total 110.25 - 51 -

3.2.3. Multi-Year Programme Matrix Projected Annual Target Results Indicator Baseline 12th FYP Indicator Unit Y1 Y2 Y3 Y4 Y5 (AKRAs) Weight (Year) Target 2018-19 2019-20 2020-21 2021-22 2022-23 DTF of Protecting 46.67 4 DTF - 48 49 50 51 51 Minority (2018) Investors DTF of Starting a 86.38 5 DTF - 87 87.5 88 89 89 Business (2018) TM – TM – TM – TM – TM – TM – TM – Intellectual 13,000 13,500 14,000 14,500 15,000 15,000 12,500 ID 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans Ease of Doing Property (IP) 4 Number ID - 10 ID – 12 ID - 14 ID – 16 ID - 18 ID - 18 - 10 PT - 2 Business and registration PT – 5 PT – 5 PT - 5 PT – 10 PT - 10 PT - 10 CR – 150 - 52 - Enabling CR – 155 CR – 160 CR – 165 CR – 170 CR - 175 CR - 175 environment Protection of for economic consumers from activities service providers Review Review Review Review Review improved ensured (Finan- Number 0 Telecom- Financial Financial Auto- Consul- cial, Telecommu- 1 of muni- Travel 5 services (2018) Institu- mobile tancy nication, Auto- services cation Agent tions dealers services mobiles, Travel services services agency, Consul- tancy) Consumer griev- ances redressed 2 Status of Within Within Within Within Within Within Within within TAT work TAT TAT TAT TAT TAT TAT TAT Number of linkages 1 Number 1 2 3 4 5 6 6 established with stakeholders Guide- Guide- lines Guide- Fair trade prac- Guide- lines and 0 approved lines tices in e-com- 1 lines regula- (2018) and Imple- merce ensured drafted tions imple- mented mented Ease of Doing Business and Number of Enabling Dispute Settle- 10 1 Number 2 14 18 22 24 24 environment ment Committee (2018) for economic established - 53 - activities Stan- improved dardiza- tion of 4 Throm- Economic inter- labeling des, 20 est of consumers and Dz- protected (Pack- weights All 0 1 Throm- 3 Throm- 10 Dz- 10 Dz- ongkhag aging and Label- 1 and mea- Yenlag sures and (2018) de des ongkhags ongkhags Throms ling, Weights and Throms enforce- and all Measures, and ment of Yenlag Price Tag) price tag Throms require- ments 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans

3.2.4. Programme Monitoring Matrix Results 12th FYP Reporting Reporting Indicator Baseline Data Source Reporting To (AKRAs) Target Frequency Responsibility Ease of Doing DTF of Protecting Minority 46.67 51 Business Report, Annually PPD, MoEA GNHCS Investors Word Bank. Ease of Doing DTF of Starting a business 86.38 89 Business Report, Annually PPD, MoEA GNHCS Word Bank. TM – 12,500 TM – 15,000 Intellectual Property (IP) ID - 10 PT - ID - 18 PT - 10 Admin data Annually DoIP, MOEA GNHCS registration 2 CR – 150 CR - 175 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans Ease of Doing Protection of consumers - 54 - Business and from service providers en- Enabling sured (Financial, Telecom- 0 5 Admin data Annually OCP GNHCS environment munication, Automobiles, for economic Travel agency, Consultancy) activities Consumer grievances re- improved Within TAT Within TAT Admin data Annually OCP GNHCS dressed within TAT Number of linkages established with 1 6 Admin data Annually OCP GNHCS stakeholders Fair trade practices in Guidelines 0 Admin data Annually OCP GNHCS e-commerce ensured Implemented Number of Dispute Settlement Committee 10 24 Admin data Annually OCP GNHCS established Economic interest of 4 Thromdes, consumers protected 20 Dzongkhag (Packaging and Labelling, 0 Admin data Annually OCP GNHCS Throms and all Weights and Measures, and Yenlag Throms Price Tag) - 55 - 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans

3.2.5. Collaborating Partners Agency/Local Governments/ Type of Collaboration Required CSOs/Private Sector (specific interventions) RTIOs, BCCI, Private Sector Cooperation and support in appointing additional dealers For capacity building, improvement of internet connectiv- G2C Office, RTIOs, and PPD ity and other ICT infrastructure to ensure minimal disrup- tion of online public services

3.2.6. GNH Domain Effect Domain Impact Remarks Living Standard Neutral Community Vitality Neutral Education Neutral Ecological Diversity Neutral and Resilience Cultural Diversity Neutral and Resilience Health Neutral A conducive environment will reduce procedure, time, Time Use Positive and cost for availing business related services. Psychological Improvement in ease of doing business system can help Positive Well-being strengthen business satisfaction level. Establishing a business and investment friendly Good Governance Positive environment will increase efficiency, and contribute towards enhancing the overall governance system.

3.3. Export Promotion

3.3.1. Total Cost: Nu. 116.5 million

3.3.2. Activities Sl. Indicative Outlay Activities Remarks No. (Nu. in million) 1 Brand Bhutan 10.00 2 Trade Fairs 3.00 Tier 1 (Phase 2) Project on strengthening 3 institutional and human capacity for trade 30.00 promotion and development. Tier 2 Project on E-infrastructure for trade and de- 4 50.00 velopment. 5 Diagnostic Trade Integration Study (DTIS) update. 10.00 Others (Geographical Indication, market study and 6 13.50 mission, trade policy and regulatory reforms) Total 116.50 - 56 -

3.3.3. Multi-Year Programme Matrix Projected Annual Target Results Indicator Baseline 12th FYP Indicator Unit Y1 Y2 Y3 Y4 Y5 (AKRAs) Weight (Year) Target 2018-19 2019-20 2020-21 2021-22 2022-23 External sec- 3.3 Average growth of export tor position 1 Percent (2012- 4 4 4 4 4 4 during the plan period improved 2016) Number of new products ex- Non Hydro ported to new export markets 0 2 Number 0 0 5 12 22 22 Export and (2016) during the plan period Investment enhanced Annual export of mining Million 2,409.33 2 3482.78 3558.31 3622.82 3709.34 3784.87 3,784.87 products Nu. (2016)

3.3.4. Programme Monitoring Matrix 12th FYP Data Reporting Reporting Reporting - 57 - Results (AKRAs) Indicator Baseline Target Source Frequency Responsibility To External sector Average growth of export during the 3.3 4 BTS Quarterly DoT, MoEA GNHCS position improved plan period Number of new products exported Non Hydro to new export markets during the 0 22 BTS Quarterly DoT, MoEA GNHCS Export and Invest- plan period ment enhanced Annual export of mining products 2,409.33 3,784.87 BTS Annually DoT, MoEA GNHCS 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans

3.3.5. Collaborating Partners Agency/Local Governments/ Type of Collaboration Required CSOs/private sector (specific interventions) BCCI, DOI, DCSI, BEA, Support and cooperation in information sharing, trade APIC, DAMC, ABI, DRC, facilitation, export promotion, ensuring quality standards RMA, BSB, BAFRA and product development

3.3.6. GNH Domain Effect Domain Impact Remarks Diversification and increase in export will increase Living Standard Positive GDP per capita, leading to improved living standards. Community Vitality Neutral Education Neutral Ecological Diversity and Neutral Resilience Cultural Diversity and Neutral Resilience Health Neutral Time Use Neutral Psychological Well-being Neutral Increased exports will increase domestic revenue and Good Governance Neutral macroeconomic stability.

3.4. Enhancing Sustainable Hydropower Generation and Transmission System Expansions

3.4.1. Total Cost: Nu. 177.5 million

3.4.2. Activities: Sl. Indicative Outlay Activities Remarks No. (Nu. in million) 1 Complete Kuri-Gongri DPR 80.00 2 Revision of Electricity Act 0.5 3 Conduct reconnaissance studies (RS) of 4 HEPs 6.00 4 Conduct pre-feasibility (PFR) of 3 HEPs 45.00 5 Feasibility study of new generation company 6.00 6 Feasibility study on privatization of urban power 15.00 distributions 7 Preparation of Design Guidelines for head works, 25.00 water conveyance system and power house Total 177.50 - 58 -

3.4.3. Multi-Year Programme Matrix Projected Annual Target Results Indicator Baseline 12th FYP Indicator Unit Y1 Y2 Y3 Y4 Y5 (AKRAs) Weight (Year) Target 2018-19 2019-20 2020-21 2021-22 2022-23 Increase in total 320 firm power 2 MW 410 410 432.5 432.5 432.5 432.5 (2016) generation Improvement in Hydropower 99.9 efficiency (wa- 1 Percent >99.9 >99.9 >99.9 >99.9 >99.9 >99.9 (2016) ter utilization factor) Hydropower Increase in investment Hydropower 1,606 and Installed Installed ca- 2 MW 2,326 2,444 2,444 2,444 2,444 2,444 - 59 - (2018) Capacity pacity Enhanced Conduct new PFR – 8 9 9 11 PFR -11 Investigation 1 Number Recon – 15 - - studies 17 18 19 Recon-19 (2017) Transmission Km for 1,123.6 Lines & Sub- Transmission 1,123.6 1,262.6 1,262.6 1,262.6 1,262.6 1,262.6 2 lines 1,070.5 stations (SS) 1070.5 1,140.5 1,140.5 1,140.5 1,140.5 1,140.5 added (2017) MVA for SS 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans

3.4.4. Programme Monitoring Matrix Results 12th FYP Reporting Reporting Reporting Indicator Baseline Data Source (AKRAs) Target Frequency Responsibility To Increase in total firm power gen- 320 DGPC/DHPS 432.5 Annually DHPS, MOEA GNHCS Hydropow- eration data er Security 99.9 DGPC & ensured Improvement in Hydropower effi- >99.9 DHPC Annual Annually DHPS, MOEA GNHCS ciency (water utilization factor) Compacts Increase in Hydropower Installed 1,606 2,444 Admin Data Annually DHPS, MoEA GNHCS capacity Hydropower PFR – 8 PFR – 11 investment Conduct new Investigation studies Admin Data Annually DHPS, MoEA GNHCS Recon - 15 Recon - 19 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans and Installed Capacity 1,123.6 1,262.6 - 60 - Enhanced Transmission Lines & Substations (km) (km) Admin Data Annually DHPS/BPC GNHCS (SS) added 1,070.50 1,140.5 (MVA) (MVA) 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans

3.4.5. Collaborating Partners Agency/Local Governments/ Type of Collaboration Required CSOs/ Private Sector (specific interventions) Public consultations, project land approvals, R&R issues LGs etc. MoAF Forestry Clearances NEC Environmental Clearances MoLHR Labour related issues Permit and visa issuance; stakeholder regarding aspects MoHCA of religious and cultural sites On issues related to development infrastructure such as MoWHS roads, etc. NLCS On issues related to land acquisition and resettlement NCHM Hydro-meteorological data DGPC & BPC Technical collaboration MoF Tax and customs MoFA Follow-ups with GoI

3.4.6. GNH Domain Effect Domain Impact Remarks Provision of reliable and affordable supply of Living Standard Positive electricity will improve living standards Community Vitality Neutral Capacity building and enhancing local expertise on Education Positive hydropower development Ecological Diversity and Developing reservoir scheme will enhance water Positive Resilience security and flood control Cultural Diversity and Neutral Resilience Adverse effects to health during construction will Health Negative be addressed through mitigation remedies in accor- dance to the SIA. Time Use Neutral Psychological Well-being Neutral Hydropower is the bedrock of the economy contrib- Good Governance Positive uting towards economic growth and macroeconomic stability. - 61 - 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans

3.5. Risk Associated with Geo-hazards Assessed and Reduced

3.5.1. Total Cost: Nu. 44.79 million

3.5.2. Activities Sl. Indicative Outlay Activities Remarks No. (Nu. in million) Macro-seismic hazard map of Bhutan updated with new information generated from recent 1 2.00 scientific studies as well as data from the na- tional seismic Micro-seismic hazard zonation performed in 2 2.00 priority areas Additional national weak motion monitoring 3 system installed, existing ones are maintained 7.00 and fully operationalized. 4 Active fault mapping performed 1.50 5 Risk associated with critical landslides assessed 18.79 Assess water availability of surface and ground 6 2.00 water 7 Installation of Intensity Meters 10.00 8 Infrastructures to support Seismic System 1.50 Total 44.79 - 62 -

3.5.3. Multi-Year Programme Matrix Projected Annual Target Results Indicator Baseline 12th FYP Indicator Unit Y1 Y2 Y3 Y4 Y5 (AKRAs) Weight (Year) Target 2018-19 2019-20 2020-21 2021-22 2022-23 Critical landslides as- 8 1 Number - 9 - 10 - 10 sessed (2017) Macro-seismic hazard 0 1 Percent 25 50 75 100 - 100 map updated (2017) Micro-seismic hazard 0 Risk asso- 1 Number - 1 - 2 - 2 zonation performed (2017) ciated with National weak motion geo-hazards 14 monitoring system in- 1 Number 17 19 - - - 19 assessed (2017) stalled/maintained - 63 - 3 Active fault mapping 1 Number 4 - 5 - 6 6 (2017) Post-earthquake disas- 225 20 ter relief and response 1 Number 61 102 143 184 225 intensity (2017) improved meters Assess water Assess water availability availability of 1 of surface and ground 1 Number - - - 2 3 3 surface and (2018) water ground water 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans

3.5.4. Programme Monitoring Matrix 12th FYP Data Reporting Reporting Reporting Results (AKRAs) Indicator Baseline Target Source Frequency Responsibility To Admin Critical landslides assessed 8 10 Annually DGM, MoEA GNHCS Data Seismic Macro-seismic hazard map up- 0 100 hazard Annually DGM, MoEA GNHCS dated map Micro-seismic hazard zonation Admin Risk associated with 0 2 Annually DGM, MOEA GNHCS performed Data geo-hazards assessed National weak motion monitoring Admin 14 19 Annually DGM, MOEA GNHCS system installed/maintained. Data 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans Admin Active fault mapping 3 6 Annually DGM, MOEA GNHCS Data - 64 - Post-earthquake disaster relief and Admin 20 225 Annually DGM, MOEA GNHCS response improved Data Assess water avail- Assess water availability of surface Admin ability of surface and 1 3 Annually DGM, MOEA GNHCS and ground water Data ground water 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans

3.5.5. Collaborating Partners Agency/Local Governments/ Type of Collaboration Required CSOs/Private Sector (Specific interventions) Finding strategic locations for installation of intensity LGs meters.

3.5.6. GNH Domain Effect Domain Impact Remarks Living Standard Neutral Community Vitality Neutral Education Neutral Ecological Diversity and Re- Geo-scientific studies carried out will mitigate Positive silience natural disasters and improve resilience. Cultural Diversity and Resil- Neutral ience Health Neutral Time Use Neutral Psychological Well-being Neutral Good Governance Neutral

3.6. Promote Use of Alternative Renewable Energy

3.6.1. Total Cost: Nu. 787.21 million

3.6.2. Activities Sl. Indicative Outlay Activities Remarks No. (Nu. in million) Develop of energy efficiency codes for in- 1 8.00 dustries Develop energy auditing and reporting 2 7.58 guidelines Adoption of Energy efficiency standard and 3 3.24 levelling schemes for appliances Rollout nationwide Light Emitting Diodes 4 42.00 programme Development of renewable energy technol- 5 ogies for electricity generation from solar, 125.39 wind resources Promote other forms of alternate renewable 6 5.00 energy technologies - 65 - 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans (RGoB=64 Mil 7 Grid electrification of 1,429 off-grid HHs 552.00 and 488 from JICA) Undertake applied research activity on RE 8 and EE aspects including awareness pro- 3.00 gramme Formulate/amend policies, rules, regula- 9 3.00 tions Develop Energy Information Management 10 6.00 System Feasibility studies for Solar/Wind/Small Hy- 11 17.00 dropower Feasibility and development of power supply 12 15.00 to the Lunana community Total 787.21 - 66 -

3.6.3. Multi-Year Programme Matrix Projected Annual Target Results Indicator Baseline 12th FYP Indicator Unit Y1 Y2 Y3 Y4 Y5 (AKRAs) Weight (Year) Target 2018-19 2019-20 2020-21 2021-22 2022-23 Cleaner produc- tion technolo- gies encouraged 1 Number NA 0 3 6 8 10 10 in manufactur- ing firms Industrial sec- Areas of plan- tor emissions tation to offset 0 minimized 1 Acres 2 3 4 5 - 5 carbon emission (2018) through from industries cleaner pro- duction and Conduct Energy Carry out - 67 - low emission aware- Effi- Review survey on Energy development of audit ness on ciency energy Efficiency practices. Energy Efficien- reports the codes Codes of Status of 0 consump- Codes of cy Codes for 1 - of 40 in- upon practices Work (2017) tion on all practices for industries dustries. approval for in- HV and industries from the dustries MV indus- Published Govern- Pub- tries ment lished 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans Printing and Pub- Energy Develop lication audit- Energy of the ing and Energy au- Auditing Energy Conduct Audit reporting diting and & Re- Energy auditing ToTs, con- Report- guide- reporting Status of 0 porting and reporting 1 - sultation ing and lines guidelines Work (2017) guide- guidelines workshops Guide- pub- published lines for & meetings lines for lished and imple- Indus- Indus- and mented tries & tries and imple- Emissions re- Buildings Buildings mented duced through 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans demand side management Energy efficien- - 68 - of energy cy standards 0 Pre work Imple- Imple- Imple- and labelling 1 Number 1 1 (2017) initiated mented mented mented schemes for appliances Final pro- motion Light Emitting 24,500 scheme Diodes.(LEDs) 1 Number 150,000 300,000 450,000 624,500 624,500 (2017) submit- promoted ted to the depart- ment Develop National Biogas Profes- Imple- Provide Provide Provide Bio- sional men- profes- profes- profession- gas-4000 services tation sional sional Other forms al services professional provided Strategy services services of renewable ICS to biogas services 1 Number to the Docu- to biogas to biogas energy sources –14,000 and ICS provided. biogas ment and and ICS and ICS promoted construc- construc- Review construc- construc- SWH – 73 SWH – 5 tion. tion. Bhutan tion. tion. Promote clean (2017) eco- SWH-35 renewable en- SWH-5 SWH-55 SWH-73 ergy technol- stove. ogies through Install climate mech- SWH-15 - 69 - anisms 100% in- stallation Year- works 60% of com- Solar-3 MW Additional in- round Feasibili- 30% of the the in- pleted stalled capacity cycle Status of ty studies installa- stallation (Solar-3 Wind-1 from renewable 1 NA Data the work conduct- tion works works MW MW energy technol- Collec- ed completed complet- ogies tion at ed Wind-1 the sites MW) 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans Distri- bution lines, 20% of 100% substa- the con- of the 50% of the tions and Procure- struction construc- construc- service ment & of distri- tion of Access to Grid electri- tion of dis- connec- 1,429 Status of 0 delivery bution distribu- electricity fication 1,429 3 tribution tions households Work (2017) of mate- lines and tion lines enhanced off-grid HHs lines and commis- electrified rials to substa- and sub- substations sioned the sites tions stations completed (1,429 complet- complet- house- ed ed holds 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans electri- fied) - 70 -

3.6.4. Programme Monitoring Matrix Data Reporting Reporting Reporting Results (AKRAs) Indicator Baseline 12th FYP Target Source Frequency Responsibility To Cleaner production tech- Industrial sec- nologies encouraged in NA 10 DoI Annually DoI, MOEA GNHCS tor emissions manufacturing firms minimized Areas of plantation to off- through cleaner set carbon emission from 0 5 DoFPS Annually DoI, MoEA GNHCS production and industries low emission development Energy Efficiency Codes Energy Efficiency Codes practices. 0 of practices for industries DoFPS Annually DoI, MoEA GNHCS for industries Published Energy auditing and Energy auditing and DRE, 0 reporting guidelines pub- Annually DRE, MOEA GNHCS reporting guidelines MoEA Emissions lished and implemented reduced through Energy efficiency stan- Energy efficiency stan- demand side dards and labelling DRE, dards and labelling 0 Annually DRE, MOEA GNHCS management of schemes for appliances MoEA schemes for appliances energy implemented Light Emitting Diodes. DRE. 24,500 624,500 Annually DRE, MoEA GNHCS (LEDs) promoted MoEA Biogas-4000 Professional services pro- Promote clean Other forms of renewable DRE, ICS –14,000 vided to biogas and ICS Annually DRE, MoEA GNHCS renewable energy energy sources promoted construction. SWH - 73 MoEA SWH – 5 technologies through climate Additional Installed Solar-3 MW DRE, mechanisms capacity from renewable NA Annually DRE, MoEA GNHCS Wind-1 MW MoEA - 71 - energy technologies Access to elec- Grid electrification 1,429 1,429 households DRE, 0 Annually DRE, MoEA GNHCS tricity enhanced off-grid HHs electrified MoEA 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans

3.6.5. Collaborating Partners Agency/Local Governments/ Type of Collaboration Required CSOs/ Private Sector (specific interventions) DGPC Implementation of RE BPC Implementation of RE, transmission and distribution BEA RE rules, regulation and subsidy etc. DoL, MoAF; LGs Implementation of biogas BCCI Implementation of Energy Efficiency

3.6.6. GNH Domain Effect Domain Impact Remarks Living Standard Neutral Community Vitality Neutral New technology and ideas, and technology Education Positive transfers Promotion of alternative renewable energy Ecological Diversity and Positive resources will have a positive impact on the Resilience environment Cultural Diversity and Neutral Resilience Health Neutral Time Use Neutral Psychological Well-being Neutral Good Governance Neutral - 72 - 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans Ministry of Education 1. Background The Ministry of Education (MoE) is responsible for the formulation of sound educational policies leading towards a knowledge based GNH society. Its mandate is to provide equitable and inclusive quality education and lifelong learning for all through the provision of necessary learning spaces and opportunities. The Ministry is comprised of the Department of School Education (DSE), the Department of Adult and Higher Secondary School (DAHE), the Department of Youth and Sports (DYS), the Directorate of Services (DoS) and the Ministerial Secretariat. The DSE is responsible for the entire primary to higher secondary school system in the country, including Early Childhood Care and Development (ECCD), Special Educational Needs (SEN), health and nutrition for school children and teacher professional development. The Department is also responsible for monitoring both public and private schools. DAHE serves as the Secretariat to the Tertiary Education Board (TEB) to provide tertiary education services, to ensure growth of the tertiary education system in the country and to promote continuing lifelong learning opportunities. The DYS provides youth health and development programmes to nurture and empower youth with necessary values and skills to enable them to cope with emerging challenges and to provide avenues for their positive growth. 2. Plan Priorities The Ministry will focus on progressive education in keeping with the need of the hour. Bhutan is close to achieving universal primary education with ANER at 96.8 percent as of 2018. This has been accelerated by the expansion of educational facilities and support mechanisms in previous five year plans. However, challenges continue to remain in providing access to hard-to- reach areas, providing inclusive education and in improving the quality of education. Therefore, the Ministry will focus on addressing the quality and inclusiveness of education, including improving the health and well-being of children, enhancing equitable and quality tertiary education, enhancing the professional development of teachers, strengthening vocational education in schools and enhancing adult literacy and lifelong learning. - 73 - 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans A crucial strategy is to harness the interest and potential of children from an early age through provision of early childhood care and education for building strong foundation and to provide inclusive education. Therefore, the Ministry aims to achieve 50 percent coverage of 3-5 year old children through provision of quality Early Child Care and Development (ECCD) program and to expand the number of schools with Special Educational Needs (SEN) programmes from 14 to 28. This will ensure that at least one school in every Dzongkhag and Thromde is equipped with a SEN programme to ensure that no child is left behind. A major concern is the quality of education. Rationalization of infrastructure would help in enhancing quality by maintaining right class size through the efficient deployment of teachers, and by addressing the issue of informal boarding. Towards this, the Ministry will review the functioning of the central schools to further improve its efficiency, and to ensure adequate infrastructure and human resources. The quality of education largely hinges on the quality of teachers. This can be approached through the provision of continuous professional development programmes by ensuring a minimum of 80 hours of need based professional development per teacher per year. Additionally, in the 12th FYP, there will be a transformative shift towards formative assessment. Accordingly, the capacity of teachers will have to be strengthened and this will require additional professional development of primary teachers. Also, to promote research based teaching, research culture will be strengthened in the schools. In this regard, about 2000 teachers are expected to complete at least one action research in the 12th FYP. To harness the benefits of ICT and to enhance the quality of the teaching and learning process, the Ministry and Dzongkhags/Thromdes will provide adequate computers and internet connectivity to all schools in the 12th FYP. Towards this end, the focus will be in achieving a computer-student ratio of 1:10 for secondary schools and 1:30 for primary schools, providing high speed internet connectivity in all schools and integrating ICT in the teaching learning process through e-learning, creation of smart classrooms, ICT integrated teaching pedagogy, School of the Air etc. Towards creating educational pathways, the Ministry aims to promote - 74 - 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans Technical and Vocational Education (TVE) as a part of mainstream education in the 12th FYP. This will include expanding and diversifying TVE as optional subjects for class IX and above, and strengthening vocational clubs and pre- vocational orientation programme from classes IV to VIII. School feeding and nutrition is an important component towards improving the health and wellbeing of children and youth. Relevant interventions related to school feeding and nutrition will prevent malnutrition, address nutritional deficiencies and promote behavioural and attitudinal changes. Also, the provision of mid-day meals to students in rural areas will be explored. The supply of fortified rice in all schools with feeding programs will be continued to address the incidents of micronutrient deficiencies among school children. Additionally, the Ministry in coordination with Dzongkhags and Thromdes will accelerate the school feeding program. The Ministry will also continue to support the Water, Sanitation and Hygiene (WASH) program to strengthen healthy and hygienic habits and to prevent health related issues faced by school children. Youth accounts for about 24 percent of the population, and therefore, youth development will be pursued as a priority program in the 12th FYP. Greater focus will be given to youth programs such as scouting, counselling, sports and physical activities, and programs through the youth centres. These programmes are expected to facilitate the development of positive mental health, encourage volunteerism, engage and empower youth with appropriate, knowledge, skills and values. They are also geared to help prevent emerging youth issues and behaviours resulting in conflict with the law, suicide, substance abuse etc. The Ministry will also incorporate mandatory indicators related to corruption reduction namely, work, integrity and leadership culture index, and corruption, transparency and accountability index as KPIs in the Annual Performance Agreement. The Ministry will implement the following programmes with capital outlay of Nu. 4,000.00 million, and will contribute mainly towards the achievement of NKRA 7,8,10, and 11. - 75 - 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans Sl. Indicative Cost Programme No (Nu in million) 1 Improve Quality and Inclusive Education 942.50 2 Improve Health and Wellbeing of Children and Youth 365.00 3 Enhance Equitable and Quality Tertiary Education 1482.50 4 Enhance Teacher Development and Support 910.00 5 Strengthen and Expand Vocational Education in Schools 250.00 6 Enhance Adult Literacy and Lifelong Learning 50.00 Total 4,000.00 3. Programme Summary

3.1. Improve Quality and Inclusive Education

3.1.1. Total Cost: Nu.942.5 million

3.1.2. Activities Indicative Sl. Activities Outlay (Nu. Remarks No in million) 1 Establishment of Premier Schools 140 STEM, Sports, Arts& Culture Chundu Armed Forces Public 2 500 School Integrating ICT in teaching learning process – eLearning , Some components to be explored 3 90.0 ICT integrated teaching pedagogy, under LGs/Flagship Programme School of the Air Connecting Secondary schools to Nu. 10 m to be explored under Digi- 4 Druk Research and Educational 0.00 tal Drukyul Flagship Programme Network (DrukREN) Nu. 50 m to be explored under Digital 5 Set up Smart Classroom 0.00 Drukyul Flagship Programme 6 Support to school ICT lap assistant 0.00 Development of Cyber wellness 7 1.00 policy for school 8 Review of ICT master plan 2.00 9 Enhancement of e-library 5.00 Procurement of assistive devices, enhance expertise on inclusive and special education for professionals 10 Improve quality of SEN Program 35.00 working for and with children and students with disabilities, teaching learning materials. School Reform Programme (spill Dorokha, Motithang, Chaskhar, De- 11 40.00 over) chentshemo, Wanakha, Tsirangtoe - 76 - 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans Diploma in ECCD for facilitators, revision of early development stan- 12 ECCD programmes 61.00 dards, curriculum, training packages, ECCD impact evaluation, revision of monitoring tools Capacity building of teachers on developing competency based 13 4.00 PISA assessment (PISA assess- ment) Teacher recognition award, school ranking and award, Review and revise School Performance Management 14 20.00 school self-assessment and school System (PMS) improvement plan, orientation to DEOs on PMS Revision and orientation of interna- Private and International school tional school guideline, revision of 15 2.00 support services pvt. School guideline, implementation of scholarships programme for class X Develop emergency plan and guide- lines, stockpiling of emergency mate- rials at the warehouse and MoE, TOT 16 Disaster prevention programme 15 for disaster focal teachers, review of Disaster management plan and contin- gency plan, vulnerability assessment Review and develop new designs 17 3.00 for school infrastructure 18 Setting up lab testing facilities 5.00 Annual Government report (ARR), Annual Education Statistics (AES), National education Conference, 19 Annual Publications and reports 12.00 EPGI, DEOs Workshop, relevant research and impact studies, develop and implement National Education Policy action plan Implementation of a Document Ar- chival System, develop School based ad- Enhancement of Education Moni- 20 0 ministration and management system, toring Information System Procurement of media equipment, Edu- cational media programme produced. Establish new UNESCO clubs and ASPnet schools(Review UNESCO 21 clubs & ASPnet schools guide- 5.0 book, capacity building on Global Citizenship Education) Observe and celebrate teachers day 22 2.5 celebration Total 942.5 - 77 -

3.1.3. Multi-Year Programme Matrix Projected Annual Target Results Indicator Baseline 12th FYP Indicator Unit (AKRAs) Weight (Year) Y1 Y2 Y3 Y4 Y5 Target 2018-19 2019-20 2020-21 2021-22 2022-23 Net enrolment 19.2 50 (M-49, 4 Percent 27 32 37 43 50 rate for ECCD (2018) F-51) Students scoring at least 60% in all four sub- jects (English, 18 4 Percent 20 22 24 27 30 30 Dzongkha, (2018) 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans Mathematics Sustainable and Science) in - 78 - inclusive Cl VI quality Adjusted Net primary and 96.8 Enrolment Rate 3 Percent 97 97.5 98 98.5 >99 >99 secondary (2018) Primary education Timeline by enhanced which examina- Implemented Imple- tion till class III 4 Date NA - - - - in 2020-2021 mented is reviewed and FY removed Primary: Primary: Primary: Primary: Primary: Primary:82 Schools meeting 83 85 88 91 95 Primary: 95 4 Percent Secondary:49 class size targets Second- Second- Second- Second- Second- Secondary:70 (2017) ary:50 ary:55 ary:60 ary:65 ary:70 Prima- Prima- Prima- Prima- Prima- Schools with Primary: 8. Primary:50 ry:10 ry:20 ry:30 ry:40 ry:50 ideal student 3 Percent Secondary:12 Secondary: Second- Second- Second- Second- Second- computer ratio (2017) 80 ary: 15 ary: 20 ary: 40 ary: 60 ary: 80 Students scoring minimum marks of 60% each in Mathematics, 14 4 Percent 14 15 16 18 20 20 Science, English (2017) and Dzongkha in BCSE exam- Sustainable ination inclusive Girls scoring quality above 60% in primary and 16 - 79 - STEM subjects 3 Percent 16 17 19 21 23 23 secondary (2017) in BCSE exam- education ination enhanced Schools im- plementing 0 Standards for 4 Number 3 8 13 18 28 28 (2018) Inclusive Edu- cation Schools scoring 85 above 90% on 2 Percent 88 91 94 97 >99 >99 (2016) GNH index Number of stu- 2,600 dents in infor- 4 Number 2,000 1,500 1,000 500 0 0 (2017) mal boarding 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans

3.1.4. Programme Monitoring Matrix Results Reporting Reporting Reporting Indicator Baseline 12th FYP Target Data Source (AKRAs) Frequency Responsibility To Net enrolment rate for Annual Educa- 19.2 50 (M-49, F-51) Annual DSE GNHCS ECCD tion Statistics Students scoring at least 60% in all four subjects PMS Report/ (English, Dzongkha, 18 30 School Ranking Annual EMD/REC GNHCS Mathematics and Science) Report/ASSL in Cl VI Sus- Adjusted Net Enrolment Annual Educa- tainable 96.8 >99 Annual PPD, MoE GNHCS Rate Primary tion Statistics 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans inclusive Timeline by which ex- quality Implemented in MoE/BCSEA/ - 80 - amination till class III is NA Admin. Data Annual GNHCS prima- 2020-2021 FY REC reviewed and removed ry and secondary Schools meeting class size Primary:82 Primary: 95 Annual Educa- Annual PPD, MoE GNHCS education targets Secondary:49 Secondary:70 tion Statistics enhanced Schools with ideal student Annual Educa- Primary: 8. Primary:50 computer ratio tion Statistics, Annual PPD, MoE GNHCS Secondary:12 Secondary: 80 Reports Students scoring mini- mum marks of 60% each in Mathematics, Science, 14 20 BCSEA Report Annual BCSEA GNHCS English and Dzongkha in BCSE examination Girls scoring above 60% Sus- in STEM subjects in BCSE 16 23 BCSEA Report Annual BCSEA GNHCS tainable examination inclusive Schools implementing quality Standards for Inclusive 0 28 Annual Report Annual DSE GNHCS prima- Education ry and Schools scoring above 90% School Ranking secondary on GNH index 85 > 99 Report/PMS Annual DSE GNHCS education Report enhanced Number of students in 2,600 0 Annual Reports Annual DSE GNHCS informal boarding - 81 - 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans

3.1.5. Collaborating Partners Agency/ Local Governments / Type of Collaboration Required CSOs/ Private Sector (specific interventions) • Construction and maintenance of community based ECCD Centres Gewog • Renovation and maintenance of ECR • WASH activities, renovation, and replacement of furniture for PS • Infrastructure development of schools, monitoring and support • Supply of play materials to ECCD Centres • Recruitment, appointment and professional devel- opment of ECCD facilitators • Construction and renovation of schools • Establishment of schools with SEN Programme • Implement NFE programme including recruitment, Dzongkhags/Thromdes appointment and PD of NFE facilitators • Provisions for schools in highland and nomadic communities • Establishment of staff quarters • Procurement of computers and internet connectivity in schools • Implement 40 hours of PD for teachers • Implement activities related to Disaster preparedness/ prevention in schools • Curriculum development, revision of curriculum REC • Revision of Early Learning Development Standards (ELDS) BCSEA Examination and Assessment, PISA test administration Internet connectivity, ICT standards, capacity develop- DITT, MoIC ment RUB Capacity building of pre-service teachers • MoE collaborates with DDM in terms of receiv- ing technical support for training of disaster focal teachers in schools, ad-hoc disaster relief funds and supply of relief equipment and kits • Schools also receive and seek support from DDM, MoHCA Dzongkhag Disaster Management Committee through DDM • Disaster management and contingency plan of the Dzongkhag is a collaborative effort that requires support and coordination through DDM - 82 - 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans Private school Implementation of private school guidelines MoE collaborate with RBP to access data on students/ youths coming in conflict with law. MoE also collabo- RBP rates with RBP to avail rehabilitation facilities for youths and students who comes in conflict with law RBA Management of Armed Forces School Project Technical support to mainstream gender and child as- NCWC pects in the Ministry’s plan • Students avail scholarship/support provided by NGOs/CSOs based on their criteria • Collaborates with NGOs/CSOs for organizing awareness and educational programmes for youths and students CSO/NGOs • Collaborates with NGOs/CSOs to provide support to special needs students (Draktsho) • MoE collaborates with NGOs/CSOs (Tarayan & Loden Foundation for the establishment of some of the Community based ECCD centres

3.1.6. GNH Domain Effect Domain Impact Remarks Quality, inclusive education would contribute to increased Living standard Positive economic productivity as well as the employment prospects of students Schools serve as an opportunity and platform for com- Community munity cooperation and collaboration while striving to Positive vitality improve students learning outcomes collectively. This contributes to enhancing community vitality This programme is linked to enhancing access to school Education Positive and improving the overall quality of education Learning to understand, protect and care for the environ- Ecological ment early in school is the most effective way of developing Diversity and Positive and internalizing knowledge, skills and attitudes. Hence, Resilience this applies across all learning domains including environ- ment friendly behaviours and attitudes Learning about how we live and function as individuals, Cultural family units and communities are among the key learning Diversity and Positive tasks of children in school as part of their moral, spiritual Resilience and cultural development goals - 83 - 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans Health and nutrition are critical elements of holistic child development and therefore, there is emphasis on enhance- Health Positive ment of health care practices and outcomes at school through curriculum The various curricular and extra-curricular programmes implemented in school helps to build children’s healthy Time Use Positive habits, routine and structure in behaviours which are pre- dominantly about time use and management An important goal of education is to enhance well-being of children including emotional and social well-being, Psychological Positive because children’s psychological well-being has immense Well-being influence on their long term development as healthy, happy and productive individuals and members of society Quality education is pertinent to good governance as Good Gover- acquisition of relevant knowledge and skills will directly Positive nance contribute towards nation building and help them make informed decision and choices

3.2. Improve Health and Wellbeing of Children and Youth

3.2.1. Total cost: Nu. 365.00 million

3.2.2. Activities Sl. Indicative Outlay Activities Remarks No (Nu. in million) 1 Counselling Services 34.58 Training of HPE teachers on the revised HPE curriculum, 2 Sports Promotion activities 51.42 pre-service training and refresher course for SSIs Establishment of National and Regional Scouts Cen- tre in Paro and Tashigang, Scouting programme at national and regional level, Scouts Leaders Meetings/ Trainings/Workshops/Semi- 3 Scout Programmes 131.05 nars/Conferences at National and International level, Youth Exchange Programme at National and International level, Scouting materials and Promotion of Scouting Programme - 84 - 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans Youth centres, Construction Youth friendly programs and of Youth Hostel, Networking 4 80.00 services with Regional and Interna- tional Youth Agencies) WASH facilities-Supply water filters to schools, Capacity 5 building of School Health 15.50 Coordinators & School Water care takers) School Health promotion activities-Provision of Sanitary 6 16.30 Machines to Schools ,Supply of standard BMI equipment ) 7 Life skill programme 6.15 School Nutrition pro- gramme-advocacy on Nutri- 8 14.50 tion, Capacity Building of the School Mess In-charges 9 School Agriculture Programme 15.50 Total 365.00 - 85 -

3.2.3. Multi-Year Programme Matrix Projected Annual Target Results Indicator Baseline 12th FYP Indicator Unit Y1 Y2 Y3 Y4 Y5 (AKRAs) Weight (Year) Target 2018-19 2019-20 2020-21 2021-22 2022-23 Functional Function- Function- Function- Functional Function- Functional water sup- al water al water al water Schools with water sup- al water water sup- ply: 69 supply: 73 supply: 85 supply: 90 access to ply: 76 supply: 80 ply: 90 Functional Function- Function- Function- Function- safely man- 6 Percent Functional Functional Toilet: 84.5 al Toilet: al Toilet: al Toilet: al Toilet: aged WASH Toilet: 87 Toilet: 95 Hygiene: 85 90 93 95 facilities Hygiene: Hygiene: 65 Hygiene: Hygiene: Hygiene: Hy- Health 69 80 (2017) 67 70 75 igiene:80 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans and well- being of Attempted 94 - 86 - children suicide pre- 3 Percent ≥94 ≥94 ≥94 ≥94 ≥94 ≥94 (2017) and vented youth Youth in 487 enhanced conflict with 3 Number 440 390 350 300 250 250 (2017) law Proportion of students 84 84.5 85 (Boys– 86 87 88 88 within (Boys– 83, 4 Percent (Boys–84, 84.5, (Boys–85, (Boys–86, (Boys–87, (Boys–87, acceptable Girls-85) Girls 85.1) Girls-85.5) Girls-87) Girls-88) Girls-89) Girls-89) nutritional (2017) level (BMI)

3.2.4. Programme Monitoring Matrix Results 12th FYP Reporting Reporting Reporting Indicator Baseline Data Source (AKRAs) Target Frequency Responsibility To Functional Functional water water supply: supply: 69 Schools with access to safely 90 Functional Toi- AES Annual DSE, MoE GNHCS Health and managed WASH facilities Functional let: 84.5 wellbeing Toilet: 95 Hygiene: 65 of children Hygiene: 80 and youth Attempted suicide prevented 94 ≥94 Reports Annual DYS, MoE GNHCS enhanced Youth in conflict with law 487 250 YDMS Annual DYS/DSE, MoE GNHCS Proportion of students 84 88 within acceptable nutritional (Boys– 83, (Boys–87, Admin data Annual DSE, MoE GNHCS level (BMI) Girls-85) Girls-89) - 87 - 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans

3.2.5. Collaborating Partners Agency/Local Governments/ Type of Collaboration Required CSOs/Private Sector (specific interventions) • Implement youth programmes at Dzongkhag/ Thromde level • Support in the establishment of Youth and Scout LGs Centres • Supply and maintenance of sport facilities and equip- ment • Provide services in the Youth Friendly Integrated MoLHR Service Centre (YFISC), such as orientation on em- ployment opportunities • Provide services in the Youth Friendly Integrated Service Centre (YFISC) • Provide support for general health check up, supple- MoH mentation of required vitamins, carry out study on nutritional status of the school children and other services • Technical assistance for WASH/Nutrition Timely supply of non-perishable items under centralized FCBL procurement system • Quality control of food commodities MoAF (BAFRA &DoA) • Technical support, supply of seed and seedlings, rice fortification, capacity development of focal agricul- ture teachers JDWNRH (psychiatric de- For treatment of mental health issues and substance use partment) Bhutan Board for Certified For certification of Counsellors Counsellors (BBCC) For recruitment of School Guidance Counsellors (SGC), RCSC School Sports Instructors and Youth Centre staffs For provision of PG Diploma and Masters in Guidance RUB and Counselling and Sports Coaching and Health and Physical Education (HPE) teachers - 88 - 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans • For training of SGCs on Universal treatment curricu- lum for substance use BNCA • For rehabilitation services • Provide services in the Youth Friendly Integrated Service Centre (YFISC) RENEW Shelter for vulnerable students RBA Training of Scout Leaders Revise and develop Health and Physical Education (HPE) REC curriculum BOC, National Sports For technical support Federations/Associations Youth related CSOs For youth group networking

3.2.6. GNH Domain Effect Domain Impact Remarks This programme aims to improve the health and wellbe- ing of children and youth. For e.g. With WASH facilities Living Standard Positive in place, and with good diet, the living standards will improve When the Schools are linked to the Farmers for the School Feeding Programme, the community is encour- Community Vitality Positive aged to work together to grow more which also helps to achieve food security This programme is linked to enhancing access to school and improving the overall quality of education through Education Positive youth enrichment programme. Moreover, students with good health can perform better in studies Ecological Diversity Neutral and Resilience Youth enrichment programmes such as scouts, value ed- Cultural Diversity Positive ucation, sports and physical activities directly contribute and Resilience to cultural diversity and resilience There is emphasis on enhancement of health care Health Positive practices and outcomes at school through various youth activities and feeding programmes - 89 - 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans The regular and extra-curricular programmes help to Time Use Positive build children’s healthy habits and routine, which are predominantly about time use and management Psychological Providing a balanced diet leads to cognitive development Positive Well-being and psychological well-being Healthy citizens have the potential to contribute to good Good Governance Positive governance

3.3. Enhance Equitable Quality Tertiary Education

3.3.1. Total cost: Nu.1,482.50 million

3.3.2. Activities Sl. Indicative Outlay Activities Remarks No (Nu. in million) Implementation of scholarships - RGoB - Third 1 270.00 Country (123 spillover) Implementation of scholarships - RGoB - Third 2 330.00 Country (125 new students) Implementation of scholarships - RGoB -QECS 3 22.00 (40 spillover) Implementation of scholarships - RGoB -QECS 4 30.00 (50 new students) Implementation of scholarships - RGoB - 5 17.00 In-country (54 spillover) Implementation of scholarships - RGoB - 6 68.00 In-country (150 new students) Implementation of scholarships - RGoB - 7 86.00 APEMS (83 spillover) Implementation of scholarships - RGoB - 8 68.00 APEMS (75 new students) Implementation of scholarships - GoI (254 9 170.00 spillover) Implementation of scholarships - GoI (375 new 10 360.30 students) Provide policy and programme support for 11 tertiary education ( Enhancement of on line 6.20 Systems (TESS and SLSTE) Implement Loan Scheme for Tertiary Education 12 40.00 (Spill over from 11th FYP) Liaise and Build Linkages with Higher Educa- 13 3.00 tion Commission/Equivalent Bodies abroad - 90 - 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans Implement Roadmap for Tertiary Educa- 14 3.00 tion:2017-2027 Accreditation of TEIs to national, regional/inter- 15 national standards, Development of frameworks, 9.00 manual, guidelines Total 1,482.5 - 91 -

3.3.3. Multi-Year Programme Matrix Indi- Projected Annual Target Results Baseline 12th FYP Indicator cator Unit Y1 Y2 Y3 Y4 Y5 (AKRAs) (Year) Target Weight 2018-19 2019-20 2020-21 2021-22 2022-23 Within Within Within Within Within Within Within Gender Parity Bhutan:0.85 Bhu- Bhu- Bhu- Bhu- Bhu- Bhu- Index for tertia- 3 Ratio Both:0.82 tan:0.86 tan:0.87 tan:0.88 tan:0.89 tan:0.90 tan:0.90 ry education (2018) Both:0.83 Both:0.84 Both:0.85 Both:0.86 Both:0.87 Both:0.87 Access and Female students equitable enrolled in 25 quality 3 Percent 26 27 28 29 30 30 STEM courses (2016) tertiary in TEIs 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans education National: 9 National: National:Nation- Nation- Nation- enhanced TEIs accredited National: Regional/ 12 14 al: 15 al: 16 al: 18 - 92 - by national/re- 18 Region- 5 Number Internation- Regional/ Regional/ Regional/ Regional/ Regional/ al/Interna- gional/interna- al: 0 Interna- Interna- Interna- Interna- Interna- tional bodies tional: 2 (2017) tional: 0 tional: 0 tional: 0 tional: 1 tional: 2

3.3.4. Programme Monitoring Matrix Results 12th FYP Reporting Reporting Reporting Indicator Baseline Data Source (AKRAs) Target Frequency Responsibility To Gender Parity Index for Within Annual Educa- Within Bhutan:0.85 Access and tertiary education Bhutan:0.90 tion Statistics Annual DAHE, MoE GNHCS Both:0.82 equitable Both:0.87 (AES), Reports quality Female students enrolled 25 30 Annual Report Annual DAHE, MoE GNHCS tertiary in STEM courses in TEIs education TEIs accredited by National: 9 National: 18 enhanced national/regional/inter- Regional/Interna- Regional/In- Annual Report Annual DAHE, MoE GNHCS national bodies tional: 0 ternational: 2 - 93 - 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans

3.3.5. Collaborating Partners Agency/Local Governments/ Type of Collaboration Required CSOs/Private Sector (specific interventions) Implementation of policy and guidelines for the growth RUB/KGUMSB/RIM/JSWSL/ and development of tertiary education, and accreditation TEIs purposes To provide slot requisition based on the long-term national RCSC & MoLHR HR requirement for implementation of scholarships

3.3.6. GNH Domain Effect Domain Impact Remarks Tertiary education will have direct and indirect impact Living Standard Positive on living standard Community Vitality Neutral Tertiary education programme provides lifelong learn- Education Positive ing opportunities Ecological Diversity Positive and Resilience Tertiary education programmes promote the protection Cultural Diversity and preservation of ecological and cultural diversity Positive and Resilience and resilience, and health Health Positive Time Use Positive Education enhances knowledge and information on Psychological proper time use, and will also improve psychological Positive wellbeing Well-being All educational programmes are targeted to promote Good Governance Positive and enhance good governance

3.4. Enhance Teacher Development and Support

3.4.1 Total Cost: Nu. 910.00 million

3.4.2 Activities Sl. Indicative Outlay Activities Remarks No. (Nu. in million) 1 PD for Teachers and School Leaders 400.00 Immersion program/Institutional linkage/ exchange program for DEOs/ TEOs/ school 2 30.00 principals and teachers, Lead Teachers/Senior Teachers Numeracy/literacy/Primary teaching/ Science 3 9.00 Education/ Teaching Strategies - 94 - 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans In-country mixed mode and full time Master’s 4 350.00 degree In-country mixed mode PG Diploma (English 5 10.00 & Counselling) 6 In-country mixed mode B.Ed. Primary 95.00 Conduct Research/Action Research and Semi- 7 5.00 nars/Publications 8 Develop Standards for Teachers 5.00 Teacher Resource Centres (Equipment & 9 5.00 Furniture) 10 Conduct Survey on Teacher’s Job Satisfaction 1.00 Total 910.0 - 95 -

3.4.3. Multi-Year Programme Matrix Projected Annual Target Results Indicator Baseline 12th FYP Indicator Unit Y1 Y2 Y3 Y4 Y5 (AKRAs) Weight (Year) Target 2018-19 2019-20 2020-21 2021-22 2022-23 Teachers’ job 68.3 2 Percent - - 70 - 75 75 satisfaction level (2013) Schools with 18 15 hours of contact 5 Percent 25 40 55 70 80 80 (2016) teaching Dzo:-571 Dzo: Dzo:-400 Dzo: Dzo: Dzo:-50 Adequate num- Dzo-50 Sci:-150 -500 -250 -100 ber of teachers by Num- Sci: 0 Sci-0 Gen- 5 Gener- Sci: -100 Sci: -80 Sci: -120 Sci: -60 subjects (short- ber eral-0 al:-111 age reduced) 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans (2018) Gen: -88 Gen: -66 Gen:-44 Gen:-22 Gen: 0 Teacher Development Teachers availing - 96 - and Support 80 hours of National National National National National National level: level: level: level: Programme Professional De- level: 100% level: NA 100% National velopment (PD) 100% 100% 100% level:100% 5 Percent Other Other (40 hours -Na- Other Other Other Other Other lev- level: NA level: NA tional Level & level: level: level: level: el: 100% 40 hours – other (2017) 100% 100% 100% 100% level) Public: Public: Public: Public: Public: Teachers meeting Public: NA Public: 50 NA NA 30 40 50% the Standards for Percent Private: Private: Private: Private: Private: Private: Private: Teachers NA 30 NA NA 10 20 30%

3.4.4. Programme Monitoring Matrix Results 12th FYP Reporting Reporting Reporting Indicator Baseline Data Source (AKRAs) Target Frequency Responsibility To Teacher’s Job Teachers’ job satisfaction level 68.3 75 Satisfaction Survey DSE, MoE GNHCS Survey Schools with 18 hours of con- 15 80 TRE report Annual HRD, MoE GNHCS tact teaching Adequate number of teach- Dzo-571 Teacher Dzo-50 Sci-0 ers in key subjects (shortage Sci-150 TRE Report Annual HRD, MoE GNHCS Development General-0 reduced) General-111 and Support Teachers availing 80 hours Programme National National of Professional Development (PD) level:100% level:100% - 97 - TPSD Report Annual DSE, MoE GNHCS Other level: Other level: (40 hours -National Level & NA 100% 40 hours – other level) Teachers meeting the Stan- Public: NA Public: 50% TPSD Report Annual DSE, MoE GNHCS dards for Teachers Private: NA Private: 30% 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans

3.4.5. Collaborating Partners Agency/Local Governments/ Type of Collaboration Required CSOs/Private Sector (specific interventions) Identify trainers, rollout PD programmes approved by MoE, submit timely report & documents for PD pro- LGs grammes conducted, support and own TRC plans and programmes and mobilize resources, submit report on the status of TRCs, support lead teachers. Allocate fund for Professional Development pro- RCSC grammes and timely release. Share expertise for PD package development and roll- REC out. Also work with TPSD and appropriately schedule for curriculum related NBIPs/Workshops/PD. Share expertise for PD package development. Also share information on the mixed mode and fulltime Samtse CoE and Paro CoE award bearing programmes implemented in the respective colleges. Share expertise in PD package development and roll out. Also cost-share with the Ministry especial- Private Schools ly during nationwide PD rollout including private school teachers. Work closely with TPSD for appropriate scheduling of BCSEA and Departments and NBIPs/Workshops during summer break for teachers. Divisions of MoE HRD, MoE is expected to expedite any HR processes desired by TPSD.

3.4.6. GNH Domain Effect Domain Impact Remarks As teachers gain exposure to various sources of knowledge, wisdom, experiences and education systems through teacher Living standard Positive development and support programmes, it enables them to develop required competencies & confidence which enables them to live by higher ideals. Teacher development and support programmes promote and enhance professional learning communities at school, Dis- trict/Thromde, and national levels. Such programmes bring Community Positive together different expertise and experiences that are shared vitality and learnt by others. The more teacher development and support programmes are provided, there is better communi- ty vitality. - 98 - 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans Teacher development and support programmes are intended to reinforce and promote continuous learning for teaching professionals. By continuously updating and upgrading Education Positive knowledge, skills and practices, it enables teaching profes- sionals to be global citizens. Such programmes help them to increase and create new knowledge. Teacher development and support programmes promote Ecological better understanding and promotion of ecological diversity Diversity and Positive and maintaining resilience. A better relation between human Resilience beings and natural ecosystem is developed through educa- tion programmes. Through teacher development and support programmes, Cultural cultural diversity and resilience can be enhanced. People Diversity and Positive learn to live in more harmony with others recognizing the Resilience differences in culture and system. Health is improved through better education. Any increase in knowledge, skills and practices has positive impact on Health Positive the teachers which can be transferred to students and wider audience. As such, there is multiplier effect on the improve- ment in health. Teachers would be exposed to fast developing education sys- tems in the world. Such information and opportunities will Time Use Positive help them to learn and know the benefits of proper time use. Their knowledge and experiences on proper time use would get transferred to students and wider audience. Continuous teacher development and support programmes will boost the morale and motivation of teachers. As teachers Psychological become more confident, their competency enhances and Positive Well-being their self-esteem too improves. They would also have high regard for teachers and teaching as a profession, which ulti- mately enhances their psychological wellbeing. Teacher development and support are educational pro- grammes, which can promote and enhance efficiency, trans- parency and accountability in the system. As teachers get more educated and become more aware of corrupt practices Good Gover- that have slowed down economic development and country’s Positive nance prosperity etc. in certain economies, the importance will be given on enhancing good governance. Teachers will be able to educate students and others on good practices through various forums and approaches to improve and enhance good governance. - 99 - 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans

3.5. Strengthen and Expand Vocational Education in Schools

3.5.1 Total Cost: Nu. 250.00 million

3.5.2 Activities: Sl. Indicative Outlay Activities Remarks No. (Nu. in million) 1 Infrastructure for TVE schools 150.00 Tools and equipment for TVE schools and 2 45.00 vocational clubs Development of guidelines for vocational 3 10.00 clubs (IV to VIII) and roll out Development of guidelines for PVOP (VII & 4 15.00 VIII) and roll out Review of existing career manual and guidance for counselling program for pry. 5 schools and classes VII-VIII, development & 30.00 orientation of manual, procurement of audio visuals, etc. Total 250.00 - 100 -

3.5.3 Multi-Year Programme Matrix Projected Annual Target Results Indicator Baseline 12th FYP Indicator Unit Y1 Y2 Y3 Y4 Y5 (AKRAs) Weight (Year) Target 2018-19 2019-20 2020-21 2021-22 2022-23 Secondary schools Access to 5 offering TVET courses/ 5 Number 5 5 6 7 7 7 quality (2016) subject training and skills Enrolment of students in enhanced technical and vocational 4 Number NA NA 625 1,250 1,875 2,500 2,500 courses

3.5.4 Programme Monitoring Matrix Results 12th FYP Data Reporting Reporting Reporting Indicator Baseline - 101 - (AKRAs) Target Source Frequency Responsibility To Secondary schools offering TVET courses/ Access to quality subject 5 7 AES Annual DSE, MoE GNHCS training and skills enhanced Enrolment of students in technical and NA 2500 AES Annual DSE, MoE GNHCS vocational courses 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans

3.5.5. Collaborating Partners Agency/Local Governments/ Type of Collaboration Required CSOs/ Private Sector (specific interventions) MoLHR MoE will collaborate with MoLHR in terms of sharing TTIs facilities and professional expertise. MoE will also collaborate with TTIs under MoLHR to develop standards for certification and accreditation. BCSEA MoE will collaborate with BCSEA for assessment and cer- tification of students REC MoE will collaborate with REC to review and develop TVE curriculum for implementation. Dzongkhag/Thromde MoE will collaborate with all Dzongkhags/Thromdes to monitor and support implementation of vocational clubs from IV-VIII, pre-vocational orientation program in VII- VIII, and schools with TVE programme offering vocation- al electives Others (TCB for RITH and MoE also anticipates possible collaboration with the Royal private TVE providers) Institute of Tourism and Hospitality, Private institutes of- fering TVE courses to expands and diversify TVE clubs, pre-vocational orientation programmes.

3.5.6 GNH Domain Effect Domain Impact Remarks Living standard Positive The success of TVE programme will result in graduates of schools entering TTIs and embracing vocational skills. This will ultimately strengthen the dignity of labour and skilled workforce, thus, contributing to the economy of the nation and the living standard of her people. Community Positive The success of TVE programme will contribute towards vitality creating a skilled workforce for the nation resulting in significant exchange of services within and among different pockets of the society, thus contributing to the community vitality. Education Positive The TVE will be recognized as an alternate and produc- tive form of education by the people. Ecological Positive The nation with educated pool of work force will under- Diversity and stand the pros and cons of their action to the environ- Resilience ment, thus contributing towards preserving our rich ecological diversity. - 102 - 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans Cultural Positive The success of TVE programme having built skilled Diversity and workforce for the nation will result in exchanges of ser- Resilience vices through movement of skilled workers within and among different pockets of the society. As an educated pool of work force, the nation will be able to embrace and strengthen our country’s diverse social and cultural diversities. Health Positive A structured TVE programme will definitely contribute to the health and wellbeing of the students Time Use Positive As educated and informed skilled people, they will have greater sense of time and its utility. Psychological Positive All the above positive effects will definitely contribute Well-being towards positive psychological well-being. Good Gover- Positive Healthy and productive citizens have the potential to nance contribute to good governance.

3.6. Enhance Adult Literacy and Lifelong Learning

3.6.1. Total Cost: Nu. 50.00 million

3.6.2. Activities: Sl. Indicative Outlay Activities Remarks No. (Nu. in million) Supply of teaching learning materials for PLC 1 1.20 and BLC National level PD program for NFE instruc- 2 12.00 tors Advocacy/Orientation program on NFE for 3 local leaders, parents, principals and DEOs/ 9.00 TEOs Review of NFE curriculum (Dzongkha & 4 2.50 English) 5 Review of NFE operational guidelines 0.80 6 Review of CLC curriculum 2.00 7 Supply of TLM/library books to CLC 10.00 8 Supply of training equipment for CLC 3.50 Field trip/study tour for CLC managers and 9 9.00 learners (In-country) Total 50.00 - 103 -

3.6.3 Multi-Year Programme Matrix Projected Annual Target Results Indicator Baseline 12th FYP Indicator Unit Y1 Y2 Y3 Y4 Y5 (AKRAs) Weight (Year) Target 2018-19 2019-20 2020-21 2021-22 2022-23 Adult literacy rate 66.6 66.6 2 Percent - - - - 75 Enhanced Adult (2017) (2017) Literacy and NFE learners BLC: 92 BLC: 92 Lifelong learning completing Basic and BLC: 93 BLC: 94 BLC: 96 BLC:98 BLC: 98 2 Percent PLC: 93 PLC: 93 PLC: 94 PLC: 95 PLC: 97 PLC: 98 PLC: 98 Post Literacy course (2017) (2017)

3.6.4 Programme Monitoring Matrix 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans Results 12th FYP Reporting Reporting Reporting Indicator Baseline Data Source (AKRAs) Target Frequency Responsibility To - 104 - Enhanced Adult Adult literacy rate 66.6 75 BLSS 2022 Survey DAHE, MoE GNHCS Literacy and NFE learners completing Basic and BLC: 92 BLC: 98 NFCED Lifelong learning Post Literacy course Annual DAHE, MoE GNHCS PLC: 93 PLC: 98 Report 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans

3.6.5 Collaborating Partners Agency/Local Governments/ Type of Collaboration Required CSOs/Private Sector (specific interventions) For management of CLCs and implementation of NFE Dzongkhags/Thromdes/ Geog / programmes (As per the roles given in the operational Schools guideline) Facilitate monitoring, assessment and conduct exam- BCSEA inations Infrastructure and competent faculty to facilitate the Private School implementation of programme • Support development /revision of CLC Curriculum (TVET module - Tailoring, basic house wiring Department of TTI, MoHLR and Plumbing etc., and to provide vocational skills training and certification of learners. • Technical support for TVE. To develop and revised Dzongkha Curriculum for both Royal Education Council BLC and PLC. To support in developing NFE curriculum on Health Ministry of Health chapter, especially on nutrition and Non-communicable diseases. For implementation of ICT programmes and Capacity DTTI, MoIC building CSOs and BCCI For entrepreneurship and skill based support for CLC To develop NFE equivalency Framework, certification RUB, BCSEA, QAAD and TTI and recognition To assist technical support to revise and develop NFE MoA curriculum, especially on land management, cash crops and preservation of forest etc.) To develop and revise curriculum (Especially on disas- MoHCA ter management and related the cultural education) EMD, DSE Monitoring of NFE Programmes To provide technical in development/revision of NFE NEC curriculum on Environment. Conduct capacity build- ing and awareness programme. - 105 - 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans

3.6.6. GNH Domain Effect Domain Impact Remarks The programme will enhance literacy rate in the coun- Living standard Positive try, which has direct bearing on the living standard of the people. Community vitality Positive CLCs and NFE centres will bring people together. Non-Formal Education programme will enhance liter- Education Positive acy rate in the country while CE and CLC programme will provide lifelong learning opportunities for people. Ecological Diversity Positive The programme is aimed at enhancing literacy and will and Resilience provide lifelong learning opportunities. It covers all Cultural Diversity Positive aspects of respect to ecological diversity and resilience, and Resilience cultural diversity and health. Health Positive Time Use Positive Education enhances knowledge and information on Psychological proper time use to improve health and wellbeing (in- Positive cluding psychological wellbeing). Well-being The programme has direct contribution towards good Good Governance Positive governance by improving literacy. It also enhances op- portunities for people to participate in the LG elections. - 106 - 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans Ministry of Foreign Affairs 1. Background The Ministry of Foreign Affairs (MFA) is mandated to advance the country’s foreign policy to safeguard independence, sovereignty and territorial integrity, and promote political, economic and trade relations with other countries. The Ministry comprises of Department of Bilateral Affairs, Department of Multilateral Affairs, Department of SAARC and Regional Organizations, Department of Protocol and nine overseas Embassies and Missions. 2. Plan Priorities Bhutan’s engagement in the multilateral and bilateral field with governments and international organizations including civil society has grown exponentially in substance over the years. MFA will continue to ensure that Bhutan’s foreign policy interests are attained by strengthening friendly relations and cooperation with other countries, strengthening engagement in international and regional frameworks, subscribing to international rule of law and promoting goodwill contacts and relations. Till now, Bhutan’s diplomatic relations have been strengthened through establishment of diplomatic relations with 52 countries and several multilateral and regional organizations. In the 12th FYP, the Ministry will focus on strengthening the country’s political and economic diplomacy. It will also emphasize on its institutional strengthening. On the political front, the Ministry will continue to strengthen bilateral relations and actively pursue its engagement with multilateral and regional organizations. In view of growing Bhutanese diaspora abroad, the Ministry will assume the responsibility of identifying and recommending establishment of resident missions and consulates. As the 12th FYP is the last plan as a LDC, the Ministry will take an active role in strengthening and enhancing development cooperation and economic relations with existing and potential development and trade partners. Further, to improve passport and consular services, the Ministry will aim towards reducing Turn Around Time. - 107 - 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans The Ministry will also incorporate mandatory indicators related to corruption reduction namely, work, integrity and leadership culture index, and corruption, transparency and accountability index as KPIs in the Annual Performance Agreement. In the 12th FYP, the Ministry will implement the following programme with capital outlay of Nu. 750 million. Sl. Indicative Outlay Programme Name No. (Nu. million) Strengthen International Relations and Institutional 1 750.00 Capacity of the Ministry 3. Programme Summary

3.1. Strengthen International Relations and Institutional Capacity of the Ministry 3.1.1. Total cost: Nu. 750.00 million

3.1.2. Activities Sl. Indicative Outlay Activities Remarks No. (Nu. in million) Construction of Chancery building, guest house 1 344.00 and staff quarters at RBE, Bangkok Construction of Chancery building and staff 2 122.00 quarters at Baridhara, RBE, Dhaka Purchase of protocol vehicles to replace the 12.8M from 3 88.00 existing fleet (16 vehicles) KOICA 4 Construction and renovation of RBE, Delhi 120.00 5 Renovation of Ambassador’s residence, Geneva 10.00 Renovation of existing Chancery building, RBE, 6 3.00 Dhaka Construction of office and residential complex, 8 40.00 RBE, Kolkata 9 Renovation of RBE, New York 23.00 - 108 - 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans 10 Purchase of Chancery building for PMB, Geneva 0.00 11 Purchase of apartment for PMB, NY staff 0.00 12 Purchase of building for RBE, Brussels 0.00 Alternate Purchase of apartments for Kutshab PMB, NY- financing 13 0.00 Manhattan mechanism 14 Purchase of staff quarters for PMB, Geneva 0.00 will be explored. Purchase of land adjacent to RBE Bangkok office 15 0.00 (for construction of residence of diplomats) 16 Purchase of land in Kuwait, 750m2 0.00 17 Establishment of Resident Mission in Australia 0.00 18 Establishment of Resident Embassy in Japan 0.00 19 Establishment of Consulate in Dubai 0.00 20 Strengthening of Consulate in New York 0.00 Total 750.00 - 109 -

3.1.3. Multi-Year Programme Matrix Projected Annual Target Results Indicator Baseline 12th FYP Indicator Unit Y1 Y2 Y3 Y4 Y5 (AKRAs) Weight (Year) Target 2018-19 2019-20 2020-21 2021-22 2022-23 Explore establishment 53 of bilateral diplomatic 12 Number (2017) 54 55 56 57 58 58 relations. Total number of UN peacekeeping observ- 43 5 Number 73 103 133 163 193 193 ers deployed to various (2017) missions International Ratification/review of 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans relations international /regional/ enhanced bilateral instruments/ 12 Number NA - 2 4 7 10 10 - 110 - framework explored/ facilitated RGoB’s international/ regional legal obligations 12 Number NA - 17 34 51 68 68 fulfilled Percentage of official 10 Percent 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 visits facilitated Development New development part- 12 Number NA 2 4 6 8 10 10 cooperation ners explored and New trading partners economic 8 Number NA 1 4 7 9 10 10 and markets explored relations Overseas employment 3 enhanced 8 Number NA 2 4 7 10 10 opportunities explored (2017) Scholarships explored 6 Number NA 30 60 90 120 150 150 and processed Public TAT for passport ser- 3 5 Days 3 3 3 2 2 2 Service vices improved. (2017) Delivery SOP developed for 4 Enhanced 5 Number NA 1 2 3 3 4 4 consular services Percentage of consular - 111 - services delivered as per 5 Percent NA NA 90 95 95 100 100 TAT.

3.1.4. Programme Monitoring Matrix Results 12th FYP Reporting Reporting Reporting Indicator Baseline Data Source (AKRAs) Target Frequency Responsibility To Explore establishment of bilateral diplo- 53 58 Admin Data Annually MFA GNHCS matic relations. International Total number of UN peacekeeping Ob- 43 193 Admin Data Annually MFA GNHCS relations servers deployed to various missions enhanced Ratification/review of international / regional/bilateral instruments/framework NA 10 Admin Data Annually MFA GNHCS explored/facilitated. 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans RGOB’s international/regional legal obli- NA 68 Admin Data Annually MFA GNHCS gations fulfilled. Percentage of official visits facilitated 100 100 Admin Data Annually MFA GNHCS New development partners explored NA 10 Admin Data Annually MFA GNHCS Development New trading partners and markets ex- cooperation NA 10 Admin Data Annually MFA GNHCS plored and econom- ic relations Overseas employment opportunities 3 10 Admin Data Annually MFA GNHCS enhanced explored Scholarships explored and processed NA 150 Admin Data Annually MFA GNHCS Public Ser- TAT for passport services improved. 3 2 Admin Data Annually MFA GNHCS vice Delivery SOP developed for 4 consular services NA 4 Admin Data Annually MFA GNHCS 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans Enhanced Percentage of consular services delivered NA 100 Admin Data Annually MFA GNHCS as per TAT. - 112 - 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans

3.1.5. Collaborating Partners Agency/Local Governments/ Type of Collaboration Required CSOs/Private Sector (specific interventions) Directives for construction and renovation at missions Cabinet Secretariat and embassies Collaborate on identification of land for MFA secretariat NLCS & Thimphu Thromde building Plan, design, drawings and approval for construction MoWHS related works

3.1.6. GNH Domain Effect Domain Impact Remarks Exploring international trade and employment Living Standard Positive opportunities will enhance economic growth and living standards. Community Vitality Neutral Education Neutral Ecological Diversity and Neutral Resilience Cultural Diversity and Facilitation of cultural exchange programmes Positive Resilience will strengthen cultural diversity. Health Neutral Time Use Neutral Psychological Well-being Neutral Enhance good governance through strengthened Good Governance Positive foreign relations, missions and embassies. - 113 - 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans Ministry of Finance 1. Background The vision of the Ministry of Finance (MoF) is to achieve sustained economic growth with stable macroeconomic environment through dynamic fiscal policy and prudent fiscal discipline. The mandates of the Ministry are to formulate and implement dynamic macroeconomic policy, strengthen public financial management for effective resource mobilization and allocation, prudent expenditure and debt management with proper accountability of public resources. The Ministry has six departments namely, Department of Macroeconomic Affairs (DMEA), Department of Revenue & Customs, Department of National Budget, Department of Public Accounts, Department of National Properties and Directorate Services to achieve its mandates. 2. Plan Priorities During the plan period, ensuring macroeconomic stability is one of the key priorities. Ensuring fiscal sustainability is crucial to achieve and sustain the growth rate. Fiscal measures like broadening tax base, exploring additional external financing, enhancing efficiency and effectiveness of public spending to achieve financial thrift, and promotion of PPP modality as a source of alternative financing shall be pursued in the 12th FYP. One of the priorities includes strengthening fiscal sustainability by broadening tax base and sustainable debt management. Towards this, a major intervention is to introduce GST by 2020 and it is projected that an estimated Nu. 9,500 million will be generated as additional revenue. To reduce financial pressure on the government, PPP will be promoted as an alternative source of financing for major infrastructure projects. For example, assessment of Integrated Bus Terminal in Thimphu as PPP model is already being initiated. Other potential projects include affordable housing, construction of offices, etc. In order to exercise financial prudence, enhancing efficiency and effectiveness - 114 - 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans of public spending will be pursued through implementation of measures such as rationalisation of government expenditure, introducing e-payment for government expenditure and upscaling e-Government Procurement. The development of a National Single Window (Single Customs Trade System) is another major activity which will be implemented under the Digital Drukyul Flagship Program to harmonize customs, trade, commerce and related services to improve efficiency and effectiveness. A robust and inclusive macroeconomic model for strengthening coordination, reporting and policy formulation will be developed. This will include implementation of Economic Early Warning System to achieve a sustained economic growth with stable macroeconomic environment. The Ministry will also incorporate mandatory indicators related to corruption reduction namely, work, integrity and leadership culture index, and corruption, transparency and accountability index as KPIs in the Annual Performance Agreement. The Ministry will implement following programmes with capital outlay of Nu. 700 million contributing towards achievement of NKRA 1 and 2. Sl. Program Capital Outlay (Nu. million) No 1 Strengthening Macroeconomic Coordination 19.00 2 Strengthening Fiscal Sustainability 620.00 3 Strengthening Public Financial Management 61.00 Total 700.00 - 115 - 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans 3. Programme Summary

3.1. Strengthening Macroeconomic Coordination

3.1.1. Total cost: Nu. 19.00 million

3.1.2. Activities: Sl. Indicative Outlay Activities Remarks No. (Nu. in million) 1 Strengthening internal control system 0.40 Formulation of internal audit plan based on risk 2 0.10 assessment Establish Bhutan Institute of Chartered Accoun- 3 1.00 tants 4 Policy, planning, research and analysis services 0.30 5 Institute monthly progress report 0.50 Institute a mechanism to review, research and 6 submit policy recommendations to higher author- 0.50 ities Strengthen and develop Fiscal Framework as per 7 0.80 international standards 8 Strengthening economic capacity 1.00 9 Review and strengthen property valuation systems 0.50 Institutional strengthening (liaise with agencies at 10 1.00 national and international level) Sensitization of macroeconomic performance and 11 surveillance tools (awareness programmes across 0.50 the country) Develop an appropriate macroeconomic model 12 or set of interlinked forecasting equations for key 1.00 indicators Carry out a detailed study to ensure data consis- 13 tency across sectors and prepare higher frequency 0.50 data for timely dissemination of information. Conduct quarterly meetings and relevant stake- 14 2.00 holder consultations Publication of economic reports and working 15 1.00 papers Automation of the macroeconomic framework 16 1.00 (from excel to web-based) 17 Capital market development 1.00 18 Prepare and publish SOEs annual reports 0.50 19 SOEs framework strengthened 0.40 - 116 - 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans Enhance macroeconomic coordination and issue 20 0.50 quarterly reports Develop a robust and inclusive macroeconomic 21 model for strengthening coordination, reporting 1.00 and policy formulation 22 Multi- year projections (in the system) MYRB 0.50 23 Introduce economic classification of budget 0.50 Digital 24 Development of National Single Window (NSW) 0.00 Drukyul Flagship Improve efficiency and effectiveness in mobiliza- 25 1.00 tion of resources Initiate and promote green and environment 26 1.00 friendly procurement Develop and implement cash flow forecasting 27 0.50 system Total 19.00 - 117 -

3.1.3. Multi-Year Programme Matrix Baseline Projected Annual Target Indicator 12th FYP Results (AKRAs) Indicator Unit Y1 Y2 Y3 Y4 Y5 Weight (Year) Target 2018-19 2019-20 2020-21 2021-22 2022-23 5.75 GDP growth rate 9 Percent 5.4 5.4 5.2 4.4 5.1 5-6 Economic growth (2017-18) sustained Share of investment 51.4 7 Percent 46.5 41.6 40.1 39.3 37.6 41 to GDP (2017-18) Current account -22.8 balance in percent of 7 Percent -18.6 -13 -9.3 -7.5 -7.4 -11.2 (2016-17) GDP External sector Months of essential 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans position im- proved imports coverage 22.4 by international 7 Months 20.1 21.5 22 22 19.9 21.1 - 118 - (2016-17) reserves (coverage in USD) Non-Hydro contribution Non-hydro revenue 6 7 Percent 6 6 6 6 6 6-7 to economy growth rate (2017-18) promoted

3.1.4. Programme Monitoring Matrix Results 12th FYP Reporting Reporting Reporting Indicator Baseline Data Source (AKRAs) Target Frequency Responsibility To Economic growth GDP growth rate 5.75 5-6 NAS,NSB Annual MFCC/NSB GNHCS sustained Share of investment to GDP 51.4 41 NAS,NSB Annual MFCC/NSB GNHCS Current account balance in -22.8 -11.2 RMA Annual MFCC/RMA GNHCS percent of GDP External sector position improved Months of essential imports coverage by international 22.4 21.1 RMA Annual MFCC/RMA GNHCS reserves (coverage in USD) Non-Hydro Non-hydro revenue growth National Revenue contribution to 6 6-7 Annual MoF GNHCS rate Report, MoF economy promoted - 119 - 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans

3.1.5. Collaborating Partners Agency/Local Governments/ Type of Collaboration Required CSOs/ Private Sector (specific interventions) A bilateral arrangement will be formulated between RMA RMA and MoF to achieve plan targets

3.1.6. GNH Domain Effect Domain Impact Remarks Sustained economic growth and enhanced revenue Living Standard Positive generation will improve living standards. Community Vitality Neutral Education Neutral Ecological Diversity Introduction of green procurement system will reduce Positive and Resilience ecological footprint. Cultural Diversity Neutral and Resilience Health Neutral Time Use Neutral Psychological Neutral Well-being Macroeconomic stability is fundamental for good Good Governance Positive governance.

3.2. Strengthening Fiscal Sustainability

3.2.1. Total cost: Nu. 620.00 million

3.2.2. Activities Sl. Indicative Outlay Activities Remarks No. (Nu. in million) 1 Monitoring and evaluation services 0.50 Identification, assessment and management of 2 0.50 risks 3 Formulation of Fiscal Policy 0.50 Developing models for fiscal and monetary in- 4 0.50 dicators Develop PPP guideline and standard bidding 5 0.00 documents 6 Review PPP Policy 0.00 7 Review PPP Rules and Regulations 0.50 8 Project Development Fund 8.70 - 120 - 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans 9 Viability Gap Funding 150.00 10 Monitor and evaluate PPP projects 0.20 Facilitate approval and implementation of PPP 11 0.50 projects Formulate debt management strategy & periodic 12 0.80 reports 13 Upgradation and training on CSDRMS 1.50 14 Increase annual earnings from the SOEs 0.25 15 Draft and implement SOE subsidy guidelines 0.50 16 SOE equity injection and divestment 0.25 17 ECB revision and advocacy 0.50 18 Budgeting reforms 0.80 19 Ensure full utilization of budget 0.50 20 Introduction of GST 450.00 Customs Management System and subsequent 21 Customs Reforms and Modernizations (CRM) 1.00 measures 22 Improve government property management 0.50 23 Development of domestic money market 1.50 Total 620.00 - 121 -

3.2.3. Multi-Year Programme Matrix Projected Annual Target Results Indicator Baseline 12th FYP Indicator Unit Y1 Y2 Y3 Y4 Y5 (AKRAs) Weight (Year) Target 2018-19 2019-20 2020-21 2021-22 2022-23 Percent of non-devel- opment capital expen- 5 3 Percent 5 5 5 5 ≤5 ≤5 diture to total capital (2017-18) Resource expenditure allocation and Percent variance utilization between the approved 3 3 Percent 3 3 3 3 ≤3 ≤3 strengthened budget and actual (2017-18) outcome 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans Percent of annual capi- 85 3 Percent 85 86 88 89 90 90 tal budget utilized (2017-18) - 122 - Fiscal deficit in percent 0.6 6 Percent 0.7 2.7 3.2 2.6 2.6 <3 of GDP (2017-18) Domestic revenue in 63 percent of total expen- 4 Percent 85.7 69.1 62.7 67.9 72.4 >80 Fiscal stability (2017-18) diture3 ensured 108.1 Debt to GDP ratio 6 Percent 108.7 107 101 93.9 87.6 87.6 (2017-18) Non-hydro debt to 27.4 3 Percent 25.3 26.1 21.7 18.1 15.9 15.9 GDP (2017-18) 15.4 Tax to GDP ratio 6 Percent 12.9 12.3 12.8 12.7 12.3 12.6 Resource (2017-18) Mobilization Annual increase of Strengthened 3 revenue earning from 4 Percent 3 3.3 3.5 3.7 4 4 (2015-16) SOEs in percent Tax payer compliance 60 3 Percent 60 61 62 64 65 65 in percent (2015-16) Performance of Deviation of annual 10 RGoB Agencies 1 Percent 10 10 9 9 ≤8 ≤8 budget from APA/APT (2017-18) enhanced Bilateral and Disaster and climate Multilateral 0 change financing en- 1 Percent 2 5 10 15 20 20 Environmental (2015-16) hanced Implemented Ease of do- ing business and enabling 89.28 DTF of paying taxes 1 Score - - - - 91 91 environment for (2017) economic activ- ities improved - 123 -

3.3.4. Programme Monitoring Matrix 12th FYP Reporting Reporting Reporting Results (AKRAs) Indicator Baseline Data Source Target Frequency Responsibility To Percent of non-development Reports/ Resource allocation capital expenditure to total capital 5 ≤5 Annual DNB, MoF GNHCS Publications and utilization expenditure strengthened Percent variance between the Reports/ 3 ≤3 Annual PPD, MoF GNHCS approved budget and actual outcome Publications Percent of annual capital budget Reports/ 85 90 Annual DNB, MoF GNHCS utilized Publications 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans Fiscal deficit in percent of GDP 0.6 <3 AFS Annual DPA, MoF GNHCS Domestic revenue in percent of total Reports/ 63 >80 Annual DPA, MoF GNHCS expenditure Publications Fiscal stability ensured Quarter/ Debt to GDP ratio 108.1 87.6 Debt Report DMEA, MoF GNHCS Annual Quarter/ Non-hydro debt to GDP 27.4 15.9 Debt Report DMEA, MoF GNHCS Annual Revenue Tax to GDP ratio 15.4 12.6 Annual DRC, MoF GNHCS Report Resource Annual increase of revenue earning Budget 3 4 Annual PPD, MoF GNHCS Mobilization from SOEs in percent Report 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans Strengthened Budget Tax payer compliance in percent 60 65 Annual PPD, MoF GNHCS Report - 124 - Performance of Deviation of annual budget from Budget RGoB Agencies 10 ≤8 Annual PPD, MoF GNHCS APA/APT Report enhanced Obligations under Bilateral and Mul- Disaster and climate change Budget tilateral Environ- 0 20 Annual PPD, MoF GNHCS financing enhanced Report mental Agreements fulfilled Ease of doing busi- Doing ness and enabling Business environment for DTF of paying taxes 89.28 91 Annual PPD, MoF GNHCS Report, economic activities WBG improved 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans

3.2.5. Collaborating Partners Agency/Local Governments/ Type of Collaboration Required CSOs/Private Sector (specific interventions) A bilateral arrangement will be formulated between RMA RMA and MoF to achieve plan targets Ensure implementation of FYP through annual budgeting All budgetary agencies ans APA

3.2.6. GNH Domain Effect Domain Impact Remarks Sustained economic growth and enhanced revenue Living Standard Positive generation will improve living standards. Community Vitality Neutral Education Positive Ecological Diversity and Enhanced disaster and climate change financing will Positive Resilience contribute towards the preservation of environment Cultural Diversity and Positive Resilience Health Positive Time Use Positive Psychological Well-being Positive Macroeconomic stability is fundamental for good Good Governance Positive governance.

3.3. Strengthening Public Financial Management

3.3.1. Total cost: Nu. 61.00 million

3.3.2. Activities Indicative Sl. Activities Outlay (Nu. Remarks No. in million) 1 Quality assessment and assurance of internal audit 1.50 Strengthening the effectiveness of Internal Audit 2 0.50 Services 3 Internal audit services 0.50 4 Bhutan Accounting Standards strengthened 0.50 Media, information and Dzongkha coordination 5 0.50 services 6 Plan and target formulation and review services 0.50 7 Legal guidance and support services to the Ministry 0.20 Administrative, procurement and financial services 8 0.50 provided to the Ministry - 125 - 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans 9 Enable effective and efficient IT service delivery 0.40 Enhance efficiency and effectiveness of public 10 0.40 service delivery 11 Infrastructure and support services provided 0.50 12 Produce quarterly Fiscal monitor report 0.10 13 Advocacy and awareness on PPP 0.40 14 Implementation of SOE/CG Guidelines 0.50 Implementation of Performance Compact with 15 0.50 SOEs (phase-wise) Implementation of accounting and auditing stan- 16 1.00 dards in SOEs Investment & Corporate Governance services 17 0.50 enhanced 18 Women in decision making positions enhanced 0.50 19 System Development 0.50 20 Enhancement of existing system 0.20 21 Networking & connectivity 0.50 Compile National Revenue Report, Trade Statistics 22 0.50 and other relevant Reports Broaden tax base and rationalize taxes including 23 0.50 incentives 24 e-Procurement enhancement MDF/World 25 e-Auctioning System Bank/EU 26 Central Procurement Enhancement 27 AIMS 2.50 28 Management of state properties 1.00 29 Mechanization of Fine Arts and Crafts (FACD) 2.00 Integrated Financial Management Information MDF/World 30 15.00 System (IFMIS) Bank/EU Implementation of Bhutanese Public Sector Ac- MDF/World 31 11.80 counting Standards Bank/EU MDF/World 32 e-Payment initiative 15.00 Bank/EU MDF/World 33 Revision of Financial Manual 2.00 Bank/EU Total 61.00 - 126 -

3.3.3. Multi-Year Programme Matrix Projected Annual Target Results Indicator Baseline 12th FYP Indicator Unit Y1 Y2 Y3 Y4 Y5 (AKRAs) Weight (Year) Target 2018-19 2019-20 2020-21 2021-22 2022-23 TAT for service deliv- Reduce ery and payments time 3 Percent NA 2 4 6 8 10 by 10% Accountability reduced and Trans- Financial and Procure- parency in ment Management 3 Percent NA 2 4 6 8 10 10% Financial and Services improved Procurement Internal Audit Services 35.63 Management 3 Percent 41.23 52.47 59.44 66.41 75.94 75.94 Strengthened (2017-18) Management of State 70 3 Number 50 50 50 50 50 250 Properties improved (2016-17) - 127 - Preservation of Production of diverse Increase tradition and arts and artefacts in- 3 Percent 0 5 10 15 - 20 by 20% culture creased Public service Percent of transaction delivery en- of services delivered as 2 Percent NA 80 85 90 95 95 95 hanced per SDS Women in Number of women decision mak- 15 on the board of State 2 Number 15 16 17 18 20 20 ing positions (2017) Owned Enterprises enhanced 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans

3.3.4. Programme Monitoring Matrix Results 12th FYP Reporting Reporting Reporting Indicator Baseline Data Source (AKRAs) Target Frequency Responsibility To TAT for service delivery and pay- Reduce Reports/ NA Annual DNB, MoF GNHCS Accountability ments time reduced by 10% Publications and Transparency Financial and Procurement Man- Reduce NA Budget Report Annual PPD, MoF GNHCS in Financial and agement services improved by 10% Procurement Internal Audit Services Reports/ Management 35.63 75.94 Annual DNB, MoF GNHCS Strengthened Publications Enhanced Management of State Properties 70 250 Admin Data Annual DPA, MoF GNHCS improved Preservation of Production of diverse arts and arte- Increase 0 Admin Data Annual DNP, MoF GNHCS 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans tradition and culture facts increased by 20% Public service Percent of transaction of services NA 95 Admin Data Annual PPD, MoF GNHCS - 128 - delivery enhanced delivered as per SDS Women in decision Number of women on the board of making positions 15 20 Admin Data Annual PPD, MoF GNHCS State Owned Enterprises enhanced 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans

3.3.5. Collaborating Partners Agency/Local Governments/ Type of Collaboration Required CSOs/Private Sector (specific interventions) Strengthen public service delivery through compliance on All budgetary agencies financial and procurement rules and regulations

3.3.6. GNH Domain Effect Domain Impact Remarks Living Standard Neutral Community Vitality Neutral Education Neutral Ecological Diversity and Neutral Resilience Cultural Diversity and Neutral Resilience Health Neutral Time Use Neutral Psychological Well-being Neutral Performance based budgeting and public finance management will ensure efficient use of public Good Governance Positive resources, strengthening transparency and accountability in the public sector. - 129 - 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans Ministry of Health 1. Background The Ministry of Health (MoH) is mandated to provide free access to basic public health services in both modern and traditional medicines, and to ensure access, equity and quality healthcare services. The Ministry comprises of Department of Public Health, Department of Medical Services, Department of Medical Supplies and Health Infrastructure, Department of Traditional Medicine, Secretariat and Directorate of Services. 2. Plan Priorities In the 12th FYP, the Ministry will ensure “a Healthier Nation.” Towards this, some of the priorities are to provide access to equitable quality health care, to reduce incidence of Non Communicable Diseases (NCDs) and to ensure sustainability of Healthcare. In this regard, some of the major interventions are ensuring access to mobile specialist services at Gewog level, establishment of a multi-disciplinary hospital and upgrading strategic hospitals. Due to the shortage of human resources, providing quality healthcare both in terms of modern (allopathic) and traditional medicine has been the main challenge for the Ministry. In particular, shortage of specialists, doctors and nurses specialized in certain fields has always been a persistent issue for the health sector. As per the requirement of the Service Standard 2018, there is an overall shortage of 80 doctors (GDMOs), 174 Specialists and 736 nurses in the country. Against this shortage, the district hospitals are short of 67 GDMOs, 80 specialists and 400 nurses. Currently, over 82 doctors are undergoing training in different areas of specializations, while more than 198 students are pursuing MBBS course in India, Sri Lanka and Bangladesh, and are expected to join the health system within the 12th FYP. In order to improve the quality of health care, interventions like increasing the pool of specialists and doctors, adequate recruitment and deployment of health workers in all health facilities based on the patient load, and continuous upgradation of skills will be undertaken. Further, regional referral hospitals and few strategic hospitals will be equipped with specialists’ services and district hospitals and BHUs will have diagnostic and laboratory services. - 130 - 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans Strengthening collaboration between allopathic and traditional medicine is also a priority. To further strengthen health infrastructure, the construction of a standalone multi-disciplinary super specialty hospital, and upgradation of hospitals will be initiated. The existing referral mechanism will be strengthened to ensure that services are equitable and sustainable. Additionally, a framework for allowances for women during childbirth will be formulated and implemented. Further, a six-month maternity leave for women working in the corporate and private sector will be promoted to encourage exclusive breast feeding in collaboration with MoLHR and MoF. Non Communicable Diseases (NCDs) are an emerging challenge with increasing healthcare costs. Today, about 60 percent of deaths in the country is due to NCDs. To address NCD risk factors like harmful use of alcohol, tobaccos use, physical inactivity and unhealthy diet, the Ministry will continue to pursue health promotion and disease prevention programmes in the 12th FYP. The sustainability of free health care is one of the major concerns. It is important to improve efficiency and effectiveness in the delivery of healthcare services. The Ministry will therefore, review existing legal and regulatory standards and a new governance framework, including a health financing framework and National Health Bill. The Ministry will also focus on the use of ICT enabled healthcare solutions like Hospital Information System (HIS), electronic Patient Information System (ePIS), and eBMSIS (for procurement and distribution of medicinal products) under the umbrella of e-health strategy. The Ministry will also incorporate mandatory indicators related to corruption reduction namely, work, integrity and leadership culture index, and corruption, transparency and accountability index as KPIs in the Annual Performance Agreement. - 131 - 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans The ministry will be implementing following programs with capital outlay of Nu. 3,580 million and will contribute to achievement of NKRA 8, 14 and 15. Sl. Indicative Outlay Programmes No (Nu. Million) 1 Governance, Health Workforce and Financing 88.00 2 Health Promotion and Disease Prevention 523.00 3 Medical Services 268.00 4 Medicines, Healthcare Technologies and Infrastructure 2511.00 5 Traditional Medicine Services 190.00 Total 3,580.00 3. Programme Summary

3.1. Governance, Health Workforce and Financing

3.1.1. Total cost: Nu. 88.00 million

3.1.2. Activities Sl. Indicative Outlay Activities Remarks No. (Nu. in million) Health workforce development (short term) and 1 40.00 institutional linkages Policy studies/evaluation/research /development 2 18.00 of legislations Implementation of e-health strategy including 4 strengthening of health information and technol- 30.00 ogy system Total 88.00 - 132 -

3.1.3 Multi-Year Programme Matrix Baseline Projected Annual Target Indicator 12th FYP Results (AKRAs) Indicator Unit Y1 Y2 Y3 Y4 Y5 Weight (Year) Target 2018-19 2019-20 2020-21 2021-22 2022-23 Improved access Percentage of private to quality health expenditure (OOP) care services 20 on health as percent 1 Percent - <25 - <25 <25 <25 that is inclusive, (2015-16) of total health ex- responsive and penditure equitable Current Health 3.71 Expenditure as per- 1 Percent - 4 - 5 5 5 (2015-16) centage of GDP Current Health Ex- - 133 - penditure at Primary 10 Health Care Centres 1 Percent - 12 - 15 15 15 (2015-16) (BHUs, sub-post and Efficiency, ORSs) effectiveness in Number of special- 41 delivery of health 3 Number - - - - 121 121 ists/sub-specialists (2018) services strength- ened Number of doctors 161 3 Number - - - - 218 218 (GDMOs) (2018) Percentage of Hospitals and BHU I meeting doctor 3 Percent NA 30 35 40 45 >45 >45 (general doctors) requirement as per service standard 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans 816 Number of Nurses 2.5 Number - - - - 1308 1308 (2018) Nurse to Bed Ratio 2.5 Ratio 1:6 1:6 1:6 1:6 1:6 1:6 1:6 Efficiency, Percentage of BHU 68 effectiveness in II with at least one 1 Percent (May 68 70 75 80 >85 >85 delivery of health female HA 2017) services strength- Percentage of health System ened facilities using Award Devel- electronic patient 1 Percent NA of ePIS opment 10 40 75 75 information system contract and User Training Number of Hospi- 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans tals/ BHU I/ BHU II 16 1 Number 18 20 22 24 26 26 Governance of with functional LAN (2017) - 134 - health services set up strengthened Number of health 107 centres reporting 1 Number 127 147 167 187 207 207 (2017) through DHIS

3.1.4. Programme Monitoring Matrix 12th FYP Reporting Reporting Reporting Results (AKRAs) Indicator Baseline Data Source Target Frequency Responsibility To Improved access to quality health care Percentage of private expendi- National health Once in 2 services that is inclu- ture (OOP) on health as percent 20 <25 MoH GNHCS Accounts years sive, responsive and of total health expenditure equitable Current Health Expenditure as National Health Once in 2 3.71 5 MoH GNHCS percentage of GDP Accounts years Current Health Expenditure at National Health Once in 2 Primary Health Care Centres 10 15 MoH GNHCS Accounts years (BHUs, sub-post and ORSs) - 135 - Number of specialists/sub-spe- 41 121 Admin Data Annually MoH GNHCS cialists Number of doctors (GDMOs) 161 218 Admin Data Annually MoH GNHCS Efficiency, effectiveness in delivery of health Percentage of Hospitals and services strengthened BHU I meeting doctor (general NA >45 Admin Data Annually MoH GNHCS doctors) requirement as per service standard Number of Nurses 816 1308 Admin Data Annually MoH GNHCS Nurse to Bed Ratio 1:6 1:6 Admin Data Annually MoH GNHCS Percentage of BHU II with at 68 >85 Admin Data Annually MoH GNHCS least one female HA 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans Percentage of health facilities using electronic patient infor- NA 75 Admin Data Annually MoH GNHCS mation system Number of Hospitals/BHU I/ Governance of health BHU II with functional LAN 16 26 Admin Data Annually MoH GNHCS services strengthened set up Number of health centres re- 107 207 Admin Data Annually MoH GNHCS porting through DHIS 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans - 136 - 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans

3.1.5. Collaborating Partners Agency/Local Governments/ Type of Collaboration Required CSOs/Private Sector (specific interventions) MoIC/Bhutan Telecom For manpower and ePIS connectivity support Support in terms of HR recruitment and capacity RCSC development • Collaboration and support in strengthening of ICT services (hard and soft component) Dzongkhag • Achieving the self-sufficiency of core workforce by deploying the health workers appropriately • Timely input of information into DHIS

3.1.6. GNH Domain Effect Domain Impact Remarks Effective health care services increase the health and Living Standard Positive well-being of the population, thereby enhancing the socio-economic productivity of the people A healthy population will actively engage in community Community Vitality Positive activities and initiatives; thereby, enhancing community unity and vitality Good health is imperative for a good learning environ- ment. It is empirically established that good nutrition Education Positive and health enables children and individuals to learn more effectively Ecological Diversity Neutral and Resilience By strengthening the support systems for health service Cultural Diversity delivery, the overall health of the population will be im- Positive and Resilience proved. A healthy community will have strong unity, and cultural participation By strengthening the support systems for health service Health Positive delivery, the overall health of the population will be improved A healthy population will engage in productive activities Time Use Positive and also manage their time effectively Good medical care will improve the quality of peo- ple’s lives. Appropriate and early medical interventions Psychological Positive through strengthened health services will help reduce Well-being incidences of chronic mental illness and subsequently reduce its associated implications A healthy population would have sharper minds and Good Governance Positive bodies; thereby, effectively engaging in nation building - 137 - 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans

3.2. Health Promotion and Disease Prevention

3.2.1. Total cost: Nu. 523.00 million

3.2.2. Activities Sl. Indicative Outlay Activities Remarks No. (Nu. in million) Prevention and control of HIV/AIDS & STIs 1 and provision of continuum of care for the 53.00 people living with HIV/AIDS Prevention and treatment of TB, MDR-TB and 2 48.00 sustain leprosy elimination status Strengthen early diagnosis treatment and 3 prevent outbreak of vector borne diseases and 45.00 NTDs Strengthen surveillance, laboratory capacity 4 for prevention and control of emerging and 100.00 re-emerging infectious diseases/Zoonoses Strengthen maternal, reproductive, adolescent 5 and child health services and prevention of 100.00 vaccine preventable diseases Strengthen prevention and control of NCDs 6 50.00 and its risk factors Enhance disability prevention and rehabilita- 7 30.00 tion services in the country Nutritional status of the general population 8 30.00 improved Strengthen mental health related interventions 9 30.00 in the country including suicide WASH (NU. Strengthen RSHP and promote safety in 20m) trans- 10 workplace and adaptation measures to reduce 17.00 ferred to health impact of climate change MoWHS Improve health literacy and healthy behaviour 11 through health promotion, multi-sectoral col- 20.00 laboration and community participation Total 523.00 - 138 -

3.2.3. Multi-Year Programme Matrix Projected Annual Target Results Indicator Baseline 12th FYP Indicator Unit Y1 Y2 Y3 Y4 Y5 (AKRAs) Weight (Year) Target 2018-19 2019-20 2020-21 2021-22 2022-23 Per 1000 15.1 Infant Mortality Rate 1 - - - - <15 <15 live births (2017) Improved Under five mortality Per 1000 34.1 access to 1 - - - - 20.3 20.3 rate live births (2017) quality Per 100,000 89 health care Maternal Mortality rate 1 - - - - 83 83 live births (2017) services that is inclusive, Adolescent Fertility 14.2 1 Percent - - - - 14.2 14.2 responsive Rate (2017) and equi- Number of health table facilities implementing 7 - 139 - 2 Number 10 13 16 19 22 22 Adolescent Friendly (2017) Health Services (AFHS) 164 TB Incidence 1 Percent - - - - 98 98 (2015) People Enjoying Suffi- Prevention, 89 ciency Level in General 1 Percent - - - - >89 >89 Promotion (2015) Mental Health and Reha- Neonatal Mortality 21 bilitation 1 Rate - - - - 13.2 13.2 Rate (2012) services improved ANC coverage of at 26

1.5 Percent 30 32 34 36 40 40 least 8 visits (2015) 74.6 PNC Coverage 1.5 Percent 78 80 82 85 90 90 (2012) 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans Institutional delivery 93.4 1 Percent - - - - >93 >93 Rate (2017) Contraceptive preva- 65.6

0.5 Percent - - - - 70 70 lence rate (2010) Percentage of popula- 42.4 tion aged 18-69 years (2014)

0.5 Percent - - - - 39.4 39.4 who currently use STEPs alcohol Survey Number of Dzongkhags conducting community 3 based intervention on 0.5 Number 3 6 10 14 17 17 (2016) Prevention, reduction of harmful 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans Promotion use of alcohol and Reha- Hepatitis B incidence 66 bilitation among pregnant wom- 0.5 Number 60 50 40 30 20 20 - 140 - (2016) services en attending ANC improved Proportion of women 56 (2014 screened by Pap smear 1 Percent STEPS - - - - 70 70 (25-65 years) survey) MDR-TB prevalence 10 1 Percent 9 8 7 6 5 5 among new TB patients (2016) Indigenous malaria 15

0.5 Number 0 0 0 0 0 0 transmission (2016) <1 per <1 per <1 per 10000 10000 10000 Leprosy Incidence 1 Number popula- - - - - popula- popula- tion tion tion (2016) Immunization Cover- 95 age under 1yr popula- 1 Percent 95 96 96 97 97 97 (2016) tion 90 percent of the esti- 627 mated 1100 HIV cases 1 Number 636 724 813 902 990 990 (2018) to be detected Proportion of elderly population reached through Community 1 Percent 50 - - - - >90 >90 Based Elderly care services Prevention, Raised blood sugar 6.4 1 Percent - - - - 6.4 6.4 Promotion (2014) and Reha- Reduc- Reduc- bilitation 133 Mortality due to cancer 1 Number - - - - tion by tion by - 141 - services (2017) 2% 2% improved Mean salt intake preva- 9 grams <7.6 <7.6 lence in the population 0.5 Gram (STEPS - - - - gram gram (18-69 years) survey) Number of health centres implement- 23 ing WHO Package of 1 Number 25 65 110 160 215 215 (2016) Essential NCDs ( PEN) protocol Prevalence of current 14 cigarette smoking

0.5 Percent (2013) - - - - 12 12 among youth 13-15 years 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans Number of Health cen- tres providing tobacco 1 1 Number 1 2 3 4 5 5 cessation services and (2016) treatment Number of Health facilities implement- 25

0.5 Number 30 35 40 43 45 45 ing health and climate (2016) change program Number of projects 1 screened for Health 0.5 Number - 1 2 3 4 4 (2016) Impact Assessment Prevention, Number of districts Promotion implementing health 0.5 Number 0 (2017) 4 8 12 16 20 20 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans and Reha- promotion action plan bilitation Child - 142 - services Develop- improved Incor- mental poration Proportion of children screen- into screened for develop- 0.5 Percent NA ing tool 40 60 80 80 MCH mental delay /disability (CDST) hand roll out to book all health facilities Number of framework documents for the pre- 0 vention and manage- 0.5 Number 1 2 3 4 5 5 (2017) ment of occupational health hazards Health and Number of disabled wellbeing friendly health in- NA of vulner- 0.5 Number - - 1 2 3 3 frastructure (referral (2017) able group hospitals) improved Percentage of water supply systems (urban Drink- 23 & rural) with routine 1 Percent 30- 35 36- 45 46- 55 56- 75 >85 >85 ing water (2016) water quality surveil- supply and lance undertaken sanitation improved Rural Household with access to safely man- 1 Percent TBC - - - - TBC - aged sanitation 21.2 Stunting 1 Percent - - - - 15.1 15.1 (2015) - 143 - 4.3 Childhood Wasting 1 Percent - - - - <4.3 <4.3 (2015) Proportion of Health 95 Nutritional facilities implementing 1 Percent 95 96 97 98 >98 >98 (2017) Status of growth monitoring plus General Anaemia prevalence in Population 43.8 children 6-59 months 0.5 Percent - - - - 31.29 31.29 improved (2015) of age Prevalence of Anaemia 31.3 in adolescent girls (10- 0.5 Percent - - - - 17.89 17.89 (2015) 19 years) Minimum Acceptable 11.7

0.5 Percent - - - - 21.7 21.7 Diet (2015) 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans

3.2.4. Programme Monitoring Matrix 12th FYP Reporting Reporting Reporting Results (AKRAs) Indicator Baseline Data Source Target Frequency Responsibility To Infant Mortality Rate 15.1 <15 PHCB/NHS Terminal PPD, MoH GNHCS Under Five Mortality rate 34.1 20.3 PHCB/NHS Terminal PPD, MoH GNHCS Improved access to quality health Maternal Mortality Rate 89 83 PHCB/NHS Terminal PPD, MoH GNHCS care services that is Adolescent Fertility Rate 14.2 14.2 Health Survey Periodic MoH GNHCS inclusive, responsive Number of health facilities imple- 7 22 Program Data Annual AHP, MoH GNHCS and equitable menting AFHS Annual TB TB Incidence 164 98 Report of Annual PPD, MoH GNHCS WHO SEARO 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans People Enjoying Sufficiency Level in GNH Survey, Every two 89 >89 CBS&GNH GNHCS General Mental Health 2015 years - 144 - Every 5-10 Neonatal Mortality Rate 21 13.2 Survey RMNHP, MoH GNHCS years Prevention, ANC coverage of at least 8 visits 26 40 HMIS Annual RMNHP, MoH GNHCS Promotion and Once in 5 PNC visit Coverage 74.6 90 Survey/HMIS RMNHP, MoH GNHCS Rehabilitation years services improved Institutional delivery Rate 93.4 >93 PHCB/NHS Annual RMNHP, MoH GNHCS Once in Contraceptive prevalence rate 65.6 70 Survey/HMIS RMNHP, MoH GNHCS 5/10 years Percentage of population aged 18-69 42.4 39.4 STEPS Survey Every 5 yrs MoH GNHCS years who currently use alcohol Number of Dzongkhags conducting community based intervention on 3 17 Program Data Annual MoH GNHCS reduction of harmful use of alcohol Hepatitis B incidence among preg- 66 20 Routine data Yearly NACP, MoH GNHCS nant women attending ANC Proportion of women screened by 56 70 Survey Once RMNHP, MoH GNHCS Pap smear (25-65 years) MDR-TB prevalence among new TB WHO annual 10 5 Annual NTCP, MoH GNHCS patients report Routine Indigenous malaria transmission 15 0 Annual VDCP, MoH GNHCS report <1 per <1 per 10000 10000 Routine Leprosy Incidence Annual NLCP, MoH GNHCS popula- popula- report tion tion Prevention, Immunization Coverage under <1yr Routine re- 95 97 Annual VDPD, MoH GNHCS Promotion and population ports - 145 - Rehabilitation 90 percent of the estimated 1100 HIV services improved 627 990 Admin Data Annual MoH GNHCS cases to be detected Proportion of elderly population reached through Community Based 50 >90 Admin Data Annual MoH GNHCS Elderly care services Every Five Raised blood sugar 6.4 6.4 STEPs survey LSRD, MoH GNHCS years Reduce Mortality due to cancer 133 AHB Five years LSRD, MoH GNHCS by 2% Mean salt intake prevalence in the <7.6 9 gram Step survey Five years LSRD, MoH GNHCS population (18-69 years) gram Number of health centres imple- Routine menting WHO Package of essential 23 215 Annual LSRD, MoH GNHCS report NCDs (PEN) protocol 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans Global Youth Prevalence of current cigarette smok- 14 12 Tobacco Five years HPD, MoH GNHCS ing among youth 13-15 years Survey Number of Health centres provid- ing tobacco cessation services and 1 5 Program data Annual HPD, MoH GNHCS treatment Number of health facilities imple- Prevention, menting health and climate change 25 45 Program Data Annual DPR, MoH GNHCS Promotion and program Rehabilitation Number of projects screened for Program 1 4 Annually HPD, MoH GNHCS services improved Health Impact Assessment. report Number of districts implementing Program 0 20 Annually HPD, MoH GNHCS 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans health promotion action plan report Proportion of children screened for Program NA 80 Annual DPRP, MoH GNHCS - 146 - developmental delay /disability Report Number of framework documents for the prevention and management 0 5 Program data Annual OHP, MoH GNHCS of occupational health hazards Health and well-be- Number of disabled friendly health Program Referral ing of vulnerable NA 3 Yearly GNHCS infrastructure (referral hospitals) Record hospitals group improved RCDC/MoH, Percentage of water supply systems Administra- Dzongkhag Drinking water sup- with routine water quality surveil- 23 >85 Annually GNHCS tive Data Hospitals and ply and sanitation lance undertaken BHUs improved Rural Household with access to safely Administra- TBC TBC Annually MoH GNHCS managed sanitation tive Data National Level Stunting 21.2 15.1 Once MoH GNHCS Survey National Level Childhood Wasting 4.3 <4.3 Once MoH GNHCS Survey Proportion of Health facilities imple- Nutritional status of menting growth monitoring plus 95 >98 Program Data Annually MoH GNHCS general population improved Anaemia prevalence in children 6-59 National Level Once in 5 43.8 31.29 MoH GNHCS months of age Survey years Prevalence of Anaemia in adolescent National Level Once in 5 31.3 17.89 MoH GNHCS girls (10-19 years) Survey years National Level Minimum Acceptable Diet 11.7 21.7 Once MoH GNHCS Survey - 147 - 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans

3.2.5. Collaborating Partners Agency/Local Governments/ Type of Collaboration Required CSOs/ Private Sector (specific interventions) Collaboration and support in health promotion and dis- LGs ease prevention activities MoAF Implementation of nutrition sensitive interventions Implementation of school-based health and nutrition MoE interventions Support implementation of disease prevention and reha- CSOs bilitation services Internet connection and support for ICT enabled health MoIC care solutions Providing national level medical and rehabilitative ser- JDWNRH vices Providing quality medical education, training and re- KGUMSB search Ensure and monitor the establishment of disability MoWHS friendly and disaster resilient infrastructure. Media Dissemination of health and social messages

3.2.6. GNH Domain Effect Domain Impact Remarks Health promotion and disease prevention will ensure a Living Standard Positive healthy population, and enhances the socio-economic productivity of the people Healthy population will actively engage in community Community Vitality Positive activities and initiatives, thereby, enhancing communi- ty unity and vitality Promotion of health and sanitation will enable chil- Education Positive dren to learn more effectively Ecological Diversity Positive Awareness will increase preparedness to disaster and Resilience Cultural Diversity and Healthy community will allow for more people to Positive Resilience engage actively in cultural activities Increases Life expectancy. Reduces mortality and Health Positive morbidity rates. A healthy population will engage in productive activi- Time Use Positive ties and also manage their time effectively Health promotion will help diagnose, treat and reduce Psychological Well- Positive incidences of mental illness and subsequently reduce being its associated implications A healthy population will effectively engage in nation Good Governance Positive building - 148 - 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans

3.3. Medical Services

3.3.1. Total cost: Nu. 268.00 million

3.3.2. Activities Sl. Indicative Outlay Activities Remarks No. (Nu. in million) Service expansion (establishment of Emergency Obstetrics & Emergency Medical and Trauma Centres; blood 1 centres in hospitals, ED/ER Units, 40.00 quarantine/isolation rooms, and ex- pansion of Microbiology Laboratories in 6 hospitals ) Strengthen quality assurance services 2 20.00 including clinical audits Strengthen access to medicine and 3 10.00 health technology assessment Procurement of HEOC equipment, institution- alize EMT, vulnerabili- Strengthen emergency medical ser- ty assessment of health 4 40.00 vices and IHR facilities, mock drill, contingency plans, clinical emergency training. Procurement of ambulances (includ- 5 ing equipment), PPE and mobile van 38.00 for health camps & health screening Support interventions on Infection Control, Medical Waste Management, 6 Nursing programs, Telemedicine, 40.00 District Health Service and elderly care services Strengthen overall primary eye and 7 oral care health services, diagnostic 30.00 services in the health facilities (MRRH, GCRRH, Gi- Strengthen delivery of services at 8 50.00 dakom, Phuntsholing regional hospitals and Deothang) Total 268.00 - 149 -

3.3.3. Multi-Year Programme Matrix Projected Annual Target Results Indicator Baseline 12th FYP Indicator Unit Y1 Y2 Y3 Y4 Y5 (AKRAs) weight (Year) Target 2018-19 2019-20 2020-21 2021-22 2022-23 Percentage of population 87.9 within 2 hours to the Percent - - - - >90 >90 1 (2012) nearest health facility Proportion of health facilities (BHU I and above) providing diag- 36 1 Percent 40 50 60 70 75 80 nostic (Biochemistry, (2016) haematology, X-ray and Improved USG ) services 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans access to qual- Number of hospital ity health care 9 reporting Healthcare 1 Number 12 15 18 21 24 24 - 150 - services that (2017) associated infection is inclusive, responsive and Patient satisfaction rate 92.1 1 Percent - - - - >95 >95 equitable (2012) Number of health facilities implementing 0 1 Number 2 5 7 9 11 11 3 Rs (reduce, reuse and (2017) recycle) Number of clinical health camps (inter- 30 1 Number 30 60 90 120 150 150 national & national) (2017) conducted annually Number of Health facil- ities undergoing clinical 1 Number NA 9 19 29 39 48 48 performance audit at least once a year Number of health facil- ities (strategic hospi- 1 Number NA 0 1 2 3 4 4 tals) providing trauma services Prevention, Proportion of Health Fa- Promotion cility providing Commu- 50 and rehabili- 1 Percent 55 60 65 70 >90 >90 nity Based Elderly Care (2016) tation services Services improved Number 5.5 Average length of stay 0.5 3-5 3-5 3-5 3-5 3-5 3-5 days of days (2017) - 151 - TAT for land ambulance <10 1 Minutes <10 <10 <10 <10 <10 <10 maintained (2017) <45 TAT for air ambulance 1 Minutes <30 <30 <30 <30 <30 <30 (2017) Efficiency, Number of Health facili- 14 effectiveness 0.5 Number 22 30 38 46 54 54 ties using Telemedicine (2016) in delivery of Percentage of health health services facilities reporting anti- 30 strengthened 1 Percent 40 50 60 70 80 90 biotic consumption and (2017) antibiogram Proportion of new health interventions and technologies assessed 1 Percent NA 100 100 100 100 100 100 by Health Technology 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans Assessment (HTA) panel Number of health facili- ties implementing Bhu- 7 tan Health care Standard 1 Number 12 17 22 27 32 32 (2017) for Quality Assurance (BHSQA) Efficiency, Institutional linkage with effectiveness International Quality 0.5 Number NA - - - - 1 1 in delivery of Assurance organization. health services strengthened National OPD waiting 16.5 1 Minutes 16.5 16.5 16.5 16.5 16.5 16.5 time (2017) Number of activities carried out to promote 1 Number NA 5 10 15 20 25 25 Rational Use of Medi- 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans cines 233 (25 - 152 - Number of health hospital; facilities with opera- 26 1 Number 50 96 142 188 233 24 BHU Disaster tional health emergency (2017) I & 184 Resilience contingency plan BHU II) Enhanced International Health 55 Regulations (IHR) core 1 Percent 56 57 58 59 60 60 (2017) capacity index An effective Number of referral and sustain- hospitals establishing able system for comprehensive forensic 1

0.5 Number - - - - 2 2 protection and services (2017) empowerment of women

3.3.4. Programme Monitoring Matrix Results 12th FYP Reporting Reporting Reporting Indicator Baseline Data Source (AKRAs) Target Frequency Responsibility To Percentage of population within 2 National Once in 87.9 >90 MoH GNHCS hours to the nearest health facility Health Survey 5/10 years Proportion of health facilities (BHU I and above) providing diagnostic Program 36 80 Annually MoH GNHCS (Biochemistry, haematology, X-ray and Report USG) services Number of hospital reporting Health- Program 9 24 Annually MoH GNHCS Improved access care associated infection Report to quality health National End of the Patient satisfaction rate 92.1 >95 MoH GNHCS care services Health Survey FY that is inclusive, Number of health facilities implement- Program responsive and 0 11 Annually MoH GNHCS - 153 - ing 3 Rs (reduce, reuse and recycle) Report equitable Number of clinical health camps Program (international & national) conducted 30 150 Annually MoH GNHCS Report annually Number of Health facilities undergo- ing clinical performance audit at least NA 48 QA Report Annually MoH GNHCS once a year Number of health facilities (strategic Program NA 4 Annually MoH GNHCS hospitals) providing trauma services Report Prevention, Pro- Proportion of Health facilities provid- motion and reha- Program ing Community Based Elderly Care 50 >90 Annually MoH GNHCS bilitation services Report services improved 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans HAMT Average length of stay 5.5 days 3-5 days Annually MoH GNHCS Report <10 <10 TAT for land ambulance maintained HHC report Annually MoH GNHCS minutes minutes <45 <30 TAT for air ambulance HHC Report Annually MoH GNHCS minutes minutes Number of Health facilities using Program 14 54 Annually MoH GNHCS Telemedicine Report Percentage of health facilities reporting Efficiency, antibiotic consumption and anti- 30 90 Program Data Annually MoH GNHCS effectiveness in biogram delivery of health Number of health facilities implement- BHSQA Re- 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans services strength- ing Bhutan Health care Standard for 7 32 Annually MoH GNHCS ened port Quality Assurance (BHSQA) - 154 - Proportion of new health interventions and technologies assessed by HTA NA 100 Program Data Annually MoH GNHCS panel Institutional linkage with International End of the NA 1 QASD Report MoH GNHCS Quality Assurance organization. FY Number of activities carried out to NA 25 Program Data Annually MoH GNHCS promote Rational Use of Medicines

16.5 HAMT Re- National OPD waiting time 16.5 Annually MoH GNHCS mins port 233 (25 Number of health facilities with oper- hospital; Disaster Resil- Program ational health emergency contingency 26 24 BHU Annually MoH GNHCS ience Enhanced Report plan I & 184 BHU II) International Health Regulations 55 60 Program Data Annually MoH GNHCS (IHR) core capacity index An effective and sustain- Number of referral hospitals establish- able system for ing comprehensive forensic services DHSP, HCDD, 1 2 Admin Data Annually GNHCS protection and DMS, MoH empowerment of women - 155 - 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans

3.3.5. Collaborating Partners Agency/ Local Governments Type of Collaboration Required / CSOs / Private Sector (specific interventions) KGUMSB Training, e-learning, HR production Bhutan Medical and Health Certification and regulation of medical professionals Council Registration and regulation of pharmaceutical products DRA and liaise on pharmaceutical waste RBHSL Emergency medical evacuation Coordination, collaboration & consolidation to meet LG national health goals BNCA Liaise on pharmaceutical waste Monitoring on hospital waste as per the Waste Regulation NEC and Management Act JDWNRH Technical support DITT, MoIC Technical support and internet connectivity Thromdes Implement Urban Health Program Coordination support in disaster management and imple- MOHCA (DDM, DoL) ment IHR 2005 mandates Political and policy clearance for capacity building and MOFA International Aid Mobilization during emergencies MOWHS Conduct Vulnerability Assessment of health facilities MOLHR Monitoring of Occupational Health and Safety Monitoring of Food Quality Inspection, Anti-microbial MOAF Resistance, One Health mandates, and IHR 2005 mandates Support the Ministry’s overall Human Resource Planning RCSC and Management NCWC, Relevant CSOs Gender, Child and Youth friendly health services

3.3.6. GNH Domain Effect Domain Impact Remarks Effective medical services ensure safer communities during Living Standard Positive disaster related emergencies. Community Timely treatment of patients will enhance community Positive Vitality vitality. Timely treatment of patients, including students, will lead Education Positive to more healthy days for learning. Ecological Diversi- Proper disposal of medical wastes would reduce negative Positive ty and Resilience impact on ecological diversity. Cultural Diversity Timely treatment of the sick will increase active participa- Positive and Resilience tion in community activities. - 156 - 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans Access to improved medical services will ensure improved Health Positive health status of the population. A healthy population will engage in productive activities Time Use Positive and also manage their time effectively Psychological Improved medical services will ensure timely diagnosis Positive Well-being and treatment of mental illnesses. Improved medical services will enhance public service Good Governance Positive deliver.

3.4. Medicine, Healthcare Technologies and Infrastructure

3.4.1. Total cost: Nu. 2,511.00 million

3.4.2. Activities Sl. Indicative Outlay Activities Remarks No. (Nu. in million) 1 Procurement of medical equipment 500.00 Services vans/ medical 2 Procurement of vehicles 20.00 supplies distribution truck/utility vehicle Procurement of spare parts for medical equipment and tools, 3 100.00 equipment and instrument to verify and test medical equipment Institutionalize hospital based maintenance and support services 4 7.00 for maintenance and care of medical equipment On procurement and distribution of medical supplies, maintenance 5 Capacity building 5.00 and management of medical equipment and infrastructure develop- ment Construction of GJPMCH Phase II 6 1109.00 (Block B, C, D) (spill over) Construction 40 bedded Deothang 7 253.00 Hospital (spill over) Construction of satellite clinics (4) 8 and Attached toilets and burial pits 120.00 (184 units @ $8,200 per unit) 10 Major Renovation of MRRH 58.00 - 157 - 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans Re-construction of Gidakom 11 200.00 hospital Construction of Detoxification 12 centre at Gidakom Construction of National Resource 13 15.00 Design & drawing only and Rehabilitation Centre, Gidakom Design & drawing Centre for Tropi- 14 cal and Zoonotic Disease, Gelephu Construction of 20 bedded Tradi- 15 81.00 Kawajangsa, Thimphu tional Medicine Hospital Construction of 20 bedded Dechen- 16 43.00 choling Hospital Construction on 100 bedded Oncol- Nu. 4,500 m for Infra- 17 0.00 ogy Centre structure and equipment Nu. 517.3567 million for 18 Construction of ENT centre 0.00 Infrastructure, equip- ment & HR Explore options under 19 Construction of staff quarter 0.00 PPP Total 2,511.00 - 158 -

3.4.3. Multi-Year Programme Matrix Projected Annual Target Results Indicator Baseline 12th FYP Indicator Unit Y1 Y2 Y3 Y4 Y5 (AKRAs) Weight (Year) Target 2018-19 2019-20 2020-21 2021-22 2022-23 Proportion of essential medicines available in 95 1 Percent 95 95 95 95 95 95 all health facilities at any (2016) point of time Percentage of standard medical consumables at 90 1 Percent 90 90 90 90 90 90 all health facilities avail- (2016) able at any point of time Percentage of medical Improved equipment functional at 90 access to 1 Percent 90 90 90 90 90 90 - 159 - all health facilities at any (2016) quality health point of time care services Percentage of GJPMCH 100% that is inclusive, (Phase II) construction is 2 Percent NA 26 66.67 100 by April responsive and completed (spill over) 2021 equitable Percentage of 40 bedded 65 100% Deothang Hospital con- 1 Percent 85 100 - - - by June struction is completed (2018) 2019 Timeline by which satel- Time- Decem- 100% by lite clinics (5) construc- 1 NA - - - - line ber 2020 Dec 2020 tion is completed Percentage of 20 bedded 100% Dechencholing BHU I 0.5 Percent NA - - - - 100 by June construction is completed 2023 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans Timeline by which 60 bedded Gidakom/ Time- June June 1 NA - - - - Thimphu City hospital is line 2023 2023 completed Percentage of 100 bedded 75% by Oncology centre con- 0.5 Percent NA - - 8 40 75 June struction is completed 2023

3.4.4. Programme Monitoring Matrix Results 12th FYP Reporting Reporting Reporting Indicator Baseline Data Source (AKRAs) Target Frequency Responsibility To Proportion of essential medicines Division’s record 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans available in all health facilities at any 95 95 Annually MoH GNHCS and eBMSIS point of time - 160 - Percentage of standard medical con- Division’s record Improved sumables available in all facilities at 90 90 Annually MoH GNHCS and eBMSIS access to any point of time quality health Percentage of medical equipment Division’s record care services functional at all health facilities at 90 90 Annually MoH GNHCS and eBMSIS that is inclusive, any point of time responsive and Percentage of GJPMCH (Phase II) 100% by equitable NA Division’s record Annually MoH GNHCS construction is completed (spill over) April 2021 Percentage of 40 bedded Deothang 100% by 65 Division’s record Annually MoH GNHCS Hospital construction is completed June 2019 Timeline by which satellite clinics (5) 100% by NA Division’s record Annually MoH GNHCS construction is completed Dec 2020 Percentage of 20 bedded Dech- Improved 100% by encholing BHU I construction is NA Division’s record Annually MoH GNHCS access to June 2023 completed quality health Timeline by which 60 bedded care services Gidakom/Thimphu City hospital is NA June 2023 Division’s record Annually MoH GNHCS that is inclusive, completed responsive and equitable Percentage of 100 bedded Oncology 75% by NA Division’s record Annually MoH GNHCS centre construction is completed June 2023 - 161 - 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans

3.4.5. Collaborating Partners Agency/Local Governments/ Type of Collaboration Required CSOs/ Private Sector (specific interventions) BSB Guidance on calibration of medical equipment Provide adequate manpower for health infrastructure MoWHS development

3.4.6. GNH Domain Effect Domain Impact Remarks Improved access to health infrastructure and facilities Living Standard Positive will ensure timely quality medical services and improved living standards Community Vitality Neutral Improved access to health facilities will ensure more Education Positive healthy days for learning Reducing medical wastes and proper disposal would Ecological Diversity reduce negative impact on ecological diversity. Health in- Positive and Resilience frastructures would be constructed incorporating disaster resilient features Cultural Diversity Health infrastructure development will be constructed in Positive and Resilience line with the unique features of Bhutanese architecture Improved health facilities with adequate medical supplies Health Positive will provide timely treatment to the population A healthy population will engage in productive activities, Time Use Positive and also manage their time effectively between work and leisure Appropriate and early medical interventions through Psychological proper medical facilities and uninterrupted supply of Positive Well-being drugs, vaccines will improve reduce incidences of chronic mental illness Adequate infrastructure and facilities will lead to Good Governance Positive strengthened public service delivery to the population - 162 - 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans

3.5. Traditional Medicine Services

3.5.1. Total cost: Nu. 190.00 million

3.5.2. Activities Sl. Indicative Outlay Activities Remarks No. (Nu. in million) Promotion of Health through Traditional Medicine services and strengthen collaboration 1 20 of Traditional and Modern Medicine through strengthen information management Continuous quality improvement of Traditional Medicine services through capacity building and 2 developments of standards, SOPs, Guidelines 35 and enhance research in Traditional Medicine to make the services evidence based Promote sorig spa and wellness services in the 3 country including through engagement of private 20 sector Sustainable management of medicinal plants including development of National Data base for 4 35 Medicinal Resources (Mapping and propagation of Medicinal Resources) Strengthen Spiritual services and local healing practices including development of registry for 5 25 local healers and documentation of indigenous knowledge including Tsachu/ Menchu Introduction of new TM services and strengthen 6 30 Traditional Medicine Therapeutic Services Research and Publication (including guidelines, 7 manuals, scientific papers etc), intellectual prop- 25 erty rights, and networking Total 190.00 - 163 -

3.5.3. Multi-Year Programme Matrix Projected Annual Target Indicator Baseline 12th FYP Results (AKRAs) Indicator Unit Y1 Y2 Y3 Y4 Y5 Weight (Year) Target 2018-19 2019-20 2020-21 2021-22 2022-23 Outpatient visit per 0.25 1 Percent 0.28 0.3 0.35 0.37 0.4 0.4 capita (2017) Percentage of essential traditional medicines 39.5 available at all health 0.5 Percent (2016) 40 42 45 50 55 55 Improved access to quality health facilities at any point care services of time that is inclusive, Number of Health 64 responsive and 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans centres providing (2017) equitable 1 Number 68 72 76 78 80 80 Traditional Medicine - 164 - services Number of new ser- 2 vices introduced in 1 Number - - 3 4 - 4 (2017) Traditional Medicine Efficiency, effectiveness in Number of Dz- 4 delivery of health ongkhags with two 0.5 Number 6 8 10 12 15 15 (2017) services strength- Drungtshos ened Number of Indigenous Intangible cultural knowledge and practice 0 heritage preserved on traditional medi- 0.5 Number 3 6 9 12 15 15 (2017) and promoted cine documented and promoted Number of Sorig well- 5

0.5 Number 10 17 20 23 25 25 ness services facilitated (2017) Traditional Medi- cine Units providing 1 1 Number 3 5 7 8 10 10 Zheyney and spiritual (2017) care services Number of institutional Number 2 linkage built for re- 0.5 - 2 - 3 4 4 (2017) search and innovation Number of Traditional Strengthened Medicine standards 5

0.5 Number 7 9 11 13 15 15 Universal health and guideline devel- (2017) coverage through oped collaboration Timeline by which of Traditional a system (guideline, - 165 - Medicine into na- SOPs and monitor- tional health care NA June June ing system) for cross 0.5 Timeline - - - - delivery (2017) 2022 2022 referral of patient is established/developed and implemented Number of collabora- tive forum conducted 2 among traditional 0.5 Number 4 6 8 10 12 12 (2017) medicine and allopath- ic practitioners TMUs engaged in pro- 0 viding health promo- 1 Number 15 30 45 60 80 80 (2017) tional activities 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans Timeline by which Time 0 April April data base on medicinal 1.5 - - - - (2017) 2021 2021 resources established Number of medicinal 0 resources preserved 1 Number 10 12 15 20 25 25 (2017) Improving infor- and promoted mation and Data Timeline by which 0 June June Management for Registry of local healers 0.5 Time - - - - (2017) 2020 2020 Traditional Medi- is established cine enhanced Traditional Medicine 0 units reporting through 1 Number 5 20 30 65 80 80 (2017) DHIS-2 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans Number of Researches 0 on Traditional Medi- 1 Number 2 4 6 8 10 10 (2017) - 166 - cine conducted

3.5.4. Programme Monitoring Matrix 12th FYP Data Reporting Reporting Reporting Results (AKRAs) Indicator Baseline Target Source Frequency Responsibility To Program Outpatient visit per capita 0.25 0.4 Annually MoH GNHCS Report Improved access Percentage of essential traditional medicines to quality health Program available at all health facilities at any point of 39.5 55 Annually MoH GNHCS care services Report time that is inclusive, responsive and Number of Health centres providing Tradi- Program 64 80 Annually MoH GNHCS equitable tional Medicine services Report Number of new services introduced in Tradi- Program 2 4 Annually MoH GNHCS tional Medicine Report Efficiency, effectiveness in Program - 167 - delivery of health Number of Dzongkhags with two Drungtshos 4 15 Annually MoH GNHCS Report services strength- ened SIntangible Number of Indigenous knowledge and prac- cultural heritage Program tice on traditional medicine documented and 0 15 Annually MoH GNHCS preserved and Report promoted promoted 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans 5 Program Number of Sorig wells services facilitated 25 Annually MoH GNHCS Report Traditional Medicine units providing Program 1 10 Annually MoH GNHCS Zheyney and spiritual care services Report Strengthened Number of Institutional linkage built for Program 2 4 Annually MoH GNHCS Universal health research and innovation Report coverage through Number Traditional Medicine standards and Program 5 15 Annually MoH GNHCS collaboration guideline developed Report of Traditional Timeline by which a system (guideline, SOPs Medicine into and monitoring system) for cross referral of June Program NA Annually MoH GNHCS national health patient is established/developed and imple- 2022 Report care delivery mented 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans Number of collaborative forum conducted Program among Traditional Medicine and allopathic 12 Annually MoH GNHCS - 168 - 2 Report practitioners TMU engaged in providing health promotion- Program 0 80 Annually MoH GNHCS al activities Report Timeline by which database on medicinal April Program 0 Annually MoH GNHCS resources established 2021 Report Number medicinal resources preserved and Program Improving infor- promoted 0 25 Annually MoH GNHCS Report mation and Data Timeline for Registry of local healers estab- June Program Management for 0 Annually MoH GNHCS lished 2020 Report Traditional Medi- cine enhanced Traditional Medicine units reporting through Program 0 80 Annually MoH GNHCS DHIS-2 Report Number of Researches on Traditional Medi- Program 0 10 Annually MoH GNHCS cine conducted Report 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans

3.5.5. Collaborating Partners Agency/Local Governments/ Type of Collaboration Required CSOs/Private Sector (specific interventions) LGs Timely implementation of LG health activities MoAF Collection and domestication of medicinal resources Exploring possibilities of FDIs and developing external MoEA markets To support the development of Spa and health promot- TCB ing products DRA Regulatory affairs/GMP certification facilitation Digitization, artefact collection, research, documenta- MoHCA tion For ex-situ/off-site conservation activities, sustainable MoE, Dratshang Lhentshog use of Traditional Medicine Products and collaboration in Youth Herbal Program. For research parameter development, training work- shop and capacity building. Additionally, collaboration KGUMSB and JDWNRH for the publication of manual and research guideline and modules development ex-situ/off-site conservation, cultivation, propagation LG and Community groups and domestication of Medicinal Plants Sufficient HR requirement to be deployed as per ser- RCSC vices standard MSPCL Production of adequate Essential Traditional Medicine

3.5.6. GNH Domain Effect Domain Impact Remarks Increase living standard through improved traditional Living Standard Positive medicinal services Coordination and community participation in preser- Community Vitality Positive vation and promotion of medicinal resources Enhance health education on traditional medicine Education Positive through improved health promotional activities Positive Domestication and cultivation of Medicinal resources Ecological Diversity Collection of endangered medicinal herbs due to and Resilience Negative over harvesting. Therefore, sustainable practices for harvesting will be promoted. Cultural Diversity Preserve and promote unique art of healing and up- Positive and Resilience hold GNH values. Contribute towards promotion of health and preven- Health Positive tion of disease through traditional medicine. Good health with use of traditional medicine services Time Use Positive would ensure balance time for work and leisure. - 169 - 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans Psychological Improve social and psychological wellbeing through Positive Well-being spiritual and Saemkham Rigpa services Access to traditional medicine services will strengthen Good Governance Positive enhanced service delivery. - 170 - 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans Ministry of Home and Cultural Affairs 1. Background The Ministry of Home and Cultural Affairs (MoHCA) has a vision to be the leading organization spearheading an efficient functioning of decentralized administration, upholding the principles of democratic governance which ensures maintenance of law and order, preserving and promoting the cultural and spiritual values contributing towards the realization of GNH. The Ministry is comprised of six departments namely Department of Disaster Management, Department of Local Governance, Department of Law and Order, Department of Census and Civil Registration, Department of Immigration and Department of Culture. 2. Plan Priorities The Ministry will focus on the preservation of traditional and cultural heritage, the improvement of immigration, census and civil registration services, strengthening decentralization, disaster risk management and border management. Many of the rich historical culture and traditions are under continuous threat from both natural and manmade disasters. The 2015 GNH Survey shows the drop in the cultural diversity and resilience index from 11.05 to 11.01. Hence, the Ministry will restore, build and conserve structures and sites which hold rich traditional and cultural significance, such as Wangduephodrang Dzong, Drugyal Dzong and Sarpang Dzong. Innovative ideas will also be encouraged to promote and preserve the intangible cultural aspects such as Driglam Namzha, national language and dialects, Zorig Chusum and others. Bhutan is vulnerable to manifold natural hazards such as earthquakes, GLOF, flash floods, windstorms, forest fires and landslides. The country has been witnessing increasing frequency and intensity of such hazards causing significant loss and damages to lives, properties and public infrastructures. Therefore, disaster and contingency management plans will be developed in government agencies and emergency operation centres will be established at different regions and Dzongkhags. - 171 - 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans Significant administrative and financial authorities have been decentralized to local government. However, there have been varying interpretations of what constitutes decentralization. Therefore, a decentralization policy will be formulated for implementation to strengthen the LGs for efficient delivery of services and for empowered decision making. Some of the most commonly availed services by the people are with respect to civil registration, census and immigration services. However, the challenges are in terms of reducing the turn around time of these services and ensuring easy movement of the people to and from the country. The Ministry will focus on effective and efficient service delivery by up-grading the information system and professionalizing human resources. With the increase in trade between neighbouring countries, there is an increased movement of goods and people which requires efficient services. For effective and efficient service delivery in terms of customs, immigration and other services etc, the Ministry will pursue the construction of integrated check points at Gelephu, Samdrupjongkhar and Samtse. The Ministry will also incorporate mandatory indicators related to corruption reduction namely, work, integrity and leadership culture index, and corruption, transparency and accountability index as KPIs in the Annual Performance Agreement. The Ministry will implement following programs in the 12th FYP with the capital outlay of Nu. 3,240.00 million contributing towards the achievement of NKRA 4 and 6. Sl. Indicative Outlay Programs No (Nu in million) 1 Sustenance and Continuity of Cultural Heritage 2,562.00 2 Enhancement of Disaster Risk Reduction and Management 289.00 3 Enhancement of Decentralization at Local Governments 59.00 Enhancement of Civil Registration, Census and Immigration 4 160.00 Services 5 Border Management and Security Strengthened 170.00 Total 3,240.00 - 172 - 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans 3. Programme Summary

3.1. Sustenance and Continuity of Cultural Heritage

3.1.1. Total Cost: Nu. 2,562.00 million

3.1.2. Activities Indicative Sl. Activities Outlay (Nu. Remarks No in Million) This is a comprehensive program that works towards inventory, registry, research and awareness on the need Safeguarding Intangible Cultural to safeguard the intangible 1 100.00 Heritage of Bhutan cultural heritage (ICH) of Bhutan. This will be a pioneer project in ensuring that the ICH of Bhutan is sustained for future generation. The overall cost of this proj- Infrastructure for establishment ect is Nu. 700 million. The 2 of the institute of Performing Arts 100.00 remaining is expected to spill (RAPA) over to 13th FYP. The Druk Dongkakchoeling Reconstruction of Druk Dongkak- 3 3.50 is the spillover of the 12th choeling Goenpa FYP. 4 Consolidation of Drapham Dzong 2.50 5 Tango Goenpa Restoration Project 123.00 Spillover 6 Chari Goenpa Restoration Project 73.00 Spillover Wangditse Goenpa Restoration 7 30.00 Spillover Project 8 Lingzhi Dzong Conservation Project 250.00 9 Rigsum Goenpa Restoration Project 120.00 10 Sangchoekhor Restoration Project 100.00 Restoration and Adaptive Re-use of 11 50.00 Spillover Wangdichoeling Palace Wangduephodrang Dzong Recon- 12 700.00 Spillover struction Project 13 Sarpang Dzong Construction Project 390.00 Spillover Pemagatshel Dzong Construction 14 115.00 Spillover Project 15 Drugyel Dzong Construction Project 300.00 Spillover Disaster Risk Mitigation of Establishment of Research Institute of Heritage Sites: This project 16 15.00 Traditional Structures (RITS) completes the SATREPS proj- ect on behalf of RGoB. - 173 - 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans Establishment of service centres for 20.00 Set up sale counter and coffee 17 Museums shop Improving the existing museum 18 20.00 infrastructure and services Renovation of Kuengarabten 19 Enhancement of library services 50.00 library Total 2,562.00 - 174 -

3.1.3. Multi-Year Programme Matrix Projected Annual Target Results Indicator Baseline 12th FYP Indicator Unit Y1 Y2 Y3 Y4 Y5 (AKRAs) Weight (Year) Target 2018-19 2019-20 2020-21 2021-22 2022-23 Intangible Cultural Heritage 0 6 Number 100 250 400 550 689 689 Registered (2017) Mechanism/system established to safeguard intangible cul- 0 3 Number 9 23 32 43 52 52 Intangible tural heritage - advocacy and (2017) Cultural awareness Heritage Mechanism/system established Preserved to safeguard intangible cultural 0 and Pro- 4 Number 11 23 37 45 57 57 heritage - strengthening and (2017) moted. promotion Mechanism/system established - 175 - to safeguard intangible cultur- 0 3 Number 9 19 27 35 43 43 al heritage - cooperation and (2017) collaboration Movable Cultural Property 0 2 Number 4 8 12 16 20 20 Registered (2017) Tangible Heritage Sites registered and 0 2 Number 25 50 75 100 126 126 Cultural designated (2017) Heritage Heritage buildings researched 0 2 Number 15 35 60 80 100 100 Preserved and documented (2017) and Pro- Important cultural sites desig- 0 moted. 2 Number - - - - 1 1 nated (2017) 0 Archaeological sites registered 2 Number 4 8 12 16 20 20 (2017) Heritage site management & 0 14 Number 1 2 3 4 5 5 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans protection plans developed (2017)

3.1.4. Programme Monitoring Matrix Results 12th FYP Reporting Reporting Reporting Indicator Baseline Data Source (AKRAs) Target Frequency Responsibility To Intangible Cultural Heritage Registered 0 689 DoC Inventory Annual MoHCA GNHCS Mechanism/system established to safeguard intangible cultural heritage 0 52 Admin Data Annual MoHCA GNHCS on - advocacy & awareness Intangible Cultural Mechanism/system established to 57 Heritage Pre- safeguard intangible cultural heritage 0 Admin Data Annual MoHCA GNHCS served and on - strengthening & promotion Promoted. Mechanism/system established to safeguard intangible cultural heritage 0 43 Admin Data Annual MoHCA GNHCS 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans on - cooperation & collaboration Movable Cultural Property Registered 0 20 Admin Data Annual MoHCA GNHCS - 176 - Annual, Admin Data, Heritage Sites registered and designated 0 126 biennial, end MoHCA GNHCS DoC Inventory Tangible Cul- of FYP tural Heritage Heritage buildings researched and Admin Data, 0 100 Annual MoHCA GNHCS Preserved documented DoC Inventory and Promot- Important cultural sites designated 0 1 DoC Inventory End of FYP MoHCA GNHCS ed. Heritage site management & protection 0 20 DoC Annual MoHCA GNHCS plans developed Heritage site management & protection 0 5 DoC Annul MoHCA GNHCS plans developed 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans

3.1.5. Collaborating Partners Agency/Local Governments/ Type of Collaboration Required CSOs/Private Sector (specific interventions) Incorporation of Driglam Tsazhung as part of School REC Curriculum; and integration of Cultural Heritage pro- gram in Education Regulate cultural content in both visual and audio medi- BICMA um APIC Promotion of traditional arts and craft DHR, MoLHR For imparting traditional Art and Craft Skills in VTI BIGSA Promotion of indigenous games Promotion of Culture and tradition through creative DoIM, MoIC media Promotion of indigenous knowledge and practices on DTM, MoH traditional medicine Promoting national language and local indigenous lan- DDC guages • Promotion of spiritual values • Registration of Moveable Cultural Properties • Registration and designation of Heritage Sites Dratshang Lhentshog • Management and Protection of Heritage Sites • Sensitization program on management of moveable cultural properties Study on traditional settlement patterns (traditional DHS, MoWHS villages), unique architectural features, building typology, cultural spaces, etc.

3.1.6. GNH Domain Effect Domain Impact Remarks Improve living standard through imparting skills for liveli- Living Standard Positive hood earning Community Ensuring continuity of community rituals, where commu- Positive nities come together to conduct or perform rituals, will Vitality enhance community vitality. Enhance the diversity in education in terms of traditional Education Positive knowledge and vocational skills The inclusive notion of cultural landscape on sustaining Ecological Diversity Positive both nature and culture ensures sustainability of ecological and Resilience diversity and resilience Sustenance and continuity of cultural diversity is ensured Cultural Diversity Positive through identifying, inventorying, promotion and designa- and Resilience tion of cultural heritage sites. - 177 - 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans Improve health through indigenous medicinal knowledge Health Positive and practices. Helps to continue practicing extended family tradition, Time Use Positive which brings about quality time with family. Sustenance and continuity of cultural heritage ensures na- Psychological Positive tional identity and sovereignty, which contributes towards Well-being the psychological well-being of the people. Encouraging community based management plan of heritage sites, including cultural landscape mainly focusing Good Governance Positive on sustainability, would contribute towards instituting a responsible governing system.

3.2. Enhancement of Disaster Risk Reduction and Management

3.2.1. Total Cost: Nu. 289.00 million

3.2.2. Activities: Sl. Indicative Outlay Activities Remarks No. (Nu. In Million) Construction and equipping of Emergency Opera- 1 91.00 tion Centres (EOCs) and development of DMIS. Establishment of National Search and Rescue 2 100.00 Training Centre at Tashigatshel, Chhukha Construction and equipping of EOCs in 4 3 Dzongkhags (Samtse, Trashigang, Trongsa and 43.00 Wangduephodrang) 4 Implementation of ICS, set up of EOCs and SOPs 23.00 DM & Contingency Plan formulation and simula- 5 17.00 tion exercise at Gelephu and Punakha 6 Disaster risk Management 15.00 Total 289.00 - 178 -

3.2.3. Multi-Year Programme Matrix Projected Annual Target Results Indicator Baseline 12th FYP Indicator Unit Y1 Y2 Y3 Y4 Y5 (AKRAs) Weight (Year) Target 2018-19 2019-20 2020-21 2021-22 2022-23 1 (Devel- Disaster management & 1 0 Imple- Imple- oped and Contingency plan developed 3 Number 0 0 (Devel- (2017) mented mented Implement- at National Level oped) Disaster ed Resilience Gender & Children sensitive 0 Enhanced standard operating proce- 4.5 Number 1 - 2 - 3 3 (2017) dure instituted Disaster Management and 13

7.5 Number 17 21 25 29 34 34 Contingency plan developed (2017) - 179 - 3.2.4. Programme Monitoring Matrix Results 12th FYP Reporting Reporting Reporting Indicator Baseline Data Source (AKRAs) Target Frequency responsibility To Disaster management & Contin- 1 (Developed gency plan developed at National 0 and Imple- DMM Once PPD, MoHCA GNHC Level mented) Disaster Gender & Children sensitive APA Monitoring Resilience Standard Operating Procedure 0 3 and Evaluation Annual PPD, MoHCA GNHC Enhanced instituted Report, DMIS APA Monitoring Disaster Management and Con- 13 34 and Evaluation Annual PPD, MoHCA GNHC tingency plan developed Report, DMIS 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans

3.2.5. Collaborating Partners Agency/Local Governments/ Type of Collaboration Required CSOs/Private Sector (specific interventions) Central Agencies & LGs Sector specific input for formulation of National DM and Contingency Plan PPD, MoHCA To guide and facilitate implementation of programs and also monitor and evaluate the programs LGs Coordination support while implementing Risk Reduction and Management Activities, and mainstreaming key activities in their Annual Plans and Programmes

3.2.6. GNH Domain Effect Domain Impact Remarks Living Standard Positive It will reduce the impact of disasters, thereby maintaining or improving living standards. Community Vitality Positive Community vitality will be enhanced through collective response during and after disaster. Education Positive General awareness of the public on preparedness, response and recovery and on the importance of investing in disaster resilience, will be enhanced. Ecological Diversity Positive Disaster preparedness will increase disaster resilience and and Resilience help to maintain ecological diversity. Cultural Diversity Positive It will enhance the resilience of cultural heritage sites and Resilience Health Positive It will enhance the resilience of health facilities and promote effective response during emergencies Time Use Neutral Psychological Positive It will enhance preparedness of general public which will Well-being improve the psychological well-being of people during disasters. Good Governance Positive The program calls for strengthening the institution at various levels, which will promote risk informed development and disaster response. - 180 - 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans

3.3. Enhancement of Decentralization at Local Governments

3.3.1. Total Cost: Nu. 59.00 million

3.3.2. Activities Sl. Indicative Outlay Activities Remarks No (Nu. in million) Support to Decentralization Policy and 1 21.00 implementation Fiscal Decentralization and Local Government 2 38.00 Reform 3 Local Governance and Management 0.00 Total 59.00 - 181 -

3.3.3. Multi-Year Programme Matrix Projected Annual Target Results Indicator Baseline 12th FYP Indicator Unit Y1 Y2 Y3 Y4 Y5 (AKRAs) Weight (Year) Target 2018-19 2019-20 2020-21 2021-22 2022-23 Timeline by which draft 1 (1993 Decentralization policy is 2.5 Date - Guide- - July - - - July 2019 finalized and submitted line) Timeline by which De- centralization policy is 2 Date NA - - - - July 2023 July 2023 implemented Number of capacity devel- opment programmes for 252 2 Number 500 800 1100 1400 1700 1700 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans LG functionaries’ conduct- (2017) Decentral- ed - 182 - ization and Coordination mechanisms/ 6

1.5 Number 5 10 15 20 25 25 Good Gov- platforms put in place (2017) ernance Community engagement strength- 25 June June mechanisms introduced 1.5 Date - - - - ened (2017) 2023 2023 to LGs Timeline by which LG Rules and Regulations is 0 June June

1.5 Year - - - - revised for uniform imple- (2017) 2019 2019 mentation Social Accountability 0 3 dz- 8 dz- 15 dz- 20 dz- 20 Dz- 1 Number - mechanisms implemented (2017) ongkhags ongkhags ongkhags ongkhags ongkhags Number of studies related 7 studies 0 to local governance carried 1.5 Number 1 3 4 5 7 carried (2017) out out

3.3.4. Programme Monitoring Matrix Results 12th FYP Data Reporting Reporting Reporting Indicator Baseline (AKRA) Target Source Frequency Responsibility To Timeline by which draft Decen- 1 (1993 - tralization policy is finalized and July 2019 Cabinet Annual MoHCA GNHCS Guideline) submitted Timeline by which Decentraliza- PPD, NA July 2023 Once MoHCA GNHCS tion policy is implemented MoHCA Number of capacity development PPD, programmes for LG functionaries’ 252 1700 Once MoHCA GNHCS MoHCA Decentralization conducted and Good Coordination mechanisms/ plat- DLG and Governance 6 15 Annual MoHCA GNHCS forms put in place LG reports strengthened Community engagement mecha- DLG, ECB 0 June 2023 Annual MoHCA GNHCS - 183 - nisms introduced to LGs reports Timeline by which LG Rules and DLG, ECB Regulations is revised for uniform 0 June 2019 Annual MoHCA GNHCS reports implementation Social Accountability mechanisms 20 0 DLG Annual MoHCA GNHCS implemented Dzongkhags Number of studies related to local 0 7 studies DLG Annual MoHCA GNHCS governance carried out 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans

3.3.5. Collaborating Partners Agency/Local Governments/ Type of Collaboration Required CSOs/Private Sector (specific interventions) GNHC, MoAF, MoF, RIM, Implementation of Decentralization Policy and its Cabinet Secretariat, LGs, CSO, framework, to conduct capacity needs assessment and to Pvt Training Institutes, conduct trainings and sensitization meetings, etc.

3.3.6. GNH Domain Effect Domain Impact Remarks With both community and LG administrations working to- Living Standard Positive gether, development initiatives will become more inclusive towards enhancing living standards. Community Ensures the involvement of communities and community Positive Vitality organizations in matters of local governance. Communities become aware about their responsibilities in Education Positive participatory planning. Ecological Instil in the community the sense of ownership of natural Diversity and Positive resources, whereby the beneficiaries also become partners Resilience to development. Cultural Diversity Communities gain knowledge and skills to preserve and Positive and Resilience promote culture and traditions. Health Neutral Decentralized services will ensure that communities are Time Use Positive able to optimize time use. Psychological Neutral Well-being Building capacity of the LG functionaries enables them to Good Positive maximize the use of available technologies and provide Governance services efficiently and effectively. - 184 - 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans

3.4. Enhancement of Civil Registration, Census and Immigration Ser- vices

3.4.1. Total Cost: Nu. 160.00 million

3.4.2. Activities: Sl. Indicative Outlay Activities Remarks No (Nu. in million) ICT infrastructure and capacity devel- 1 35.00 Upgrade ICT system oped for DCRC Improve the TAT for 2 Enhance service delivery activities 40.00 all the services Infrastructure development including the construction and furnishing of the 3 upcountry checkpoints/outposts with ne- 35.00 cessities to run the checkpoints/outposts effectively Enhancement of Immigration Informa- tion and Monitoring System by updating the software, and equipment, cleaning 4 15.00 Upgrade ICT system the data to make it faster, user friendly and more effective. This will also involve annual maintenance of the system Construction and operation of detention 5 centres at the Immigration offices includ- 25.00 ing at the Paro International Airport 6 Institutional capacity building for DoI 10.00 Total 160.00 - 185 -

3.4.3. Multi-Year Programme Matrix Projected Annual Target Results Indicator Baseline 12th FYP Indicator Unit Y1 Y2 Y3 Y4 Y5 (AKRAs) Weight (Year) Target 2018-19 2019-20 2020-21 2021-22 2022-23 Civil registration and 90 census services delivered as 6 Percent 90 ≥90 ≥90 ≥90 ≥90 ≥90 per SDS (2017) Public satisfaction rate for

1.5 Percent NA - - ≥70 - ≥ 80 ≥ 80 DCRC services Reduce TAT for Work 30 2 Minutes 27 25 20 17 15 15 Permit (2017) Reduce TAT for Permit 30

0.8 Minutes 27 25 20 17 15 15 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans Extension (2017) 3 Reduce TAT for Visa Issue 1 Days 2.75 2.5 2.25 2.15 2 2 - 186 - Public Service (2017) Delivery Reduce TAT for entry 30 enhanced 0.7 Minutes 27 25 20 17 15 15 permits (2017) 15 Frequency of inspection 1.5 Hours 17 19 21 23 24 24 (2017) Awareness/ sensitization programs on immigration 10 mechanisms (immigra- 1 Number 17 24 30 35 40 40 (2017) tion rules and regulations) conducted Clients complying to 40 immigration rules and 0.5 Percent - - 55 - - 80 (2017) regulations

3.4.4. Programme Monitoring Matrix Results 12th FYP Reporting Reporting Reporting Indicator Baseline Data Source (AKRA) Target Frequency Responsibility To Civil registration and census services BCRS and 90 ≥90 Annual MoHCA GNHCS delivered as per SDS publication DCRC Survey Public satisfaction rate for DCRC services NA ≥ 80 Annual MoHCA GNHCS Report Reduce TAT for Work Permit 30 15 DoI Annual MoHCA GNHCS Reduce TAT for Permit Extension 30 15 DoI Annual MoHCA GNHCS Public Service Reduce TAT for Visa Issue 3 2 DoI Annual MoHCA GNHCS Delivery enhanced Reduce TAT for entry permits 30 15 DoI Annual MoHCA GNHCS Frequency of inspection 15 24 DoI Annual MoHCA GNHCS Awareness/ sensitization programs on immigration mechanisms (immigration 10 40 DoI Annual MoHCA GNHCS - 187 - rules and regulations) conducted Clients complying to immigration rules 40 80 DoI Annual MoHCA GNHCS and regulations 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans

3.4.5. Collaborating Partners Agency/Local Governments/ Type of Collaboration Required CSOs/Private Sector (specific interventions) MoH For birth and death registration service improvement. NCWC For adoption as per Citizenship Act and Adoption Act MoIC To strengthen ICT infrastructure LGs For census related verification Technical support for Tashel online system for tourist TCB visa, information sharing and collaboration. Technical support for Labour Net System, information MoLHR sharing and collaboration Information sharing and collaboration for clearance of MoEA business visa Information sharing and collaboration for clearance of MoFA visa for government guests Information sharing and collaboration for security RBP purposes Information sharing and collaboration for security DoLO purposes

3.4.6. GNH Domain Effect Domain Impact Remarks Living Standard Neutral Community Vitality Neutral Education Neutral Ecological Diversity Neutral and Resilience Cultural Diversity and Neutral Resilience Health Neutral Time Use Positive Reduction in turnaround time Psychological Well- Security and safety of the nation contribute towards Positive being psychological well-being Good Governance Positive Efficient and effective service delivery - 188 - 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans

3.5. Border Management & Security Strengthened

3.5.1. Total Cost: Nu. 170.00 million

3.5.2. Activities Sl. Indicative Outlay Activities Remarks No. (Nu. in million) Construction of integrated checkpoint at 1 62.00 Gelephu Construction of integrated checkpoint at Sam- 2 62.00 drupjongkhar Construction of checkpoint at Jitti under Sam- 3 10.00 tse Dzongkhag Construction of checkpoint at Bhimtar under 4 10.00 Samtse Dzongkhag Maintenance of various ICPs in the Southern 5 5.00 Dzongkhags/Dungkhags 6 Construction of municipal walls 21.00 7 Border Coordination 0.00 Total 170.00 - 189 -

3.5.3. Multi-Year Programme Matrix Projected Annual Target Results Indicator Baseline 12th FYP Indicator Unit Y1 Y2 Y3 Y4 Y5 (AKRAs) Weight (Year) Target 2018-19 2019-20 2020-21 2021-22 2022-23 Work progress of the integrat- 0 4 Percent 30 70 100 - 100 ed check points in Gelephu (2017) Work progress of the inte- 0 grated check points in Sam- 3 Percent - - 30 70 100 100 (2017) drupjongkhar Work progress of the Border 0 semi-permanent check point 3 Percent - 30 100 - - 100 Management at Jitti, Samtse (2017) and Security 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans strengthened Work progress of the 0 semi-permanent check point 2 Percent - 30 100 - - 100 (2017) - 190 - at Bhimtar, Samtse SCC verification undertaken 0 1.5 Percent 80 85 90 95 <95 <95 within 10 minutes TAT (2018) Explosive approval processed 0

1.5 Percent 80 85 90 95 <95 <95 within 15 minutes TAT (2018)

3.5.4. Programme Monitoring Matrix Results 12th FYP Reporting Reporting Reporting Indicator Baseline Data Source (AKRAs) Target Frequency Responsibility To Work progress of the integrated check 0 100 Admin Data Annual DoLO GNHCS points in Gelephu Work progress of the integrated check 0 100 Admin Data Annual DoLO GNHCS points in Samdrupjongkhar Border Work progress of the semi-permanent Management check point at Jitti, Samtse 0 100 Admin Data Annual DoLO GNHCS and Security strengthened/ Work progress of the semi-permanent 0 100 Admin Data Annual DoLO GNHCS enhanced check point at Bhimtar, Samtse SCC verification undertaken within 10 0 <95 Admin Data Annual DoLO GNHCS minutes TAT Explosive approval processed within 15 0 <95 Admin Data Annual DoLO GNHCS - 191 - minutes TAT 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans

3.5.5 Collaborating Partners Agency/Local Governments/ Type of Collaboration Required CSOs/Private Sector (specific interventions) Undertake the construction of ICPs & municipality walls LGs as a deposit work; and other coordination & support Law Enforcement Agencies Coordination and support on the decision making pro- (RBP, DRC, DoI, DoFPS, cess for the institution of integrated checkpoints under a BAFRA) single authority DGM Technical assistance for conducting explosive trainings

3.5.6. GNH Domain Effect Domain Impact Remarks Safe and secure environment will enable economic prog- Living Standard Positive ress, thereby improving the living standard Safe and secured environment will improve community Community Vitality Positive vitality Education Positive Awareness generation on security Ecological Diversity Through effective management of ICP, movements of Positive and Resilience illegal products are controlled. Cultural Diversity Neutral and Resilience Health Positive Disease control through effective Border Management Time Use Neutral Psychological Psychological wellbeing enhanced through secure and Positive Well-being safe society Provide enabling environment for good governance Good Governance Positive through secure society - 192 - 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans Ministry of Information and Communication 1. Background The Ministry of Information and Communication (MoIC) is mandated to increase safe, reliable and affordable surface and air transport, enhance access to sustainable, green and inclusive public transport, improve access to reliable and affordable ICT and media services, improve effective and efficient public service delivery, and to keep culture and tradition alive through ICT and media. The Ministry comprises of Department of Information Technology and Telecom, Department of Information and Media, Department of Air Transport, Road Safety and Transport Authority and Bhutan Civil Aviation Authority. 2. Plan Priorities The Ministry will focus on the consolidation of existing ICT infrastructures, increasing media literacy and coverage, strengthening and enhancement of road safety and public transport, and improvement and expansion of the airports to boost connectivity. The Government has undertaken numerous ICT infrastructure projects to enable the transformation of government from traditional to electronic governance. However, due to inadequate coordination between agencies, the benefits of ICT services were not optimized. The Ministry through its Digital Drukyul programme and its regular programme will strive to capitalize opportunities provided by ICT through collaboration, and by the reuse and sharing of common data. Media literacy will be increased from 50 to 75 percent and similarly, digital literacy to 40 percent by end of the plan period. The digital divide is another concern and in order to close this gap, wifi routers will be installed in strategic locations to provide access to ICT related services, and to allow people to communicate and stay connected. This will also promote online public services and business opportunities through e- commerce and trade. - 193 - 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans While roads have reached almost every corner of the country, efficient public transport in rural areas is still a challenge. Towards this, the Ministry will facilitate public transport connectivity to the gewogs. In the urban areas, inadequate public transport system has not only led to traffic congestion but also led to degradation of air quality and increased GHG emission. Priority will be accorded on reinforcing the traffic rules and regulations to ensure safety and security, and on exploring low emission transport systems like electric cars and efficient public transport. Bhutan lags considerably behind the global average in both aviation security and safety for all critical elements, and all the four airports do not meet International Civil Aviation Organisation (ICAO) security and safety standards. Hence, ministry will ensure that the airports meet the ICAO standards through improvement and development of aerodromes, improved navigation and communication systems, and strengthened regulatory functions. The Ministry will also incorporate mandatory indicators related to corruption reduction namely, work, integrity and leadership culture index, and corruption, transparency and accountability index as KPIs in the Annual Performance Agreement. The Ministry will implement following programmes with capital outlay of Nu. 3,490 million and will contribute towards the achievement of NKRA 4, 6 and 9. Sl. Indicative Outlay Programme Name No (Nu. in million) Safe, Reliable, Eco-friendly and Sustainable Surface Transport 1 959.00 Services 2 Management and Operation of Air Transport Services 1,787.00 Digital Transformation and Innovation in the use of ICT and 3 559.00 Media Building and Ensuring Safe, Reliable, Secure and Competitive 4 185.00 Aviation Services Total 3,490.00 - 194 - 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans 3. Programme Summary

3.1. Safe, Reliable, Eco-friendly and Sustainable Surface Transport Services

3.1.1. Total Cost: Nu. 959.00 million

3.1.2. Activities Sl. Indicative Outlay Activities Remarks No. (Nu. in million) Road Safety Awareness Program Enhancement of Road Procurement of Safety Equipment 1 70.00 Safety Commemoration of Global Road Safety Week ( recurrent) Strengthening of man- High way Inspection points, safety in- 2 datory enforcement 50.00 spection vehicles, gears and uniform, mechanism awareness 1. Opening and strengthening of base offices in Panbang, Gasa, Lhamoyz- ingkha, Wamrong, Sibsoo, Gomtu, Jomotshangkha, Dorokha, Sarpang 2. Provide Government subsidy for non-profitable routes: 3 M (RGoB) Provision of public 3 52.00 3. Revision and printing of Bus and transport Taxi Fares 4. Procurement of security equipment at all bus terminals (CCTV camer- as) 5. Provision of wheel chair ramps at Bus Terminals Strengthening Mandatory training, procurement of institutional set up, 4 70.00 equipment for regional offices, review capacity and service and revise RSTA Act and regulation. delivery Installation of Quick 5 69.00 For e-vehicle initiative charging stations 1. Policy support for low-emission Bhutan Sustainable transport Low Emission Trans- 2. Awareness and capacity develop- 6 167.00 port Systems ment 3. Investment in low-emission trans- port systems and support services - 195 - 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans 1. Master plan for low emissions transport 2. Sustainable Public Transport Services Bhutan Green Trans- (BRT & complementary 7 96.00 infrastructure) port Program (BRT) 3. Green Transport Systems (ITS & BIS) 4. Knowledge development and transfer Strengthening of Capacity for Vehicle 8 Emission Testing 10.00 and Road Safety Monitoring Traffic congestion 9 375.00 management Total 959.00 - 196 -

3.1.3. Multi-Year Programme Matrix Projected Annual Target Results Indicator Baseline 12th FYP Indicator Unit Y1 Y2 Y3 Y4 Y5 (AKRAs) Weight (Year) Target 2018-19 2019-20 2020-21 2021-22 2022-23 Frequency of urban 15 transport services during 3 Minutes 14 13 12 11 10 10 (2017) rush hours increased Sustainable, Low/zero carbon emis- 0.01 eco-friendly sion vehicle penetration/ 7 Percent 0.01 0.02 0.03 0.03 0.04 0.04 (2017) (mass) and uptake increased inclusive trans- Towns with urban trans- 3 3 Number - - 4 - - 4 port system port system introduced (2017) enhanced Gewogs connected by 148 5 Number 148 150 151 152 153 153 public transport services (2017) - 197 - Increase in public trans- 1.07 5 Percent 2 4 6 8 10 10 port ridership (2017) Road Safety Annual road fatality re- 12 4 Number 11 11 10 8 8 8 Enhanced duced per 10,000 vehicles (2017) Effective and Percentage of vehicle Efficient public 70 services delivered as per 5 Percent 72 75 80 85 ≥90 ≥90 service delivery (2017) TAT improved 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans

3.1.4. Programme Monitoring Matrix Results 12th FYP Reporting Reporting Reporting Indicator Baseline Data Source (AKRAs) Target Frequency Responsibility To Frequency of urban transport Admin Data services during rush hours 15 10 Annually MoIC GNHCS (RSTA) increased Low/zero carbon emission vehi- Admin Data 0.01 0.5 Annually MoIC GNHCS Sustainable and cle penetration/uptake increased (RSTA) eco-friendly (mass) Increase in public transport Admin Data transport system 1.07 10 Annually MoIC GNHCS ridership (RSTA) enhanced Admin Data Towns with urban transport 3 4 (RSTA/City Bus Annually MoIC GNHCS 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans system introduced Service/Thromdes) Gewogs connected by public Admin Data - 198 - 148 153 Annually MoIC GNHCS transport services (RSTA) Admin Data Road Safety Annual road fatality reduced per 12 8 (RSTA/Traffic Annually MoIC GNHCS Enhanced 10000 vehicles police (RBP) Effective and Effi- Percentage of vehicle services Admin Data cient public service 70 ≥90 Annually MoIC GNHCS delivered as per TAT (RSTA) delivery improved 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans

3.1.5. Collaborating Partners Agency/Local Governments/ Type of Collaboration Required CSOs/Private Sectors (specific interventions) Thromdes and City Bus Ser- For introducing new city bus services and identifying new vice (Bhutan Postal Corpora- routes for public transport, and for establishing traffic tion) signs and signals For operating public transport services in non-profitable Bus Operators routes and providing inclusive public transport services For reducing vehicular emission through strict Emission Testing Centres implementation, compliance and monitoring Traffic Division, Royal Bhutan For ensuring road safety and improved traffic conditions Police in the country

3.1.6. GNH Domain Effect Domain Impact Remarks Provision of safe, reliable and efficient transport services Living Standard Positive would improve living standards of the public Community Vitality Neutral Road safety awareness and advocacy would increase the Education Positive education level of the public Ecological Diversity Increased public transport ridership will reduce the num- Positive and Resilience ber of private cars resulting in reduced vehicular emissions Cultural Diversity Neutral and Resilience Reduced vehicular emissions would result in reduced Health Positive health hazards linked to pollution Time Use Neutral Psychological Neutral Well-being The provision of safe, reliable, inclusive and environmental Good Governance Positive friendly public transport services would enhance good governance - 199 - 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans

3.2. Management and Operation of Air Transport Services

3.2.1. Total Cost: Nu. 1787.00 million

3.2.2. Activities Sl. Indicative Outlay Activities Remarks No. (Nu. in million) Air Navigation Service infrastructure 1 204.00 Development Up-gradation and enhancement with the 2 165.00 modernization of security system Hazard Identification and Risk mitigation 3 90.00 with proper audit and surveillance (SMS) Bumthang, Yon- Development and improvement of Aero- 4 740.00 phula and Paro drome Airport 5 Expansion of Gelephu Airport 300.00 Feasibility study and development of Performance Based Navigation Approach 6 73.00 (PBN) and installation of advanced navi- gation system for three domestic airports Building Technical Capacity of DoAT Staff to meet requirements of Interna- Mandatory train- 7 tional Civil Aviation Organization and 100.00 ings National Regulations to enhance Safety and Security through certification 8 Land compensation for the four airports 115.00 Total 1787.00 - 200 -

3.2.3. Multi-Year Programme Matrix Projected Annual Target Results Indicator Baseline 12th FYP Indicator Unit Y1 Y2 Y3 Y4 Y5 (AKRAs) Weight (Year) Target 2018-19 2019-20 2020-21 2021-22 2022-23 Airport 40 TAT per departing passenger 3.5 Minutes 40 35 35 30 30 30 Customer (2017) Services TAT for clearing one Arriving 45 enhanced 3.5 Minutes 45 40 35 35 30 30 airbus passenger (2017) Number of security incidents NA 2 Number 12 24 36 48 60 60 detected during dummy runs (2017) Airport Compliance status to BCAA Safety and safety and security require- 4 Percent NA 20 40 60 80 100 100 security ments enhanced Status of Safety Management 65 5 Percent 70 75 85 90 100 100 - 201 - System Implementation (2017) Connec- 3 to 2 to 2 to 2 to 2 to 2 to 3 to tivity to BDA YDA, 4 YDA, 4 YDA, 4 YDA, 4 YDA, 4 Flight / BDA Domestic Frequency of domestic flights 3 and 1 to BDA to BDA to BDA to BDA to BDA week and 1 to and Inter- to GDA and 2 to and 2 to and 2 to and 2 to and 2 to GDA national (2017) GDA GDA GDA GDA GDA air routes Number of flight deviation 10 enhanced 3 Number 9 8 7 6 5 5 due to weather decreased (2017) 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans

3.2.4. Programme Monitoring Matrix Results 12th FYP Reporting Reporting Reporting Indicator Baseline Data Source (AKRAs) Target Frequency Responsibility To Admin Data Airport cus- TAT per departing passenger 40 30 Bi- Annually MoIC GNHCS (DoAT) tomer service enhanced TAT for clearing one Arriving air- Admin Data 45 30 Bi-Annually MoIC GNHCS bus passenger (DoAT) Number of safety and security inci- Admin Data NA 60 Monthly MoIC GNHCS dents detected during dummy runs (DoAT) Airport Security Compliance status to BCAA safety Admin Data and safety en- NA 100 Annually MoIC GNHCS and security requirements (DoAT) hanced Status of Safety Management Sys- Admin Data 65 100 Annually MoIC GNHCS 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans tem Implementation (DoAT) 2 to Frequency of domestic flights 3 to BDA - 202 - Connectivity to YDA, 4 to Admin Data and 1 to Annually MoIC GNHCS Domestic and BDA and (DoAT) GDA International air 2 to GDA routes enhanced Number of flight deviation due to Admin Data 10 5 Annually MoIC GNHCS weather decreased (DoAT) 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans

3.2.5. Collaborating Partners Agency/Local Government/ Type of Collaboration Required CSOs/Private Sector (specific interventions) LGs of Paro, Bumthang, Trashigang and Support for acquiring land Gelephu Thromde Bhutan Civil Aviation Authority Technical guidance and policy support

3.2.6. GNH Domain Effect Domain Impact Remarks Alternate international route for trade and commerce Living Standard Positive will enhance market access Community Vitality Neutral Education Neutral Ecological Diversity Neutral and Resilience Cultural Diversity Neutral and Resilience There is a risk of entry of communicable diseases patho- Health Negative gen. The proposed mitigation is to implement thorough checking of incoming passengers in times of epidemics. Air transportation reduces travel time and leads to opti- Time Use Positive mal utilization of time. Psychological Neutral Well-being Good Governance Efficiency of public service delivery shall be greatly Positive enhanced, thereby promoting good governance - 203 - 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans

3.3. Digital Transformation and Innovation in the use of ICT and Media

3.3.1. Total Cost: Nu. 559.00 million

3.3.2. Activities Sl. Indicative Outlay Activities Remarks No (Nu. in million) Operation and Management of Druk Research & Education Network (DrukREN) 1 35.00 -Procurement of equipment/spares for DrukREN backbone Space & Satellite Initiative Build 3U and 5U satellites Orbital Slot filing 2 Full-fledged satellite network for disaster commu- 305.00 nications Drafting of Space Policy, Regulations and Act Construction of Satellite Control Building Implement Bhutan Telecommunication & Broad- 3 46.00 band Policy 2014 4 Consolidation of ICT parenting 18.00 5 Development of Domestic IT/ITES Enterprise 10.00 6 Construction of film studio 80.00 7 Media and Information Literacy Programmes 20.00 8 Development of Local/Digital content 45.00 Nationalization of OPGW cable links and expan- 9 0.00 sion of national fibre network Total 559.00 - 204 -

3.3.3. Multi-Year Programme Matrix Projected Annual Target Results Indicator Baseline 12th FYP Indicator Unit Y1 Y2 Y3 Y4 Y5 (AKRAs) Weight (Year) Target 2018-19 2019-20 2020-21 2021-22 2022-23 Jobs created in IT and 2091 Application of 2 Number 2,491 2,891 3,291 3,691 4,091 4,091 ITES sector4 (2017) ICT for promot- Revenue generation Nu. in 5000 ing efficiency, 4 5,000 6,000 7,000 7,000 7,500 7,500 from ICT Industries millions (2018) governance and economy Percentage of population 17 strengthened with access to online 3 Percent 20 25 30 35 40 40 (2018) services Adoption of ICT Digital literacy im- 3 Percent NA 4 10 20 30 40 40 for improved proved service delivery ICT security enhanced 3 Percent NA 30 50 60 70 80 80 - 205 - Reduction in the cost of Nu. / 9,477 Accessibility of International Bandwidth 3 5,000 5,000 3,000 2,500 1,500 1,500 Mbps (2017) ICT Services achieved Achievement in Connec- 90 3 Percent 92 94 96 97 98 98 tivity Reliability (2017) Percentage of Population 70 Access to In- with Access to Informa- 5 Percent - - - - 90 90 (2017) formation and tion and Media Media enhanced Media Literate popula- 50 4 Percent 50 55 60 70 75 75 tion increased (2017) Culture and tra- Contribution to the dition kept alive creative media industry 66 2 Number 76 85 96 106 113 113 through creative (in number of program (2016) media and events 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans

3.3.4. Programme Monitoring Matrix Results 12th FYP Reporting Reporting Reporting Indicator Baseline Data Source (AKRAs) Target Frequency Responsibility To Jobs created in IT and ITES 2,091 4,091 Admin Data Annually MoIC GNHCS Application of ICT for sector promoting efficiency, Revenue generation from ICT 5,000 7,500 Admin Data Annually MoIC GNHCS governance and econo- Industries my strengthened Percentage of population using 17 40 Admin Data Annually MoIC GNHCS online services Adoption of ICT for im- Digital literacy improved NA 40 Admin Data Annually MoIC GNHCS proved service delivery ICT security enhanced NA 90 Admin Data Annually MoIC GNHCS Reduction in the cost of Interna- 9,477 1,500 ISP Website Quarterly MoIC GNHCS 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans Access to reliable and tional Bandwidth affordable ICT and me- dia service enhanced Achievement in Connectivity Telcos, ISPs, - 206 - 90 98 Annually MoIC GNHCS Reliability BPC Percentage of population with 70 90 Admin Data Annually MoIC GNHCS Access to Information access to information and media and Media Enhanced Media Literate population 50 75 Admin Data Annually MoIC GNHCS increased Culture and tradition Contribution to the creative kept alive through cre- media industry (in number of 66 113 Admin Data Annually MoIC GNHCS ative media program and events) 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans

3.3.5. Collaborating Partners Agency/Local Governments/ Type of Collaboration Required CSOs/ Private Sector (specific interventions) Required to participate in developing API for exposing All agencies identified common data. Additionally, also required to participate in developing API for consuming relevant data. Required to participate in the competency development programs (including GSuite project). ICT officials in the All agencies respective agencies should also provide agency specific trainings, while DITT will provide basic mandatory skills. Establishment of Local Area Network in all identified schools and colleges. Agencies must also ensure provision MoE/RUB/LGs for Budget for Internet Connectivity & DrukREN Mem- bership. Facilitate the establishment of Local Area Network in identified BHUs/Hospitals under MoH, as well as ensure MoH/LGs budget provision for Internet Connectivity & DrukREN Membership. Ensure uptime of OPGW fiber, operation and mainte- nance of national fiber network; and initiate laying of BPCL fibers in the missing links to form domestic redundant rings. BICMA Issuance of licenses for ground station set up Telcos/ISPs Establish their PoP in Third International Gateway BBSC Digitalization of TV

3.3.6. GNH Domain Effect Domain Impact Remarks Ease of doing business promoted through ICTization of Living Standard Positive public services will lead to improved living standards. Modes of communication will be improved in times of Community Vitality Positive difficulties such as disaster, sickness, etc. e-Learning promoted and innovation and creativity Education Positive fostered. Ecological Diversity Positive Ecological footprint reduced through digital systems. and Resilience Improvement of cultural diversity and resilience pro- Cultural Diversity posed through data analytics and archiving. Promotion of Positive and Resilience culture will also be enhanced through creative media and visual arts. Health service delivery improved through patient man- Health Positive agement system. - 207 - 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans Time use and balance promoted through reduction of Time Use Positive turnaround time. Stress reduced through the reduction in turnaround time Positive and promotion of time use balance. Psychological Well-being Internet addiction will lead to high mental stress. There- Negative fore, media literacy, awareness and advocacy programmes will be initiated to mitigate the problem. Improved transparency and reduction in corruption, Good Governance Positive turnaround time and human interface will promote good governance

3.4. Building and Ensuring Safe, Reliable, Secure and Competitive Avia- tion Services

3.4.1. Total Cost: Nu. 185.00 million

3.4.2. Activities Sl. Indicative Outlay Activities Remarks No. (Nu. In million) 1 Strengthening Regulatory Infrastructure 55.00 Building Technical Capacity of BCAA 2 Inspectors and Enhancing Safety/Security 100.00 through Surveillance and Auditing Major Renovation and Expansion of 3 30.00 BCAA Office Total 185.00 - 208 -

3.4.3. Multi-Year Programme Matrix Projected Annual Target Results Indicator Baseline 12th FYP Indicator Unit Y1 Y2 Y3 Y4 Y5 (AKRAs) Weight (Year) Target 2018-19 2019-20 2020-21 2021-22 2022-23 Standard of Lack of effective implemen- 50 Civil Aviation tation for safety improved to 6 Percent 52 49 46 43 40 40 (2016) Safety and ICAO minimum standard Security En- Lack of effective implemen- 63.78 hanced 6 Percent 59.5 55.5 52 48.5 45 45 tation for security improved (2009)

3.4.4. Programme Monitoring Matrix 12th FYP Reporting Reporting Reporting Results (AKRAs) Indicator Baseline Data Source Target Frequency Responsibility To Lack of effective implementation - 209 - 50 Admin Data Standard of Civil for safety improved to ICAO mini- 40 Annually MoIC GNHCS (BCAA/ ICAO) Aviation Safety and mum standard Security Enhanced Lack of effective implementation Admin Data 63.78 45 Annually MoIC GNHCS for security improved (BCAA/ ICAO) 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans

3.4.5. Collaborating Partners Agency/Local Governments/ Type of Collaboration Required CSOs/ Private Sector (specific interventions) • Technical assistance for safety and security through fellowships (for training, workshops, meetings etc.), technical guidance and making technical experts available ICAO (A specialized agency of the • ICAO USOAP & USAP audits and ICVM for UN of which Bhutan is a member) judging the LEI • Coordinate resolution of issues or cooperation with neighbouring states for Establishment of new air routes, SAR agreements etc. Bhutan Airlines, Drukair, Royal Bhu- • Compliance to safety and security regulations tan Helicopter Service Ltd., Bhutan and directives promulgated by the BCAA; and Air Service (Air Operators and Aircraft Mainte- • Resolution of safety and security concerns nance organizations) raised through surveillance audits. Provide reliable aeronautical meteorological infor- NCHM mation and services. • Compliance to security regulations and direc- tives promulgated by the BCAA for providing RBA (Aviation Security) Aerodrome Perimeter Security • Resolution of security concerns raised through surveillance audits SARI/EASA (Specialized civil aviation Technical assistance for harmonization of BCAA safety agency of the EU) regulations with ICAO and EASA. Assistance and guidance on bilateral issues/ MoFA multi-lateral issues - 210 - 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans

3.4.6. GNH Domain Effect Domain Impact Remarks Facilitate access and greater mobility of people and Living Standard Positive goods and services Community Vitality Neutral Education Neutral Increased aviation activities contribute to environ- Ecological Diversity mental pollution. The sector will explore mitigation Negative and Resilience measures to offset any negative effects on the environ- ment. Cultural Diversity and Neutral Resilience Reduced travel time to referral hospitals and will Health Positive enable air based medical rescue mission. Reduced travel time leads to optimal utilization of Time Use Positive time. Psychological Neutral Well-being Good Governance Neutral - 211 - 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans Ministry of Labour and Human Resources 1. Background The Ministry of Labour and Human Resources (MoLHR) works towards the vision for a nation where all its citizens have the opportunity for a gainful and quality employment characterised by harmonious and productive relationships in workplace and broader community. The vision is promoted through its engagement in formulation and implementation of policies related to employment, human resources development, and labour, which are directed towards improving the working conditions and environment for all people. The Ministry is comprised of Department of Labour, Department of Technical Education, Department of Employment and Human Resources and Department of Occupational Standards. In addition to four departments, various services of the Ministry are delivered through regional offices in Samdrup Jongkhar, Phuentsholing, Gelephu and Trashigang Dzongkhags. 2. Plan Priorities The Ministry will focus on addressing youth unemployment through building a skilled workforce and creating a conducive working environment. Youth unemployment continues to remain as a significant challenge in Bhutan. The Labour Force Survey (2017) shows an increase in youth unemployment from 9.6 percent in 2013 to 12.3 percent in 2017. In addition to the existing 11,102 job seekers, 56,703 new jobseekers are expected to enter labour market over the plan period, thereby taking total number of job seekers to 67,805, of which 62,734 are youth job seekers. The job seekers remain mostly comprised of secondary and university graduates. Therefore, creating gainful employment and livelihood opportunities for youth is still a major challenge. While requirement of skilled workers in the country is growing, Technical and Vocational Education and Training (TVET) is still not considered as a mainstream career choice by youth and society at large, thereby leading to an inadequate skilled workforce. Moreover, the limited quality and capacity of existing facilities in TVET Institutes remains a challenge. - 212 - 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans Despite the Ministry’s efforts to improve working conditions in both public and private work places, the creation of safe and healthy working conditions is a major concern. The benefits of security systems such as provident funds and parental leaves are still not properly understood by both the employers and employees in the private sector. In addition, most people are still not aware of occupational health and safety, and dispute resolution mechanisms. In addressing these challenges, the Ministry has several major strategies. The Ministry, in collaboration with relevant sectors, will strive to maintain full employment and reduce the youth unemployment rate from the existing 12.3 percent to 6 – 6.5 percent by the end of the plan period. As the lead agency for facilitating creation of productive and gainful employment, MoLHR will work closely with nine potential sectors (i.e. RNR, IT/ITES, Cottage and Small Industries, Trading, Medium and Large Industries, Mining, Hydro Power and Power Systems, Tourism and Construction) to generate 52,930 new jobs to provide gainful employment opportunities to new labour market entrants. An Employment Responsibility System will also be established to ensure effective coordination, to take shared responsibility of employment creation and to accordingly draw up a long-term plan for employment and livelihood. Further, to keep abreast of inflation and increasing cost of living, the National Daily Minimum Wage will be revised with careful consideration of its economic implications. The Ministry will strengthen policies and programs in terms of effective labour market information, workforce and human resource advisory, planning and research roles to enhance effective labour market synergy between supply and demand of workforce, thereby minimizing the issue of ‘skills mismatch’. The Ministry will continue to liaise with industries and institutes abroad to identify skills requirement in domestic and international labour market. The Ministry will accordingly design and set priority for skills development programmes. The TVET system will be strengthened with specific initiatives to improve access, quality and relevance through infrastructural expansion, capacity building of faculties, and upgradation and diversification of TVET courses to meet growing demand for skilled workers. During the plan period, TVET will be promoted as a mainstream career choice for youth. In line with Bhutan Education Blueprint and its educational pathway to absorb at least 20 percent annually which is over 2,700 students in TVET programme, the Ministry - 213 - 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans plans to increase the annual enrolment capacity of TTIs/IZCs from existing 750 trainees to at least 1,400 trainees. In addition, the Ministry will engage proactively with private TVET providers to accommodate the remaining students who are aspiring to avail TVET programmes through scholarships. The Ministry will review National Employment Policy, National HRD Policy and Draft TVET Policy to make them more inclusive. Likewise, the Labour and Employment Regulations will be reviewed and effective enforcement to improve working conditions in private and corporate sectors will be ensured. In addition, the Ministry will ensure that all employees in private and corporate sectors are covered with the provident fund schemes, thereby leaving no one behind. Promoting Startups will be an important strategy to inculcate innovation and entrepreneurship culture to create new employment opportunities. Integration of entrepreneurship education into schools and institutions will be enhanced. Facilities such as incubation centers and fabrication labs will be established and made accessible to all aspiring entrepreneurs to foster new business establishments. Thus, strategies will be developed and implemented to streamline and enhance entrepreneurship efforts. The Ministry will also incorporate mandatory indicators related to corruption reduction namely, work, integrity and leadership culture index, and corruption, transparency and accountability index as KPIs in the Annual Performance Agreement. The Ministry will implement the following programmes with capital outlay of Nu. 2800 million, which contributes towards achievement of NKRA 7 and 11. Sl. Indicative Outlay Programmes No (Nu in million) Transform Technical and Vocational Education and Training 1 2,104.00 for Sustainable Development 2 Create Productive and Gainful Employment 696.00 Total 2,800.00 - 214 - 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans 3. Programme Summary

3.1. Transform Technical and Vocational Education and Training for Sustainable Development

3.1.1. Total cost: 2,104.00 million

3.1.2. Activities Indicative Sl. Activities Outlay (Nu. Remarks No. In million) Includes Nu. 77 m 1 Augment existing TTIs to Vocational Colleges 417.50 spillover activities of JWPTI Nu. 157.5 m from Construct and expand existing TTIs (ADB RGoB as counter- 2 component/TTI – Samthang, TTI – Thimphu 746.98 part funding and tools & equipment for 3 TTIs) Nu. 589.48 m from ADB Diversify and upgrade demand driven TVET Nu. 15.03 m (ADB), 3 programs (introduce new and higher level 87.486 Nu. 36.256 m (HSI) courses including National Diploma 5B) Strengthen professionalization of TVET sector through capacity building for TVET trainers Nu. 35.91 m (ADB), 4 77.91 and administrators (both public and private Nu. 13 m (HSI) TVET providers) Develop and promote positive image of TVET (develop and promote TVET as a mainstream 5 23.00 Nu. 8 m (HSI) career choice through image building, advoca- cy and awareness) Establish Institutional linkages with Regional Nu. 30 m (ADB) 6 45.00 and International TVET Institutions Nu. 8 m (HSI) Certify TVET graduates and skilled workers (Create a pool of skilled workers and ensure 7 57.00 Nu. 10 m (HSI) quality of skills in the labour market through assessment and implementation of RPL) Implement training in TTIs and IZCs (Imple- 8 ment Industrial Attachments, OJT, Procure 57.384 training materials) Construct one Technical Training Institute (introduce National Diploma 5B, NC 3 courses 9 such as electrical, automobile, creative arts 275.00 and crafts, home appliances repair, tourism & hospitality) - 215 - 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans Nu. 555.54 m to 10 Provide improved facilities for TTIs and IZCs 0.00 be proposed under current budget Nu. 30 m (ADB) 11 Review and revise existing TVET programs 46.50 Nu. 6 m (HSI) Implement Community Skills Development 12 25.00 Program (VSDP, SSDP, PWDs) Facilitate accreditation of TVET Institutions 13 24.00 Nu. 7 m (HSI) by National/Regional/International bodies 14 Implement Quality Assurance System 13.00 15 Implement TVET qualifications framework 7.24 Nu. 3.74 m (ADB) 16 Relocate IZC – Thimphu to Serbithang 200.00 17 Relocate TTI – Dekiling 0.00 18 Review draft TVET Policy 1.00 Total 2,104.00 - 216 -

3.1.3. Multi-Year Programme Matrix Projected Annual Target Results Indicator Baseline 12th FYP Indicator Unit Y1 Y2 Y3 Y4 Y5 (AKRAs) Weight (Year) Target 2018-19 2019-20 2020-21 2021-22 2022-23 Students enrolled in 10 20 Percent 10 12 14 16 20 20 TVET Institutes (2016) Public – 90 Public Public – Public – Public – Public – Public- TVET graduates/ Private – - 100 100 100 100 100 100 Skilled workers as- 5 Percent Access to 100 Private Private - Private - Private Private - Private sessed through BVQF Quality Train- (2018) -100 100 100 -100 100 -100 ing and Skills TTI and IZC gradu- 90 Development ates awarded national 5 Percent >95 >95 >95 >95 >95 >95 (2017) Enhanced certificates TVET institutions - 217 - Accredited by National/ 0 5 Number 0 1 3 5 6 6 Regional/ International (2017) bodies Subjects/programmes 30 Quality and diversified to meet 21st 10 Number 34 40 48 56 60 60 (2017) Relevance of century needs TVET Educa- TVET Instructors with tion Improved Diploma Level Qualifi- 65 5 Percent 67 70 75 80 >85 >85 (2017) cation and above 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans

3.1.4. Programme Monitoring Matrix 12th FYP Reporting Reporting Reporting Results (AKRAs) Indicator Baseline Data Source Target Frequency Responsibility To TVET QAMIS/Ad- Students enrolled in TVET 10 20 min Data/Institutes Annually MoLHR GNHC Institutes Record/BLMIS Public – Public- Access to Quality TVET graduates/Skilled workers 90 100 Admin Data Annually MoLHR GNHC Training and Skills assessed through BVQF Private – Private Development 100 -100 Enhanced TTI and IZC graduates awarded 90 >95 Admin Data Annually MoLHR GNHC national certificates TVET institutions Accredited by 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans National/ Regional/ Internation- 0 6 Admin Data Annually MoLHR GNHC al bodies - 218 - Quality and Subjects/programmes diversified 30 60 Admin Data Annually MoLHR GNHC Relevance of to meet 21st century needs TVET Education TVET Instructors with Diploma Improved 65 >85 Admin Data Annually MoLHR GNHC Level Qualification and above 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans

3.1.5. Collaborating Partners Agency/Local Governments/ Type of Collaboration Required CSOs/Private Sector (specific interventions) • Mobilization of candidates for implementation of community skills development programs • Facilitate land acquisition for construction of new LGs/CSOs/NGOs training institutes • Support conduct of Recognition of Prior learning (RPL) in local communities • Involvement of subject experts for curriculum and CBLM development Registered TVET Providers • Resource persons for ToT instructional methodology • Implementation of Quality Assurance System • Involvement of subject experts for Zorig curriculum development DoC, MoHCA • Support conduct of RPL assessment in Dzong and Lhakhang construction/renovation projects • Involvement of subject experts for standards, curric- ulum design and development, assessment resources and conduct of assessment Private Sector/Corporations • Facilitate On the Job Training (OJT) for trainees and attachment for trainers • In campus recruitment of TTIs and IZCs graduates • Implementation of Quality Assurance System • Support with Trainers/training materials for JWPTI. Corporations (DGPC, BPC) • Diversification and identification of courses for the power sector/utilities

3.1.6. GNH Domain Effect Domain Impact Remarks Skills development increases youth employment Living Standard Positive opportunities, which improves living standard Community Neutral Vitality TVET provides lifelong learning opportunities and skills Education Positive development Ecological Diver- Neutral sity and Resilience Cultural Diversity Promote and preserve culture through skills development Positive and Resilience in traditional arts and crafts - 219 - 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans Integration of Occupational Health and Safety in TVET Health Positive courses will promote health and safety standards in the work place Time Use Neutral Psychological Gainful employment after completion of training will im- Positive Well-being prove psychological well-being Optimizing the potential of the youth through skills devel- Good Governance Positive opment will contribute towards nation building

3.2. Create Productive and Gainful Employment

3.2.1. Total Cost: Nu.696.00 million

3.2.2. Activities Sl. Indicative Outlay Activities Remarks No. (Nu. In million) Explore and implement Overseas Em- 1 50.00 ployment Program Implement Youth Engagement for Live- 2 250.00 lihood and Leadership Programme Strengthen occupational health and 3 35.00 safety Implement Critical Skills Development 4 250.00 Nu. 93.58 m (ADB) (Pre-service) Implement Critical Skills Development 5 40.00 (In-service) Nu. 2 m to be Establish Employment Responsibility 6 0.00 proposed under System current 7 Review National Employment Policy 1.00 Nu. 561 m to be Conduct National Graduate Orientation 8 0.00 proposed under Programme current Nu. 21.5 m to be 9 Conduct Job Fair 0.00 proposed under current Nu. 15.85 m to be 10 Conduct Labour Market Analysis 0.00 proposed under current 11 Conduct Job Prospecting Survey 10.00 Strengthen Bhutan Labour Market and 12 22.00 Nu. 17 m (ADB) Employment System Develop 13th FYP HRD Master Plan for 13 3.00 Economic Sectors 14 Review NHRD Policy 1.50 - 220 - 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans Develop Long-term National Workforce 15 2.00 Plan Nu. 6 m to be 16 Develop National HRD Advisory Series 0.00 proposed under current Nu. 5 m to be Establish sector body association and 17 0.00 proposed under linkages current Enforcement of Labour and Employ- 18 25.00 ment Act, 2007 and its Regulations 19 Strengthen labour relation system 6.50 Nu. 8 m to be Strengthen Foreign Worker’s Manage- 20 0.00 proposed under ment current Nu. 3.5 m to be 21 Enhance Social Protection 0.00 proposed under current Nu. 1,688.00 m to Implement National Service Pro- 22 0.00 be proposed under gramme current Total 696.00 - 221 -

3.2.3. Multi-Year Programme Matrix Projected Annual Target Results Indicator Baseline 12th FYP Indicator Unit Y1 Y2 Y3 Y4 Y5 (AKRAs) Weight (Year) Target 2018-19 2019-20 2020-21 2021-22 2022-23 3,306 Jobs facilitated 14 Number 13,020 23,089 33,657 44,616 56,236 52,930 (2018) Jobs Created and Facilitated5 Youths placed through 5020 Overseas Employment 8 Number 5,720 7,120 8,520 9,920 11,020 11,020 (2018) Programmes Clients satisfaction sur- 2 Number NA - - 1 - 2 2 vey conducted Enabling Incidences of occupation- 27 Environment 3 Number 27 25 23 20 <20 <20 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans al hazards/injuries (2017) for Employ- ment Creation Enterprises with Internal 759 4 Number 899 1,039 1,179 1,319 1,459 1,459 - 222 - Improved Service Rule (2018) Employees Under Provi- 61.4 3 Percent 67.4 74.6 82.3 90.7 100 100 dent Fund Scheme (2017) Young people trained in 2,945 Entrepre- entrepreneurship devel- 5 Number - 3,245 3,845 4,445 5,045 5,045 (2017) neurship opment programs and Business New Startups businesses 444 5 Number - 504 624 744 864 864 Development established (2017) Enhanced6 Jobs created through new 1,551 6 Number - 1,731 2,091 2,451 2,811 2,811 business Startups (2017)

3.2.4. Programme Monitoring Matrix 12th FYP Reporting Reporting Reporting Results (AKRAs) Indicator Baseline Data Source Target Frequency Responsibility To Admin Data/ Monthly/ Jobs facilitated 3,306 52,930 Employment MoLHR GNHCS Jobs Created and Annually Survey Report Facilitated Youths placed through Overseas Monthly/ 5,020 11,020 Admin Data MoLHR GNHCS Employment Programmes Annually Clients satisfaction survey con- Perception Twice in NA 2 MoLHR GNHCS ducted Survey Report five years Incidences of occupational haz- Enabling Environment 27 <20 Admin Data Annually MoLHR GNHCS ards/injuries for Employment Creation Improved Enterprises with Internal Service 759 1,459 Admin Data Annually MoLHR GNHCS Rule - 223 - Employees Under Provident 61.4 100 Admin Data Annually MoLHR GNHCS Fund Scheme Young people trained in en- Monthly/ trepreneurship development 2,945 5,045 Admin Data MoLHR GNHCS Annually Entrepreneurship and programs Business Development New Startups businesses estab- 444 864 Admin Data Annually MoLHR GNHCS Enhanced lished Jobs created through new busi- Admin Data/ 1,551 2,811 Annually MoLHR GNHCS ness Startups Survey report 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans

3.2.5. Collaborating Partners Agency/Local Governments/CSOs/ Type of Collaboration Required Private Sector (specific interventions) MoAF, MoEA, MoWHS, MoIC and TCB Identify skills need in respective sectors Private sector/industries Skills need identification

3.2.6. GNH Domain Effect Domain Impact Remarks Employment will be facilitated through numerous mar- Living Standard Positive ket driven programmes Community Vitality Neutral Enhanced learning through skilling, reskilling and Education Positive awareness Ecological Diversity Neutral and Resilience Cultural Diversity Arts and crafts are priority sectors for skills development Positive and Resilience and would enhance cultural diversity Health Neutral Time Use Neutral Psychological Productive and gainful employment will lead to lower Positive Well-being levels of stress Skilled and empowered workforce contributes to good Good Governance Positive governance - 224 - 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans Ministry of Works and Human Settlement 1. Background The Ministry of Works and Human Settlement (MoWHS) aspires to be ‘a leading organization in the region in infrastructure development for human settlement and transportation’ with the mission ‘to provide safe, reliable and sustainable infrastructure for human settlement and transportation towards balanced regional development embodying the Bhutanese values’. The Ministry is mandated to: • Formulate policies and develop plans related to physical infrastructure in the country; • Develop and implement Acts/regulations/standards related to physical infrastructure; • Engage in and coordinate capacity building of technical human resources in the country; • Set policies to promote appropriate construction industry; • Promote research and development that would serve to maintain a synergy between technology, environment and traditional values; and • Develop plans and policies for proper human settlement through growth centers. The Ministry is comprised of the Department of Roads with nine Regional Offices across the country, Department of Engineering Services and Department of Human Settlement. 2. Plan Priorities The Ministry will focus on consolidation and improving quality of infrastructure, professionalizing construction sector, and enhancing safe and sustainable human settlements. The road sector will focus on improving road network through consolidation, enhancement of national highway grid and completing the missing road links. The widening of Northern East-West Highway (385 kms) will be completed - 225 - 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans in the 12th FYP. With the expansion of road network in the past plans, 968 Chiwogs out of 1044 (92.72 percent) are connected by motorable roads. As of December 2017, there are 18,395 kms of roads in the country. The construction of remaining 216 km of Southern East-West Highway will be initiated over the plan period. The national highways will be improved using Environmental Friendly Road Construction and Climate Proof technology. Bypass roads and tunnelling options will be explored to reduce travel time. To professionalize the construction sector, interventions such as sustainable maintenance, improving quality infrastructure and promotion of green and disaster resilient construction technologies will be pursued. The Bhutan Schedule Rates (BSR), which is the basis for all the cost estimates in the construction industry, will be reviewed and updated annually to arrive at a realistic cost estimate. To enhance safe and sustainable human settlements, the Ministry will improve Human Settlement planning and services, and promote access to affordable housing. The Comprehensive National Development Plan (CNDP) 2030, which shall guide the human settlement sector, will be implemented in the 12th FYP. Additionally, initiatives to reduce vulnerability to flooding, drinking water supply, improve solid waste and wastewater management will be carried out. Further, Housing Policy 2002 will be reviewed to ensure affordability and homeownership. The Ministry will also incorporate mandatory indicators related to corruption reduction namely, work, integrity and leadership culture index, and corruption, transparency and accountability index as KPIs in the Annual Performance Agreement. The Ministry will be implementing the following programmes with a capital outlay of Nu. 11,736.24 million, which will contribute towards the achievement of NKRA 9 and 15: Sl. Indicative Outlay Programme No. (Nu. In million) 1 Enhance Sustainability of Human Settlement 693.10 2 Pursue Green Growth in Construction Industry 312.00 3 Improve and Maintain Climate Resilience of Road Network 10,731.14 Total 11,736.24 - 226 - 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans 3. Programme Summary

3.1. Enhance Sustainability of Human Settlement

3.1.1. Total cost: Nu. 693.10 million

3.1.2. Activities: Sl. Indicative Outlay Activities Remarks No. (Nu million) 1 Revision of Housing Policy 2002 3.00 2 Preparation of human settlement plans 25.00 3 Study of human settlements (8 nos.) 5.00 Formulation of Comprehensive National De- 4 1.00 Spillover velopment Plan (CNDP) Geo-technical/ Geo-database development (5 5 60.00 nos.) 6 Compliance audit (10 nos.) 5.00 Development and implementation of Disaster 7 29.00 Management Contingency Plan (DCMP) WASH programme – Develop, monitor and Both rural and 8 30.00 evaluate water safety plans urban areas Assess & ensure sustainability of water NRW services through reduction of NRW, water 9 5.00 (Non-Revenue demand management, tariff regulation & Water) exploring alternative financing models Provision of technical backstopping for design, 10 construction, rehabilitation and augmentation 5.00 of water supply schemes. 11 Urban Infrastructure Project – BHU 2816 5.40 12 Develop Sanitation & Hygiene Act 2.50 Develop Sanitation & Hygiene Rules & Regu- 13 2.50 lation Develop guidelines/SOPs for waste manage- 14 1.50 ment systems Development of resource recovery/recycling 3R (Reduce, 15 5.00 facilities & promotion of 3R principles Reuse, Recycle) Assess & improve sustainability of wastewater & solid waste services through appropriate 16 5.00 technology, tariff regulation & exploring alter- native financing models Provision of technical backstopping for design, construction, rehabilitation & augmentation of 17 10.00 wastewater systems & solid waste management facilities - 227 - 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans Monitoring of wastewater quality standards 18 (equipment, capacity building & information 5.00 system) 19 Flood risk assessment (2 Nos.) 6.00 20 Flood hazard assessment (3 Nos.) 6.00 Flood control measure designed & construct- 21 335.00 ed by FEMD Flood control measure designed by FEMD & 22 3.00 constructed by LGs (2 Nos) 23 Flood management plan (2 Nos.) 14.00 Advanced National Flood database system 24 developed, sensitization & training workshop 8.00 for users (1No.) Urban Storm Water assessment and sustain- 25 10.00 able management plan developed (1 No.) Assessment of flooding hazards and devel- 26 opment of climate resilient flood mitigation 8.13 measures in Southern Bhutan 27 Professionalize flood management 3.00 28 Development of fire safety guidelines 1.00 29 Building inventory system for 10 Dzongkhags 19.90 30 Vulnerability assessment – 2 Dzongkhags 5.91 Promotion and demonstration of energy effi- 31 59.96 ciency in construction industry Capacity building of engineers on disaster re- 31 8.30 silient construction practices (Local artisans) Total 693.10 - 228 -

3.1.3. Multi-Year Programme Matrix Projected Annual Target Results Indicator Baseline 12th FYP Indicator Unit Y1 Y2 Y3 Y4 Y5 (AKRAs) Weight (Year) Target 2018-19 2019-20 2020-21 2021-22 2022-23 Human Settlement 113 Safe and 20.5 Number 114 116 118 119 122 122 Plans prepared (2017) Sustainable Human June June 2019 Settlement 2019 Imple- Imple- Imple- Imple- (Approved CNDP formulated 3.5 Timeline NA Enhanced (Ap- mented mented mented mented and imple- proved) mented) Households having access to safe 24X7 59.7 5 Percent 62 64 67 72 75 75 drinking water (2017) Drinking water supply - 229 - supply im- proved O&M expenditure of drinking water 63 2 Percent 70 77 85 93 100 100 supply met from (2017) water tariff Waste going to 75 2 Percent 70 65 60 55 50 50 landfill site (2017) Solid waste safely managed Households seg- 37 regating waste at 2 Percent 42 49 58 66 70 70 (2017) source Households using Waste water 53.6 safely managed san- 4 Percent 56 60 65 68 70 70 safely managed (2017) itation facilities 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans Intangible cul- Settlements with tural heritage unique (traditional) 10 2 Number 11 13 15 16 17 17 preserved and features preserved (2016) promoted and promoted Standards for stone Fire Testing Testing Testing masonry safety of Standards and of mate- of mate- of mate- construc- 0 building guidelines devel- 3 Number rials & rials & rials & tion & 3 (2017) guide- oped for buildings compo- compo- compo- windstorm line de- nents nents nents resilient veloped guideline Disaster developed 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans Resilience Disaster manage- Imple- Imple- Enhanced Imple- - 230 - ment and contin- 0 June menta- menta- 1 Timeline - mentation June 2020 gency plan devel- (2017) 2020 tion of tion of of the plan oped the plan the plan Critical develop- ment areas assessed 15 and managed for 5 Number 19 23 27 31 32 32 (2017) flood hazards and risks

3.1.4. Programme Monitoring Matrix 12th FYP Data Reporting Reporting Reporting Results (AKRAs) Indicator Baseline Target Source Frequency Responsibility To Safe and Sus- Admin Data Human Settlement Plans prepared 113 122 Annually MoWHS GNHCS tainable Human (DHS) Settlement June 2019 As per Admin Data CNDP formulated NA (Approved and project MoWHS GNHCS (DHS) implemented) schedule Households having access to safe Admin Data 59.7 75 Annually MoWHS GNHCS Drinking water 24X7 drinking water supply (DES) supply improved O&M expenditure of drinking Admin Data 63 100 Annually MoWHS GNHCS water supply met from water tariff (DES) Admin Data Waste going to landfill site 75 50 Annually MoWHS GNHCS Solid waste safely (DES) - 231 - managed Households segregating waste at Admin Data 37 70 Annually MoWHS GNHCS source (DES) Waste water safely Households using safely managed Admin Data 53.6 70 Annually MoWHS GNHCS managed sanitation facilities (DES) Intangible cultural Settlements with unique (tradi- Admin Data heritage preserved tional) features preserved and 10 17 Annually MoWHS GNHCS (DHS) and promoted promoted Standards and guidelines devel- Admin Data 0 3 Annually MoWHS GNHCS oped for buildings (DES) Disaster Resilience Disaster management and contin- Admin Data 0 June 2020 Annually MoWHS GNHCS gency plan developed (DS) Enhanced Critical development areas DES admin assessed and managed for flood 15 32 Annually MoWHS GNHCS data hazards and risks 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans

3.1.5. Collaborating Partners Agency / Local Governments / Type of Collaboration Required CSOs / Private Sector (specific interventions) Timely release of land information for preparation and NLCS implementation of settlement plans Timely implementation of urban plans, coordination LGs with stakeholders and collection of data for urban and rural services such as water, sanitation, etc. Timely issuance of forest clearance, information on MOAF change of land category, management of watershed and soil data MOHCA Designation of heritage and cultural sites NEC Timely issuance of environmental clearances NCHM Timely availability of Hydro-metrological data Data on various past disaster events, sensitization of DDM/DoC/MoHCA public on disaster, and collaborate in preparing guide- line Make geological data available as and when required; DGM/DRE/MoEA collaboration in energy efficiency related activities

3.1.6. GNH Domain Effect Domain Impact Remarks Improved services and safety will help in improving the Living Standard Positive living standard of the population Well-connected cities and communities will enhance Community Vitality Positive community vitality Enhanced through proper spatial planning and accessi- Education Positive bility Flood control measures and urban plans will enhance Ecological Diversity Positive resilience. Further, environmentally sensitive plans and and Resilience eco-efficient technologies will enhance the resilience Cultural Diversity Through preservation and promotion of unique (tradi- Positive and Resilience tional) features of settlement Enhanced through proper spatial planning and accessi- Health Positive bility Proper accessibility and improved services will enhance Time Use Positive better time use Psychological Neutral Well-being Will enhance good governance through the involvement Good Governance Positive in human settlement planning process - 232 - 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans

3.2. Pursue Green Growth in Construction Industry

3.2.1. Total Cost: Nu. 312.00 million

3.2.2. Activities Sl. Indicative Outlay Activities Remarks No. (Nu. In million) 1 Develop construction act 2.00 2 Establish Council of Engineer and Architects 2.00 Operationalize Engineering parenting 3 5.00 framework 4 Up-gradation of construction software 10.00 Develop guideline on Building Construction 5 3.00 approval System enhancement for improved public 6 1.50 service delivery Enhance procurement services (develop SOP/TAT, capacity building& provide 7 1.00 recommendation for amendments on PRR, e-tools) Study & review of Labor Material Co-effi- 8 7.00 cient (LMC) Enhance technical knowledge on BSR (cost 9 index, valuation of infrastructure/properties, 2.00 specifications) 10 Integrated checkpoints at Bumpangang 48.00 RGoB Spillover 11 Integrated checkpoints at Rinchending 142.00 RGoB Spillover Construction of RO (S’Jongkhar, Thimphu, 12 60.00 Sarpang) Develop and implement HR masterplan and 13 10.00 strategies System development and enhancement of 14 5.50 cyber security Connectivity of Regional Offices to govern- 15 13.00 ment network Total 312.00 - 233 -

3.2.3. Multi-Year Programme Matrix Projected Annual Target Results Indicator Baseline 12th FYP Indicator Unit Y1 Y2 Y3 Y4 Y5 (AKRAs) Weight (Year) Target 2018-19 2019-20 2020-21 2021-22 2022-23 Construction Labour Material sector profes- Coefficient (LMC) 10 sionalized and specification of 1 Number 15 20 25 30 35 35 (2018) major BSR items re- viewed and updated Ease of Doing Business and DTF of Dealing Enabling en- 68.47 with Construction 1 Score 69 69.5 70 70 70 70 vironment for (2017) 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans Permits economic activ- - 234 - ities improved Road Maintenance System System Adoption of System System System and Management en- adopted June ICT for im- 2 Timeline NA enhance- enhance- enhance- System (RMMS) hance- by June 2023 ment ment ment proved Service adopted ment 2023 Delivery Water and Sanitation System System June June Information System 1 Timeline NA - enhance- enhance- - 2022 2022 (WASIS) Enhanced ment ment Public Service TAT for approval of 14 2 Days 14 14 14 14 14 14 Delivery en- drawings (2017) hanced TAT for approval of 30 construction of pri- 2 Days 30 25 20 15 10 10 (2018) vate – access road Jobs created in con- 13,723 Jobs Created7 1 Number 13,723 13,773 13,993 14,243 14,551 14,551 struction sector (2017)

3.2.4. Programme Monitoring Matrix 12th FYP Reporting Reporting Reporting Results (AKRAs) Indicator Baseline Data Source Target Frequency Responsibility To Labour Material Coefficient Construction sector (LMC) and specification of major 10 35 BSR Annually MoWHS GNHC professionalized BSR items reviewed and updated Ease of Doing Business and Enabling environ- DTF of Dealing with Construc- DB Report, 68.47 70 Annually MoWHS GNHC ment for economic tion Permits World Bank activities improved Road Maintenance and Manage- June DoR admin Adoption of ICT for NA Annually MoWHS GNHC ment System (RMMS) adopted 2023 data improved Service Delivery Water and Sanitation Informa- June DES admin NA Annually MoWHS GNHC tion System (WASIS) Enhanced 2022 data - 235 - DES admin TAT for approval of drawings 14 14 Annually MoWHS GNHC Public Service Deliv- data ery enhanced TAT for approval of construction DoR admin 30 10 Annually MoWHS GNHC of private – access road data Jobs created in construction MoWHS/CDB Jobs Created 13,723 14,551 Annually MoWHS/CDB GNHC sector Admin Data 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans

3.2.5. Collaborating Partners Agency/Local Governments/ Type of Collaboration Required CSOs/ Private Sector (specific interventions) Approval of concepts for office construction and liaise Cabinet Secretariat with G2C to enhance the service delivery Private sectors (Construction Timely implementation/completion of projects firms) Certification of brands and standardization of construc- BSB tion materials Connection of Regional Offices to government network MoIC and development of standard digital training modules Producing required number of technical graduates in the MoE/MoLHR construction sector Thimphu Thromde & G2C Develop online building drawing approval system office

3.2.6. GNH Domain Effect Domain Impact Remarks Facilitate in creation of jobs in construction sector and Living Standard Positive enhance efficient service delivery Community Vitality Neutral Capacity building and awareness on disaster resilience Education Positive and green building construction Ecological Diversity Promote seismic and climate resilient construction tech- Positive and Resilience nology Cultural Diversity Promotes traditional architecture and culture in con- Positive and Resilience struction sector Health Neutral Time Use Neutral Psychological Neutral Well-being Good Governance Positive All decisions implemented as per the procurement norms - 236 - 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans

3.3. Improve and Maintain Climate Resilience of Road Network

3.3.1 Total cost: Nu. 10,731.14 million

3.3.2 Activities Indicative Sl. Activities Outlay (Nu. Remarks No in million) Includes emergency main- 1 Maintenance of roads and bridges 3,000.00 tenance, monsoon resto- rations Construction and replacement of 2 700.00 On National Highways bridges Improvement of Lhamoizingkha-Dal- 3 80.00 bari road (12 km) Construction of Goling bypass road 4 60.00 (4 km) Improvement of Sunkosh-Dagapela 5 100.00 road (68 km) Improvement of Kurizampa- 6 34.00 Gyelposhing road (7 km) 7 Preparation of DPR for road tunneling 25.00 Construction of Lhamoizingkha- 8 400.00 Sarpang highway (84 km) Construction of Dewathang- 9 400.00 Nganglam highway (74 km) 10 Road Asset Management system 20.00 Improvement of Northern East-West 11 1,578.50 GoI Spillover Highway Improvement of Trashigang-Yadi Implemented by Project 12 420.00 highway (52 km) Dantak Construction of Pasakha Access road 13 300.00 SASEC Project and Phuntsholiong-Chamkuna road Construction of Dalbari-Dagapela 14 200.00 ORIO Spillover road (80.5 km) Construction of Haa-Samtse highway 15 250.00 (160 km) Construction of Samrang- 16 500.00 Jomotsangkha road (58 km) Imrpovement of Bajo-Khuruthang 17 100.00 road (8.7 km) Improvement of Tshelingore-Khodak- 18 412.00 pa road (36 km) Blacktopping of Punakha-Gasa high- 19 35.00 way (85 km) - 237 - 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans Construction of Shingkhar-Gorgan 20 300.00 road (37.6 km) Slope stabilization along Northern East-West highway, Gyalposh- 21 150.00 ing-Nganglam and Gelephu-Trongsa Highway Installation of crash barriers and 22 50.00 signage Professional enhancement of engi- 23 20.00 neers Conduct advance survey and research 24 30.00 works Pavement Strengthening of Pan- 25 100.00 bang-Nganglam road (56 km) 26 Pavement of Linzin Bypass road 15.00 Improvement of road stretch between 27 Chamkuna-Amochu on Samtse – P/ 66.00 Ling PNH (6 km) Construction and blacktopping of GC 28 107.00 roads (spillover) 29 Construction of Ossey bypass road 178.64 Construction of Trashiyantse, Dongla 30 700.00 – Menji, Lhuntse (78 km) 31 Construction of Maukhola bridge 400.00 Total Budget 10,731.14 - 238 -

3.3.3. Multi-Year Programme Matrix Projected Annual Target Results Indicator Baseline 12th FYP Indicator Unit Y1 Y2 Y3 Y4 Y5 (AKRAs) Weight (Year) Target 2018-19 2019-20 2020-21 2021-22 2022-23 Climate proof Data Data Data Data road accessi- Slope stabilization Identify Data collection, collection, collection, collection, ble through- process on Na- 0 location, collec- analysis analysis analysis analysis 5 Number out the year tional Highways (2017) data col- tion and & counter & counter & counter & counter in all types of initiated lection analysis measures measures measures measures weather for 3 sites for 6 sites for 8 sites for 8 sites Length of Na- 0 tional Highways 10 Kms 50 150 270 390 519 519 (2017) Reduction in improved travel time Length of existing 0 National High- 2 Kms 5.26 10.52 15.78 21.04 26.3 26.3 - 239 - (2017) ways shortened Enhance load car- rying capacity on National Highway 866 4 Kms 975.87 991.67 1,007.67 1,013.47 1,013.47 1,013.47 and Industri- (2017) al Road from Quality infra- 18MT-30/50MT structure con- Enhance load structed and carrying capacity maintained on bridges from 5 Number NA 0 3 6 11 16 16 18R to 40R(SNH and Dzongkhags) /70R* National High- 2,690.06 14 Kms 2,699.88 2,705.49 2,763.15 2,820.81 2,860.97 2,860.97 ways constructed (2017) 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans

3.3.4. Programme Monitoring Matrix Data Reporting Reporting Reporting Results (AKRAs) Indicator Baseline 12th FYP Target Source Frequency Responsibility To Climate proof road Data collec- accessible through- Slope stabilization process on tion, analysis & Admin 0 Annually MoWHS GNHCS out the year in all National Highways initiated counter mea- Data (DoR) types of weather sures for 8 sites Length of National Highways Admin 0 519 Annually MoWHS GNHCS Reduction in travel improved Data (DoR) time Length of existing National Admin 0 26.3 Annually MoWHS GNHCS Highways shortened Data (DoR) Enhance load carrying capac- 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans ity on National Highway and Admin 866.00 1013.47 Annually MoWHS GNHCS Industrial Road from 18MT- Data (DoR) - 240 - 30/50MT Quality infrastruc- Enhance load carrying capac- ture constructed ity on bridges from 18R to Admin and maintained NA 16 Annually MoWHS GNHCS 40R(SNH and Dzongkhags) Data (DoR) /70R* Admin National Highways constructed 2690.06 2860.97 Annually MoWHS GNHCS Data (DoR) 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans

3.3.5. Collaborating Partners Agency/Local Governments / Type of Collaboration Required CSOs/Private Sector (specific interventions) • Contractors - Completion of work according to the Private Sector (Contractors/ agreed work plan Suppliers/ Consultants) • Suppliers - Provide required materials on time • Consultants- Provide technical backstopping on time Provide environmental clearances for construction on NEC time LG Provide social clearances on time Provide forestry clearance for construction/establishment MoAF of plants CDB Build technical capacity of the private contractors

3.3.6. GNH Domain Effect Domain Impact Remarks Easy access to markets, health facilities and other public Living Standard Positive services Shorten travel time between various Dzongkhags and Community Vitality Positive facilitate more interactions Education Positive Easy access to schools Ecological Diversity EIA to be carried out and EFRC will be adopted for the Negative and Resilience new road construction Cultural Diversity Better access between the communities/ Dzongkhags and Positive and Resilience access to cultural sites Health Positive Easy access to health facilities Time Use Positive More leisure and family time due to reduced travel time Psychological Better connectivity and less stress due to reduced travel Positive Well-being time Good Governance Positive All decisions implemented as per the procurement norms - 241 - 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans - 242 - 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans C on s tit u tional B odie s - 243 - 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans - 244 - 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans Anti-Corruption Commission 1. Background The Anti-Corruption Commission (ACC) is a constitutional body with the mandate to develop and monitor the implementation of effective, coordinated anti-corruption policies and practices. The ACC is responsible for inquiry and investigation on corruption complaints and educating the public on corruption. 2. Plan Priorities In the 12th FYP, the ACC will continue to enhance its efficiency, effectiveness and credibility. It will also strengthen and mainstream integrity and anti- corruption measures. A strong and effective ACC will promote and enforce anti-corruption policies and practices in the country. The National Integrity Assessment (NIA) 2016 points out that 52 percent of the respondents agree to ACC as “doing very well” as against 61 percent in NIA 2012. In order for ACC to ensure greater confidence of the public, it will strengthen its institutional and human resource capacity. Further, with rapid socio-economic development and enhanced decentralization, the risk of corruption is expected to aggravate if effective integrity measures are not institutionalized at the earliest opportunity. Therefore, the Commission will mainstream three mandatory indicators namely, work, integrity and leadership culture index, corruption, transparency and accountability index, and administrative sanction against public officials at all agencies level. In the 12th FYP, ACC will be implementing the following programmes with a capital outlay of Nu. 210 million, contributing towards achievement of NKRA 12. Sl. Indicative Outlay Programme No (Nu in million) 1 Enhance Efficiency, Effectiveness & Credibility of ACC 126.00 - 245 - 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans Enhance Mainstreaming of Integrity and Anti-corruption 2 84.00 Measures Total 210.00 3. Programme Summary

3.1. Enhance Efficiency, Effectiveness & Credibility of ACC

3.1.1. Total cost: Nu. 126.00 million

3.1.2. Activities Indicative Sl. Activities Outlay (Nu. in Remarks No. million) Implement and review Human Resource Master 1 2.30 Plan 2 Develop system for knowledge repository 2.00 Improve physical security system in ACC (includ- 3 3.00 ing personal security of staff) Construct & furnish ACC office building at Phunt- 4 67.20 sholing 5 Install work station 3.00 6 Improve facilities in the documentation room 6.20 7 Improve TSD Facilities 21.00 To be mobi- 8 Human resource development 0 lized 9 Others (ACA assessment, ICT, M& E system) 21.30 Total 126.00 - 246 -

3.1.3. Multi-Year Programme Matrix Projected Annual Targets Results Indicator Baseline 12th FYP Indicators Unit Y1 Y2 Y3 Y4 Y5 (AKRAs) Weight (Year) Target 2018-19 2019-20 2020-21 2021-22 2022-23 Credibility & effec- ACC’s performance 81 15 Percent - 81 - - 85 85 tiveness of ACC, score (2015) RAA and other LEAs People’s perception on 53 enhanced 4.5 Percent - 53 - - 55 55 ACC’s effectiveness (2017) Public satisfaction in Public satisfaction in 48

4.5 Percent - - - - 55 55 justice services ACC services (2016) Timely Justice Ser- ≤120 TAT for investigation 10 Days ≤120 <120 <110 <100 <90 <90 vices delivered (2017)

3.1.4. Programme Monitoring Matrix - 247 - 12th FYP Reporting Reporting Reporting Results (AKRAs) Indicators Baseline Data Source Target Frequency Responsibility To ACA Strengthening Twice in Credibility & effective- ACC’s performance score 81 85 ACC GNHCS Initiative Report the FYP ness of ACC, RAA and other LEAs enhanced People’s perception on Every 53 55 NIA Report ACC GNHCS ACC’s effectiveness Third Year Public satisfaction in Public satisfaction in ACC NIA Report /BLSS 48 55 Terminal ACC GNHCS justice services services Survey Report Timely Justice Services Administrative TAT for investigation ≤120 <90 Annually ACC GNHCS delivered data, ACC 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans

3.1.5. Collaborating Partners Agency/Local Government/ Type of Collaboration Required CSOs/Private Sector (specific interventions) Conduct assessment on ‘ACA strengthening Initiative Bhutan Transparency Initiative Report’ twice in the FYP Collaborate in conducting National Integrity NSB Assessment every third year and other researches BSB Facilitate in certification of ISO 9001 QMS certification

3.1.6. GNH Domain Effect Domain Impact Remarks Living Standard Neutral Community Vitality Neutral Education Neutral Ecological Diversity Neutral and Resilience Cultural Diversity Neutral and Resilience Health Neutral Time Use Neutral Psychological Neutral Well-being Enhanced credibility, effectiveness & professionalism Good Governance Positive of ACC in leading the fight against corruption which is critical for good governance - 248 - 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans

3.2. Enhance Mainstreaming of Integrity and Anti-corruption Measures

3.2.1. Total cost: Nu. 84.00 million

3.2.2. Activities: Sl. Indicative Outlay Activities Remarks No (Nu in million) Develop, incorporate and conduct ethical leader- 1 1.50 ship courses/trainings in institutions Develop and operationalise integrity vetting system (selecting right people for right position: 2 2.00 equivalent to P1 and above online system) Conduct evidence based research in vulnerable 3 3.00 sectors (proactive) Conduct National Integrity Assessment and 4 7.00 provide recommendations Capacitate and support agencies in implementing 5 10.00 Organizational Integrity Plan (OIP) & NIACS Implement Business Integrity Initiative of Bhutan 6 2.00 (BIIB) in business firms Develop Central data access system for cases & 7 3.00 AD information Maintain and establish linkages (including sign- ing of MoU) 8 Receive/field delegations to/from other ACAs 7.50 (Hold bi-lateral/multi-lateral talks and joint investigation/programs) 9 Participate as reviewing state 0.60 Participate in regular meetings/conferences 10 conducted by UNDOC in relation to UNCAC 14.90 implementation Conduct survey on National Corruption Barom- 11 7.00 eter Survey – BTI Collaborate with media and CSOs to promote 12 1.50 transparency and accountability Collaborate with respective agencies in develop- 13 1.50 ing curriculum for tertiary institutions & schools 14 Others (YIP, IACD, etc) 22.50 Total 84.00 - 249 -

3.2.3. Multi-Year Programme Matrix Projected Annual Target Results Indicator Baseline 12th FYP Indicators Unit Y1 Y2 Y3 Y4 Y5 (AKRAs) Weight (Year) Target 2018-19 2019-20 2020-21 2021-22 2022-23 Action taken against public officials on administrative 8 Percent NA 10 20 30 40 50 50 lapses Transparent, 91 accountable & AD performance score 10 Percent 91 92 93 94 95 95 (2018) integrity cul- ture strength- Work, integrity and leader- 8.1 ened 10 Score 8.3 - - 8.5 8.5 ship culture index (2016) - Corruption, transparency & 7.89 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans 9 Score - 8.3 - - 8.5 8.5 accountability index (2016) - 250 - Citizen’s experience in offer- 10.2 5 Percent 9.1 8.1 7.1 6.1 5.1 5.1 ing bribes to public officials (2016) Citizen’s reporting solicita- Improve 5 Percent NA - By 25% - - By 50% Integrity tion of bribes by 50 % consciousness Administrative sanctions Increased enhanced 6 Percent NA By 10% By 20% By 30% By 40% By 50% against public officials by 50 % Adverse children and youth’s 54.4 opinion on moral and ethi- 3 Percent 48.92 43.44 37.96 32.48 27 27 (2012) cal values Proportion of cases investi- Timely justice gated from the total com- 30 services deliv- 10 Percent 30 33 36 39 45 45 plaints qualified for investi- (2016) ered gation

3.2.4. Programme Monitoring Matrix 12th FYP Reporting Reporting Reporting Results (AKRAs) Indicators Baseline Data Source Target Frequency Responsibility To Action taken against RCSC / DHI / MoF / public officials on ad- NA 50 Annually ACC GNHCS MoEA / ACC ministrative lapses Transparent, Online AD System of AD performance score 91 95 Annually ACC GNHCS accountable & the ACC integrity culture Work, integrity and strengthened 8.1 8.5 NIA Report, ACC Every third year ACC GNHCS leadership culture index Corruption, transpar- ency & accountability 7.89 8.5 NIA Report, ACC Every third year ACC GNHCS index Citizen’s experience in - 251 - offering bribes to public 10.2 5.1 NCBS, BTI Every third year ACC GNHCS officials Citizen’s reporting solic- Improve NA NIA Report, ACC Every third year ACC GNHCS Integrity con- itation of bribes by 50 sciousness Administrative sanc- enhanced Increased RCSC / DHI / MoF / tions against public NA Annually ACC GNHCS by 50 MoEA / ACC officials Adverse children and Integrity & Value Edu- Once in the year youth’s opinion on mor- 54.4 27 ACC GNHCS cation Report, ACC 2022 al and ethical values Proportion of cases in- Timely justice vestigated from the total 30 45 Annual Report, ACC Annually ACC GNHCS services delivered complaints qualified for investigation 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans

3.2.5. Collaborating Partners Agency/Local Government/ Type of Collaboration Required CSOs/Private Sector (specific interventions) RCoJ Adjudicate corruption cases OAG Prosecute corruption cases Mainstream anti-corruption measures in the civil service, RCSC develop and upgrade courses on ethics, integrity and professionalism RAA Share/refer information on corruption cases Regulate and incentivize integrity aspects in private and MoEA/BCCI corporate sectors and others Implement BIIB and replicate in its owned and linked DHI companies Advocate on the BIIB and act as institutional bridge on the BCCI initiative Reinforce anti-corruption and integrity in the schools MoE and institutes through curricula, integrity clubs and other programs Reinforce anti-corruption and integrity in the institute RUB through curricula, integrity clubs and other programs JSWSL Reinforce anti-corruption and integrity in the institute KGUMSB through curricula, integrity clubs and other programs Conduct surveys and researches for effective monitoring NSB and evaluation of anti-corruption and integrity Reinforce rolling out social accountability mechanisms in DLG, MoHCA the LG Build capacity of judicial personal on anti-corruption and BNLI integrity and other programs Bhutan Transparency Initia- Review and educate on the effectiveness of anti-corruption tive measures Promote and capacitate CSOs on anti-corruption and Bhutan Media Foundation integrity measures

3.2.6. GNH Domain Effect Domain Impact Remarks Living Standard Neutral Enhanced trust and confidence within agencies, and be- Community Vitality Positive tween the government and the citizens Awareness on corruption through curriculum in schools Education Positive and institutes Ecological Diversity Neutral and Resilience - 252 - 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans Cultural Diversity Neutral and Resilience Health Neutral Time Use Neutral Psychological Reduced grievances thereby providing adequate Positive Well-being satisfaction Overall efficiency and performance of governance Good Governance Positive strengthened - 253 - 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans Election Commission of Bhutan 1. Background The Election Commission of Bhutan (ECB) aspires to be ‘an independent election management body that promotes vibrant democracy envisioned in the Constitution of the Kingdom of Bhutan’, with the mandate to ‘conduct free and fair elections and referendums in the Kingdom of Bhutan’. ECB is responsible for the preparation, maintenance and periodical updating of electoral rolls, and election schedule. It also supervises the conduct of elections to the Parliament and LGs. 2. Plan Priorities Over the plan period, the agency will continue to strengthen the electoral process for free and fair elections. Elections play a critical role in enhancing, promoting and fostering growth of electoral democracy and participation of citizens. However, manipulation and interpretation of election laws for political benefit will be one of the serious challenges for ECB in near future. Further, sustaining voter participation in the electoral process will be a challenge. The agency aims to increase the voter turnout for the National Assembly, National Council and LG elections through advocacy and educational programs. Advocacy programs will also be targeted for women in order to enhance gender representation in the democratic processes. Additionally, strengthening professional capacity through collaboration with relevant international partners will enhance the democratic institution leading to a credible electoral process. The Commission will also incorporate mandatory indicators related to corruption reduction namely, work, integrity and leadership culture index, and corruption, transparency and accountability index as KPIs in the Annual Performance Agreement. - 254 - 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans The agency will implement the following programmes with a capital outlay of Nu. 250 million, contributing towards the achievement of NKRA 10 and 13. Sl. Indicative Outlay Programme No. (Nu in million) 1 Free and Fair Elections and Electoral Management 173.52 Strengthening Election Commission of Bhutan as Democratic 2 76.48 Institution Total 250.00 3. Programme Summary

3.1. Free and Fair Elections and Electoral Management

3.1.1. Total Cost: Nu 173.52 Million

3.1.2. Activities Sl. Indicative Outlay Activities Remarks No. (Nu. in million) 1 Voter education and awareness programme Awareness for on women’s participation through 2 voter education, posters, MTVs and animation Electoral process and procedures reviewed and sim- 3 173.52 plified 4 Research/survey on the voter turnout Media coverage on elections in both rural and ur- 5 ban areas Total 173.52 - 255 -

3.1.3. Multi-Year Programme Matrix Projected Annual Target Results Indicator Baseline 12th FYP Indicator Unit Y1 Y2 Y3 Y4 Y5 (AKRAs) Weight (Year) Target 2018-19 2019-20 2020-21 2021-22 2022-23 Voters undergone civic 14.5 Prepara- Prepara- 8 Percent 15 16 17 17 and voter education (2017) tion tion Frequency of general 2 awareness on election 8 Number - - 2 - 4 4 (2018) conducted NA: Voter Turnout for the NA: 71.46 >71.46 NA: National Parliamentary NC: 53.4 NC: >71.46 and Local Government 8 Percent (2018) - - - - 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans >53.4 NC: >53.4 Election including LG: 55.8 LG: LG: >55.8 postal ballot (2016) - 256 - >55.8 Free and Fair Elections Perception of voters Scale on civic and voter 4 NA 5.5 - 6 - 7 7 (1-10) education LG Elec- National and Local tions as Parlia- Elections LG: 2016 Government Elections per the mentary conducted 10 Date NC/NA: - - - conducted as per the Election Elec- as per the 2018 schedule Notifica- tions schedule tion Media Coverage on PE - 400, 199 elections in both rural 3 Number 400 - - 250 Track (2016) LG – 250 and urban areas Election disputes 100 resolved during the 4 Percent 100 - - 100 100 100 (2018) election period Election Manage- Electoral process and ment system procedures reviewed 6 Number 21 Review Track NA Review Track Track and process and simplified enhanced and strengthen Voters living with dis- for- Imple- Participation abilities participating 5 Number 400 Track mulate menta- Track Track Track in elector- in voting plans tion al process Research/survey on and politi- voter turnout and Prepara- 5 Number 1 3 4 5 6 6 cal process other relevant fields tion - 257 - increased/ conducted strengthen Youth participation 7 Percent 10 10 - 12 - 26 26 rate in electoral process Partnership with Electoral Partnership with Stakeholders Electoral stakeholders For- Imple- strength- strengthened (relevant 5 Number 2 mulate ment 3 4 5 5 en (DLG, CSOs and Political plans Plans relevant CSOs Parties) and Political Parties) 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans Women’s representa- 15 Women in 5 Percent 15 - - - - 15 tion in the Parliament (2018) decision mak- ing positions Women’s represen- 11 enhanced tation in the Local 5 Percent - - - 15 - 15 (2018) Government Transparent, accountable People’s perception on & integri- 5 Percent 14 - - - - 10 10 electoral fraud ty culture strengthened

3.1.4. Programme Monitoring Matrix 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans Results 12th FYP Reporting Reporting Reporting Indicator Baseline Data Source (AKRAs) Target Frequency Responsibility To - 258 - After every Voters under gone civic and 14.5 17 Admin Data voter education ECB GNHCS voter education programme Frequency of general aware- Election statistics, After every 2 4 ECB GNHCS ness on election conducted ECB election Free and Fair Voter Turnout for the NA: 71.46 NA: >71.46 Elections National Parliamentary and NC: 53.4 NC: >53.4 Election Statistics, After every ECB GNHCS Local Government Election ECB Election including postal ballot LG: 55.8 LG: >55.8 Data maintained After every Perception of voters on civic NA 7 after survey car- voter education ECB GNHCS and voter education ried out by ECB programme LG: 2016 Elections National and Local Govern- Free and Fair conducted After every ment Elections conducted as NC/NA: Admin Data ECB GNHCS Elections as per the election per the schedule 2018 schedule Admin Data Media Coverage on elections PE - 400, (Bhutan Media in both rural and urban 199 Foundation/Jour- Annually BMF & JAB GNHCS areas LG – 250 nalist Association of Bhutan) Election Dispute resolved After every 100 100 Admin Data ECB GNHCS during the election period Election held Election Man- agement system Electoral process and After every and process procedures reviewed and 21 Track Admin Data ECB GNHCS election enhanced and simplified - 259 - strengthen Voters living with disabilities After every 400 Track Admin Data ECB GNHCS participating in voting election Participation Research/survey on the in electoral and voter turnout and other 6 Admin Data Five yearly ECB GNHCS political process relevant fields 1 increased/ Youth participation rate in After every strengthen 14 Admin Data ECB GNHCS electoral process 10 election 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans Partnership with Electoral Partnership with Electoral Stakeholders stakeholders strengthen strengthen 2 5 Admin Data Annually ECB GNHCS (relevant CSOs and political (DLG, relevant parties) CSOs and Politi- cal Parties) Women in Women’s representation in Annual Report, 15 15 5 years ECB GNHCS decision making the Parliament ECB positions en- Women’s representation in Annual report, hanced 11 15 5 years ECB GNHCS the Local Government ECB Transparent, accountable & People’s perception on elec- 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans 14 10 NCBS, BTI Every third year ECB GNHCS integrity culture toral fraud strengthened - 260 - 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans

3.1.5. Collaborating Partners Agency/Local Governments/ Type of Collaboration Required CSOs/Private Sector (specific interventions) The Gewog Administrative Officer will also function as DLG/LG Assistant Chief Election Coordinator in their respective Gewog providing support to the Dzongkhag Election (Gewog Administrative office and office of Returning Officer during election. They Officer) will conduct perennial civic education on elections and democracy in their respective Gewogs • To cover election related news in both urban and rural Bhutan Media Foundation areas and Journalist Association of Bhutan • Training of reporters/journalist who will be actively involved in elections To maintain security of the election and ensure peace and Royal Bhutan Police safety in the community during election period • To ensure that vehicle movement is not restricted or disturbed during election period RSTA • To ensure that taxi/bus fare are monitored during the election period and if needed, frequency of public transportation will be increased for the benefits of the voters ECB will collaborate with relevant CSOs towards enhanc- Relevant CSOs ing awareness on the democratic process Coordination and support in mobilization and deploy- All ministries, agencies, and ment of adequate human resources during the election LGs period

3.1.6. GNH Domain Effect Domain Impact Remarks Living Standard Neutral Community Vitality Neutral This programme will improve and Education Positive benefit general voters’ awareness for establishing Vibrant Democracy Ecological Diversity and Resilience Neutral Cultural Diversity and Resilience Neutral Health Neutral Time Use Neutral Psychological Well-being Neutral Good Governance will be enhanced by conducting elections in a free and Good Governance Positive fair manner with maximum people’s participation - 261 - 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans

3.2. Strengthening Election Commission of Bhutan as a Democratic Institution

3.2.1. Total Cost: Nu 76.48 million

3.2.2. Activities Sl. Indicative Outlay Activities Remarks No (Nu. in million) 1 Maintain partnership with regional and international EMBs such as AWEB, AAEA, and FEMBoSA 76.48 2 HR capacity and Development Total 76.48 - 262 -

3.2.3. Multi-Year Programme Matrix Projected Annual Target Results Indicator Baseline 12th FYP Indicator Unit Y1 Y2 Y3 Y4 Y5 (AKRAs) Weight (Year) Target 2018-19 2019-20 2020-21 2021-22 2022-23 HRD budget allo- cated for Election Commission of Nu. in 1.621 Formulate Imple- Imple- Imple- Imple- 7 39.22 Bhutan for HR Millions (2013-18) plans mentation mentation mentation mentation capacity and De- Democratic velopment Institution strengthen Maintain partner- ship with regional and international 3 5 Number 3 3 3 3 3 3 EMBs such as (2013-18) - 263 - AWEB, AAEA, and FEMBoSA

3.2.4. Programme Monitoring Matrix Results 12th FYP Reporting Reporting Reporting Indicator Baseline Data Source (AKRAs) Target Frequency Responsibility To HRD budget allocated for Election Commission of Bhutan for HR capacity 1.621 39.22 Admin Data Annually ECB GNHCS Democratic and Development Institution Maintain partnership with regional and Strengthen international EMBs such as A-WEB, 3 3 Admin Data Annually ECB GNHCS AAEA and FEMBoSA 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans

3.2.5. Collaborating Partners Agency/Local Governments/ Type of Collaboration Required CSOs /Private Sector (specific interventions) Collaborate on conduct of trainings and management ACC course for the ECB staffs on addressing corruption

3.2.6. GNH Domain Effect Domain Impact Remarks Living Standard Neutral Community Vitality Neutral Education Neutral Ecological Diversity Neutral and Resilience Cultural Diversity Neutral and Resilience Health Neutral Time Use Neutral Psychological Neutral Well-being A strong democratic institution will effectively manage Good Governance Positive the electoral process, contributing towards achieving good governance - 264 - 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans Royal Audit Authority 1. Background The Royal Audit Authority (RAA) is mandated to audit and report on the ‘economy, efficiency and effectiveness’ in the use of public resources. RAA is responsible to carry out proper and timely audits of agencies entrusted with public funds, including government machineries, corporations, financial institutions, autonomous bodies, NGOs and externally funded projects. 2. Plan Priorities The RAA will focus on improving public sector performance in the country through auditing and reporting services. For the purpose of strengthening its institutional mandates, infrastructure will be developed in two locations to enhance service delivery in different regions. Further, RAA will implement its ‘Human Resources Strategy’ to enhance professional capacity, succession planning, competency mapping, and retention of its human resources. The Authority will also incorporate mandatory indicators related to corruption reduction namely, work, integrity and leadership culture index, and corruption, transparency and accountability index as KPIs in the Annual Performance Agreement. In the 12th FYP, the Authority will implement the following programme with a capital outlay of Nu. 200.00 million, which will contribute towards the achievement of NKRA 12. Sl. Indicative Outlay Programme No. (Nu in million) 1 Improve Public Sector Performance through Auditing 200.00 - 265 - 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans 3. Programme Summary

3.1. Improve Public Sector Performance through Auditing 3.1.1. Total cost: Nu. 200.00 million

3.1.2. Activities Sl. Indicative Outlay Activities Remarks No. (Nu. in million) Construction of regional Phuntsholing (Nu. 37.55 m) 1 71.55 offices and Bumthang (Nu. 34 m) 2 Extension of the head office 21.00 Re-electrification of the head 3 6.00 Thimphu Head Office office Sustaining ISSAI initiatives for 4 15.00 the RAA Implementation of the Human 5 70.00 Resource Strategy of the RAA Implementation of the stake- 6 holders engagement strategy 8.00 of the RAA Capacity building in research 7 7.00 & development Strengthening environmental auditing towards protection 8 1.45 BTFEC Project (Spillover) and conservation of environ- ment Total 200.00 - 266 -

3.1.3. Multi-Year Programme Matrix Projected Annual Target Results Indicator Baseline 12th FYP Indicator Unit Y1 Y2 Y3 Y4 Y5 (AKRAs) Weight (Year) Target 2018-19 2019-20 2020-21 2021-22 2022-23 Credibility and Percentage of ISSAI com- 40 effectiveness of 40 Percent 60 70 80 85 90 90 pliant audits conducted (2017) RAA enhanced Percentage of audit rec- Transparent, ommendations imple- 30 Percent NA 50 60 65 65 70 70 accountable & mented integrity culture Percentage of stakehold- strengthened 78 ers satisfied with RAA 30 Percent - 80 - - 85 85 (2017) services - 267 -

3.1.4. Programme Monitoring Matrix Results 12th FYP Data Reporting Reporting Reporting Indicator Baseline (AKRAs) Target Source Frequency Responsibility To Credibility and ef- Percentage of ISSAI compliant audits fectiveness of RAA 40 90 Admin Data Bi-annually RAA GNHCS conducted enhanced Transparent, Percentage of audit recommendations NA 70 Admin Data Annually RAA GNHCS accountable & implemented integrity culture Percentage of stakeholders satisfied Twice in strengthened 78 85 Admin Data RAA GNHCS with RAA services five year 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans

3.1.5. Collaborating Partners Agency/Local Governments/ Type of Collaboration Required CSOs/Private Sector (specific interventions) Media Houses Effective dissemination of audit results to citizens

3.1.6. GNH Domain Effect Domain Impact Remarks Auditing for the efficient use of public resources will Living Standard Positive contribute to socio-economic development. Community Vitality Neutral Education Neutral The results and recommendations of environmental Ecological Diversity Positive audits will have a positive impact on environmental and Resilience conservation. Cultural Diversity Neutral and Resilience Health Neutral Time Use Neutral Psychological Neutral Well-being The auditing system will promote transparency and ac- Good Governance Positive countability through checks and balances, contributing towards good governance - 268 - 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans Royal Court of Justice 1. Background The judicial system in Bhutan falls under the purview of the Royal Court of Justice (RCoJ), comprising of the Supreme Court, High Courts, Dzongkhag Courts and Dungkhag Courts. The RCoJ is mandated by the Constitution of Kingdom of Bhutan to ‘safeguard, uphold, and administer justice fairly and independently without fear, favour, or undue delay in accordance with the Rule of Law to inspire trust and confidence and to enhance access to Justice’. 2. Plan Priorities The Judiciary will continue to improve accessibility of judicial services for all under the Rule of Law by strengthening its institutions and the capacity of judicial service providers. In an effort to provide efficient public service delivery, RCoJ will continue to provide the most availed judicial services such as attestation, verification, affidavit, marriage, and adoption under the Public Notary through online system. Further, the RCoJ will strengthen the use of Case Management System (CMS) to ensure transparent and uniform application of laws and verdicts for cases of similar nature. Infrastructure development through the construction of user-friendly courts, in addition to the capacity building of legal professionals and support staff will be implemented. The RCoJ will also incorporate mandatory indicators related to corruption reduction namely, work, integrity and leadership culture index, and corruption, transparency and accountability index as KPIs in the Annual Performance Agreement. In this regard, Judiciary will be implementing the following programme with a capital outlay of Nu. 750 million, contributing towards the achievement of NKRA 9 and 16. - 269 - 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans Sl. Indicative Outlay Programme No. (Nu. in million) Enhance Judicial Accessibility through Improved Services and 1 750.00 Management Systems 3. Programme Summary

3.1. Enhance Judicial Accessibility through Improved Services and Management Systems 3.1.1. Total cost: Nu. 750.00 million

3.1.2. Activities Sl. Indicative Outlay Activities Remarks No. (Nu. in million) 1 Construction of Courts 595.51 2 Construction of residences for judges 70.00 3 Renovation of Courts 17.50 4 ICTisation of judicial services 1.68 Committed (LSP) 5 Capacity development for judicial personnel 65.31 Total 750.00 - 270 -

3.1.3. Multi-Year Programme Matrix Projected Annual Target Result Indicator Baseline 12th FYP Indicator Unit Y1 Y2 Y3 Y4 Y5 (AKRAs) Weight (Year) Target 2018-19 2019-20 2020-21 2021-22 2022-23 Proportion Public ser- of judicial 100 vice delivery services under 20 Percent 100 100 100 100 100 100 (2017) enhanced G2C provided as per TAT Public Public satisfac- satisfaction 76 tion in judicial 20 Percent - - - - >90 >90 in justice (2017) services services Timely Jus- Proportion of 83 tice Services total registered 20 Percent 83 85 90 92 95 95 - 271 - (2017) delivered cases decided Dzongkhag Dzongkhag Dzongkhag Dzongkhag Dzongkhag Dzongkhag Dzongkhag Access to Court – 14 Court – 16 Court – 16 Court – 17 Court – 18 Court – 20 Court – 20 Equitable quality court 20 Number Dungkhag Dungkhag Dungkhag Dungkhag Dungkhag Dungkhag Dungkhag access to in- infrastructure Court - 11 Court - 11 Court -11 Court -12 Court -13 Court-15 Court-15 dependent, (2018) efficient and Capacity of ju- effective ju- dicial person- 52 dicial system nel enhanced 20 Number 54 54 58 62 66 66 (2018) through higher studies 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans

3.1.4. Programme Monitoring Matrix 12th FYP Data Reporting Reporting Reporting Results (AKRAs) Indicator Baseline Target Source Frequency Responsibility To Public service de- Proportion of judicial services under Admin 100 100 Annually RCoJ GNHCS livery enhanced G2C provided as per TAT Data Public satisfaction Public satisfaction in judicial services 76 >90 BLSS Terminal RCoJ GNHCS in justice services Timely Justice Ser- Proportion of total registered cases Admin 83 95 Annually RCoJ GNHCS vices delivered decided Data Dzongkhag Dzongkhag Court – 14 Court – 20 Admin 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans Equitable access to Access to quality court infrastructure Annually RCoJ GNHCS independent, effi- Dungkhag Dungkhag Data cient and effective Court - 11 Court-15 - 272 - judicial system Capacity of judicial personnel en- Admin 52 66 Annually RCoJ GNHCS hanced through higher studies Data 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans

3.1.5. Collaborating Partners Agency / Local Governments/ Type of Collaboration Required CSOs / Private Sector (specific interventions) DITT, MoIC For developing and reviewing judicial online systems NLCS For clearance and issuance of Lag Thrams Collaborating in conduct of training for judicial person- BNLI nel OAG Provide information related to prosecution Provide information related to investigation and prose- RBP cution ACC Provide information related to investigation Information pertaining to cases related to women and NCWC children

3.1.6. GNH Domain Effect Domain Impact Remarks Living Standard Neutral Enhanced access to efficient judicial services such as Community Vitality Positive dispute settlement will ensure a fair and harmonious society. In collaboration with the BNLI, it will conduct legal Education Positive awareness programmes in schools. Ecological Diversity Neutral and Resilience Cultural Diversity Court proceedings and judgement drafting are carried Positive and Resilience out in Dzongkha promoting national language. Health Neutral Reduce TAT for judicial services through improved Time Use Positive online systems Efficient and transparent delivery of judicial services Psychological Positive will empower individuals and enhance psychological Well-being well-being. Access to a reliable, fair and transparent justice system Good Governance Positive will enhance good governance. - 273 - 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans Royal Civil Service Commission 1. Background The Royal Civil Service Commission (RCSC) aspires to establish ‘A dynamic and professional civil service committed to promoting Good Governance in pursuit of Gross National Happiness’. RCSC is mandated to promote and ensure an independent and apolitical civil service that will discharge public duties in an efficient, transparent and accountable manner. As of June 2018, the civil service strength stands at 28,973 and it continues to play a pivotal role in the development and modernization of the nation, as well as in strengthening its security and sovereignty. 2. Plan Priorities The agency will continue to pursue the policy of a small, compact and efficient civil service. The civil service to population ratio of 1:25 appears large when compared to such ratio of other countries. On the other hand, because of increasing government mandates, optimizing human resources is a constant challenge especially as the civil service continues to deliver most of the public services. If the present annual growth rate of 2.6 percent continues, it is likely to put a significant pressure on recurrent costs. It is noted that pay and allowance alone comprise about 40 percent of the total recurrent costs (June 2017). Thus, RCSC will focus on efficient utilization of human resources, investment in HR development and building a dynamic civil service system. RCSC will ensure that HR investments are aligned to ensure the build-up of expertise and professionalism necessary to deliver government’s plans and programmes and achievement of organisational goals and objectives. RCSC will continue to make concerted efforts to integrate HR functions, so that staffing and capacity development ensures right person for the right job. RCSC will continue to make the civil service system more robust to strengthen meritocracy, productivity, equity and professionalism. Accordingly, the agency will strengthen its key interventions such as Organizational Development, Performance Management System, Civil Service Well-Being, Bhutan Civil Service System, Succession Planning and Leadership Development and HR - 274 - 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans Audit. Likewise, RCSC will implement Agencification Framework and LG Common Framework to ensure a small, compact and efficient civil service. The Commission will also incorporate mandatory indicators related to corruption reduction namely, work, integrity and leadership culture index, and corruption, transparency and accountability index as KPIs in the Annual Performance Agreement. In 12th FYP, RCSC will implement following programmes with a capital outlay of Nu. 200 million, and will contribute to achieving NKRA 9 and 13. Sl. Indicative Outlay Programme No (Nu in million) 1 Enhance Human Resource Management and Development 83.00 2 Strengthen Civil Service System 117.00 Total 200.00 3. Programme Summary

3.1. Enhance Human Resource Management and Development

3.1.1. Total cost: Nu. 83.00 million

3.1.2. Activities Sl. Indicative Outlay Activities Remarks No. (Nu. in million) Conduct OD Exercise across the Civil 1 7.00 Service agencies Develop 12th FYP Staffing Plan across 2 5.00 the Civil Service agencies Develop Competency Framework for 3 10.00 selected professions Conduct tracer study on utilization of 4 3.00 knowledge 5 Implement Royal Civil Service Award 40.00 6 Review Managing for Excellence System 7.00 Implement volunteer programmes in 7 3.00 the Civil Service 8 Initiate and implement new reforms 6.00 9 Establish functional crèches 2.00 Total 83.00 - 275 -

3.1.3. Multi-Year Programme Matrix Projected Annual Target Results Indicator Baseline 12th FYP Indicator Unit Y1 Y2 Y3 Y4 Y5 (AKRAs) Weight (Year) Target 2018-19 2019-20 2020-21 2021-22 2022-23 Ratio of civil 1:25 Maintain servant to popu- 5 Ratio 1:25 1:25 1:25 1:25 1:25 (2017) or Improve lation Civil Service Right-Sized 12th FYP Staffing Demand All civil Demand Demand 12th FYP Plan of all Civil 5 parent 14 Number NA Based service Based Based Staffing Service Agencies agencies Review agencies Review Review Completed Finalized Average Exec- Very Very Very Very Very Very Very Good 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans utive Perfor- 10 Scale Good and Good and Good and Good and Good and Efficiency Good and above mance Rating above above above above above & Effec- - 276 - tiveness of >90% of % of Strategic Civil Service HRD Tar- HRD for 12th Enhanced 20 Percent NA 10 30 50 70 >90 get against FYP Implement- budget ed mobilized 12th FYP Staffing Plan of LGs Demand Demand Demand Demand 100% of 100% of the in support of 7 Percent NA Based Based Based Based the LGs LGs Civil Servants decentralization Review Review Review Review Adequately completed Deployed in % of staff LGs deployed as per approved 12th 7 Percent NA - - 92.5 94 >95 >95 FYP Staffing Plan for LGs No. of inter- ventions to promote women Gender 2 Number NA NA - - - 2 2 in leadership equality in the positions in the Civil Service Civil Service Promoted No. of gender interventions in 1 Number NA NA - - - 3 3 the Civil Service

3.1.4. Programme Monitoring Matrix Results Reporting Reporting Reporting Indicator Baseline 12th FYP Target Data Source (AKRAs) Frequency Responsibility To Ratio of civil servant to popu- Maintain or Civil Service Every Five - 277 - 1:25 RCSC GNHCS lation Improve Statistics/CSIS Year Plan Civil Service Right-Sized 12th FYP Staffing Plan of all 12th FYP Staffing Civil Service Agencies Final- NA Admin Data Annually RCSC GNHCS Completed ized Average Executive Performance Very Very Good and Efficiency & GPMS and LFS Annually RCSC GNHCS Rating Good above Effectiveness of Civil Service >90% of HRD Annual Re- % of Strategic HRD for 12th Enhanced NA Target against port/ Admin Annually RCSC GNHCS FYP Implemented budget mobilized Data 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans 12th FYP Staffing Plan of LGs Admin Data/ in support of decentralization NA 100% of the LGs Civil Service Annually RCSC GNHCS Civil Servants completed Statistics Adequately De- ployed in LGs % of staff deployed as per Admin Data/ approved 12th FYP Staffing Plan NA >95 Civil Service Annually RCSC GNHCS for LGs Statistics No. of interventions to promote Gender equality women in leadership positions NA 2 Admin Data Annually RCSC GNHCS in the Civil Ser- in the Civil Service vice Promoted No. of gender interventions in NA 3 Admin Data Annually RCSC GNHCS the Civil Service 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans - 278 - 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans

3.1.5. Collaborating Partners Agency/Local Governments / Type of Collaboration Required CSOs/Private Sector (specific interventions) All agencies to align their HRDM efforts towards achiev- All Agencies ing organisational goals and objectives • RUB to ensure relevancy of both pre-service and in-service courses to the requirement of the Civil Service and National Economy; RUB and RIM • RIM to ensure relevancy of both pre-service and in-service courses to the requirement of needs of civil service Consult RCSC to identify critical HRD areas of pre-ser- DAHE, MoE vice scholarship Royal Institute of Governance Ensure delivery of leadership courses such as BEST, and Strategic Studies (RIGSS) YPLP and FLP

3.1.6. GNH Domain Effect Domain Impact Remarks Since HR development is targeted in improving skills, it increases productivity and opportunities availed by civil Living Standard Positive servants. Further, it will increase the post retirement employ- ment opportunities, which will contribute in improving living standard of the people. The Civil Service Well-being Programme requires agencies to extend invitation to the superannuated civil servants to Community Positive attend national events like His Majesty’s Birthday Celebration Vitality and National Day celebrations towards building strong civil service fraternity. The capacity development of civil servants in education sector is one of the priority areas under Strategic HRD Plan Education Positive for 12th FYP. Further, the key element of HR development is qualification upgradation and building critical skills which will positively contribute to improving quality of education. Ecological Diversity and Neutral Resilience Cultural Diversi- Neutral ty and Resilience The capacity development of civil servants in health sector is one of the priority areas under Strategic HRD Plan for 12th Health Positive FYP. Improved in efficiency and effectiveness of civil servants in delivery of health services will have positive impact on health Time Use Neutral - 279 - 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans The Meditation Programme and Retirement Planning Workshop (focuses on Mindful Thinking and Emotional and Psychological Positive Psychological Impacts of Superannuation), Rehab, Creche Well-being services for civil servants will have positive impact on Psy- chological Well-Being. Improved quality of human resources through HR develop- Good Gover- Positive ment and management are critical towards strengthening nance good governance.

3.2. Strengthen Civil Service System

3.2.1. Total cost: Nu. 117.00 million

3.2.2. Activities Sl. Indicative Outlay Activities Remarks No. (Nu. in million) Develop SDS and TAT for all offline services for 1 3.00 LGs 2 Develop Civil Service Data Hub 2.00 3 Construct Exam Centre at Chubachu 32.00 Review Bhutan Civil Service Examination 4 5.00 System Revise Bhutan Civil Service Rules and 5 9.00 Regulations 6 Develop SOP and TAT for major HR functions 1.00 7 Archive personal file of civil servants 4.00 8 Enhance Civil Service System 20.00 Create Alternative Dispute Resolution in the 9 3.00 Civil Service 10 Procure computer, equipment and furniture 38.00 Total 117.00 - 280 -

3.2.3. Multi-Year Programme Matrix Projected Annual Target Results Indicator Baseline 12th FYP Indicator Unit Y1 Y2 Y3 Y4 Y5 (AKRAs) Weight (Year) Target 2018-19 2019-20 2020-21 2021-22 2022-23 Timeline by Public which civil service service data 5 Date NA - - 2020 - - 2020 delivery hub is opera- enhanced tionalized Compli- Compli- Compli- Compliance Compliance ance HR ance HR ance HR HR Audit HR Audit Compliance Compliance Audit Rec- Audit Rec- Audit Rec- Recom- Recom- HR Audit Audit: 100% ommen- ommen- ommen- HR Audit mendation: mendation: Recommen- Trans- and Strate- dation: dation: dation: Observation 100% and 100% and dation: 100% parent, 14 Percent gic Audit: 100% and 100% and 100% and Resolved/Im- Strategic Strategic and Strategic - 281 - 30% Strategic Strategic Strategic accountable plemented HR Audit HR Audit HR Audit & integrity HR Audit HR Audit HR Audit (2018) Recommen- Recommen- Recommen- culture Recom- Recom- Recom- dations: dations: dations: 55% strength- menda- menda- menda- 50% 50% ened tions: 50% tions: 50% tions: 55% Integrity score for HR ser- 15 Index 8.52 ≥8.52 ≥8.52 ≥8.52 ≥8.52 ≥8.52 ≥8.52 vices in Civil Service 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans

3.2.4. Programme Monitoring Matrix Results 12th FYP Data Reporting Reporting Reporting Indicator Baseline (AKRAs) Target Source Frequency Responsibility To Public service Timeline by which civil service Data Hub delivery en- NA 2020 NA RCSC GNHCS data hub is operationalized Platform hanced Compliance Compliance Transparent, HR Audit Observation Resolved/ Audit: 100% Audit: 100% HR Audit accountable & Annually RCSC GNHCS Implemented and Strategic and Strategic Report integrity cul- Audit: 30% Audit: 55% ture strength- ened Integrity score for HR services in ACC 8.52 ≥8.52 Annually RCSC GNHCS Civil Service Report 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans - 282 - 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans

3.2.5. Collaborating Partners Agency/Local Governments/ Type of Collaboration Required CSOs/Private Sector (specific interventions) Ensure protocols for Agency creation is strictly followed All Civil Service Agencies as approved under Agencification Framework. Formulate SDS and TAT for all Services. Facilitate approval of OD recommendations and facilitate Cabinet Secretariat (technical backstopping) formulation of SDS and TAT for all products and services Facilitate (technical backstopping) creation of Civil DITT, MOIC Service Data Hub and CSIS enhancement MOE Facilitate Schools to be used as BCSE Exam Centers Coordinate LGs in formulation and implementation of DLG, MOHCA SDS and TAT of products and services in LGs

3.2.6. GNH Domain Effect Domain Impact Remarks Living Standard Neutral Community Vitality Neutral Education Neutral Ecological Diversity Neutral and Resilience Cultural Diversity Neutral and Resilience Health Neutral Having proper SDS and TAT will ensure timely delivery Time Use Positive of services to the people. Psychological Timely delivery of services through enforcement of SDS Positive Well-being and TAT will ensure maximum satisfaction. A robust Civil Service system will have a significant Good Governance Positive positive impact on good governance. - 283 - 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans - 284 - 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans Au ton om o u s Agencie s - 285 - 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans - 286 - 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans Bhutan Council for School Examinations and Assessment 1. Background The Bhutan Council for School Examination and Assessment (BCSEA) is responsible for enhancing the standard of the school examination and assessment system for improving the quality of education. The BCSEA, as a national evaluation and assessment agency, will carry out periodic centrally organized national examinations, assessments, monitoring and research activities to set new standards in the schooling system that will lead to positive educational reforms. 2. Plan Priorities The quality of assessment in education is a concern and must be reviewed to move towards formative assessment in primary schools. The BCSEA will ensure that examinations and assessment practices are authentic, reliable and credible to reflect actual student learning and to be in line with the best international practices and testing of desired learning outcomes. In 12th FYP, the whole assessment system will be revamped to ensure comprehensive assessment of student achievements as per the Education Blueprint. The national education standard will be benchmarked to the international level by strengthening the assessment/examination systems. Student assessments will be enhanced to competency based testing across all levels of curriculum. A Competency Based Assessment (CBA) will be formalized and National Education Assessment (NEA) framework will be developed towards strengthening the efficiency of assessment mechanisms across all levels of teaching and learning. The agency will also incorporate mandatory indicators related to corruption reduction namely, work, integrity and leadership culture index, and corruption, transparency and accountability index as KPIs in the Annual Performance Agreement. The BCSEA shall implement the following programme with a capital outlay of Nu. 160.00 million, and will contribute to NKRA 7. - 287 - 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans Sl. Indicative Outlay Programmes No (Nu in million) 1 Enhance the Quality/Standard of Examination and Assess- 160.00 ment System 3. Programme Summary

3.1. Enhance the Quality/Standard of Examination and Assessment System

3.1.1. Total cost: Nu.160.00 million

3.1.2. Activities Sl. Indicative Outlay Activities Remarks No. (Nu. in million) 1 Institutional linkages 10.00 2 Competency Based Assessment Programme 51.00 National Education Assessment (NEA) 3 40.00 Framework 4 PISA participation 2018-21 51.00 Board Examination Test development at 4 5 0.00 levels-3,6,10 & 12 Enhancement of Result Processing System 6 5.00 (RPS) 7 Question/assessment banking system 3.00 Total 160.00 - 288 -

3.1.3. Multi-year Programme Matrix Projected Annual Target Results Indicator Baseline 12th FYP Indicator Unit Y1 Y2 Y3 Y4 Y5 (AKRAs) Weight (Year) Target 2018-19 2019-20 2020-21 2021-22 2022-23 Competency Based Assessment in 30 40 Percent 32 34 36 38 40 40 Board Examina- (2018) tions Quality and Affiliation with re- relevance of gional/internation- 20 Date NA - - - - 1 1 curriculum and al assessment body assessment sys- is established tem strength- Imple- ened Devel- Conduct Conduct Prepa- NEA for menta- National Education opment NEA of NEA ration Imple- Status of Dzongkha- tion of - 289 - Assessment (NEA) 40 of NEA Pilot Test real test of NEA mentation work Grade X NEA Framework Frame- (Grade (Grade (Grade of NEA (2015) (Grade work III) III) VI) VI)

3.1.4. Programme Monitoring Matrix Results 12th FYP Data Reporting Reporting Reporting Indicator Baseline (AKRAs) Target Source Frequency Responsibility To Competency Based Assess- Admin Quality and 30 40 Annually BCSEA GNHCS ment in Board Examinations Data relevance of Affiliation with regional/in- curriculum and Admin Once in five ternational assessment body is NA 1 BCSEA GNHCS assessment sys- Data years established tem strength- ened National Education Assess- NEA for Dzongkha- Implementa- NEA Annually BCSEA GNHCS ment (NEA) Framework Grade X tion of NEA Report 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans

3.1.5. Collaborating Partners Agency/Local Governments/ Type of Collaboration Required CSOs/Private Sector (specific interventions) • Technical reporting on PISA administration and liaising with OECD management • Technical reporting dissemination on school perfor- mance in the country and monitoring the health of MoE the education system • Implementation of Bhutan Education Blueprint 2014-2024 related to curriculum and assessment • Provide technical support on NEA administration and issues related to curriculum and assessment • Collaborate on technical and professional matters related to curriculum and assessment • Align curriculum assessment policy with BCSEA’s REC polices and principles • Provide technical support in the formulation of examination/assessment Collaborate on TVET certification and accreditation and MoLHR recognition of academic qualifications Provide support in terms of improving the school based LGs assessments and for teacher Professional Development programmes Dissemination of information on student assessments and Schools support to improve school-based assessments

3.1.6. GNH Domain effect Domain Impact Remarks Living Standard Neutral Community vitality Neutral Strengthening examination and assessment system Education Positive will improve the quality of education Ecological Diversity and Neutral Resilience Cultural and Resilience Neutral Time use Neutral If academic performance of young people are well Psychological wellbeing Positive measured and beneficial, their wellbeing will be enhanced Good governance Neutral - 290 - 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans Bhutan InfoComm and Media Authority 1. Background The Bhutan InfoComm and Media Authority (BICMA) is a converged, regulatory body mandated to regulate the ICT and media sector, while fostering an environment for fair and sustainable competition, stimulating innovation, encouraging investment and ensuring that all Bhutanese have access to quality ICT and media services at affordable prices, founded on the principles of GNH. BICMA is also responsible to facilitate continuous technological innovation towards improving the standards of ICT and media services and effectively managing radio frequency spectrum, including its usage. 2. Plan Priorities There has been unprecedented growth in the communication sector particularly in providing access through rural communication programme. Complemented by popular mobile technology, access to voice and data (broadband) increased significantly with penetration rates at 89 percent for voice and 79 percent for broadband. While continuing its efforts to provide 100 percent access to both voice and data through additional infrastructural development and up-gradation of existing facilities, the agency will focus primarily on the quality of services to ensure reliable, safe and affordable communication services by the end of the plan period. The Agency will develop and monitor the Quality of Standards (QoS) benchmark for improving communication services. Additionally, the existing tariff will be reduced by 20-40 percent by the end of the plan period. To deploy safe communication infrastructure, the Electromagnetic Field (EMF) radiations from the Base Transceiver Station (BTS) will also be consistently monitored. Further, effective and efficient utilization of the spectrum will be enhanced. Enforcement and compliance will be further strengthened through regular and consistent monitoring, and through review and development of rules and regulations. Further, to enable the institution to function independently, professionally and effectively, a permanent office building equipped with all required monitoring facilities will be constructed. - 291 - 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans The agency will also incorporate mandatory indicators related to corruption reduction namely, work, integrity and leadership culture index, and corruption, transparency and accountability index as KPIs in the Annual Performance Agreement. In the 12th FYP, the Agency will implement the following programme with a capital outlay of Nu. 75 million, and will contribute towards NKRA 9. Sl. Indicative Outlay Programme No (Nu. in Million) 1 Access to Safe, Reliable and Affordable ICT and Media Services 75.00 3. Programme Summary

3.1. Access to Safe, Reliable and Affordable ICT and Media Services 3.1.1. Total cost: Nu. 75.00 million

3.1.2. Activities Indicative Sl. Activities Outlay (Nu. Remarks No. in million) 1 Rules/Guidelines/Codes Developed/amended 5.00 Monitor ICT and media sector including consulta- 2 4.00 tion and advocacy programme 3 Professional service for ICT and media sector 10.00 Procurement of monitoring equipment and re- 4 25.00 placement of obsolete equipment 5 Purchase of mobile radio monitoring van 26.50 Verification of all existing mobile towers (BTS and 6 transmission link) for compliance with internation- 2.50 al standards (EMF) Collaboration with the local partners (LG and other 7 2.00 enforcement agencies) for effective regulation Rural Communication Programme (village+3G Nu. 348.00 m 8 0.00 connectivity at Gewog Centres) (USF) Nu. 80.00 m 9 Construction of Office Building 0.00 (USF) Nu. 6.00 m 10 Activities permissible under USF Rule 0.00 (USF) Total 75.00 - 292 -

3.1.3. Multi-Year Programme Matrix Projected Annual Target Results Indicator Baseline 12th FYP Indicator Unit Y1 Y2 Y3 Y4 Y5 (AKRAs) Weight (Year) Target 2018-19 2019-20 2020-21 2021-22 2022-23 Rural households covered with mobile 30 Percent 97.8 - - 98.5 - ~100 ~100 services Proportion of popula- tion having access to 5 Percent 79 - - - - 90 90 mobile and broad- band internet services Domestic commu- Nu.0.45/ nication tariff (SMS) 5 Percent _ 10 15 20 30 30 SMS Access to safe, reduced - 293 - reliable and Domestic communi- Nu.0.50 affordable ICT cation tariff (Voice) 5 Percent _ _ 10 _ 20 20 per unit and media ser- reduced vices ensured Domestic communi- Nu.1 per cation tariff (Mobile 5 Percent _ 10 15 20 30 30 8.5mb Data) reduced Nu. 32,000 Domestic communi- for 5Mbps cation tariff (Internet 5 Percent _ 30 35 _ 40 40 bandwidth Leased Line) reduced per month Call drop for voice communication ser- 7.5 Percent <2 <2 <2 <2 <2 <2 <2 vice maintained 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans Call set up time for mobile voice service 7.5 Seconds 10 - 9 8.5 8 ≤7 ≤7 enhanced Data throughput of 3G mobile network 7.5 Kbps 767 - 1,000 1,200 1,400 ≥1,500 ≥1,500 enhanced Data throughput of 4G mobile network 7.5 Kbps 3,263 - 4,000 4,500 5,000 ≥6,000 ≥6,000 enhanced Communication network (towers and stations) certified as 0 10 Percent 20 40 60 80 100 100 per the safety stan- (2017) 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans dards prescribed in National Radio Rules - 294 - Public Service TAT for service deliv- Delivery En- 5 Days 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 ery reduced hanced

3.1.4. Programme Monitoring Matrix Results 12th FYP Reporting Reporting Reporting Indicator Baseline Data Source (AKRAs) Target Frequency Responsibility To Access to safe, Rural households covered with Dzongkhag 97.8 ~100 Annually BICMA GNHCS reliable and af- mobile services Administration fordable ICT and Proportion of population Telecom Opera- media services having access to mobile and 79 90 tors & Dzongkhag Annually BICMA GNHCS ensured broadband internet services Administration Domestic communication tariff Nu.0.45/ 30 Telecom Operators Annually BICMA GNHCS (SMS) reduced SMS Domestic communication tariff Nu.0.50 per 20 Telecom Operators Annually BICMA GNHCS (Voice) reduced unit Domestic communication tariff Nu.1 per 30 Telecom Operators Annually BICMA GNHCS (Mobile Data) reduced 8.5mb Nu. 32,000 Domestic communication tariff for 5Mbps 40 Telecom Operators Annually BICMA GNHCS (Internet Leased Line) reduced bandwidth per month Call drop for voice communi- <2 <2 Drive Test Annually BICMA GNHCS cation service maintained Call set up time for mobile 10 ≤7 Drive Test Annually BICMA GNHCS voice service enhanced - 295 - Data throughput of 3G mobile 767 ≥1500 Drive Test Annually BICMA GNHCS network enhanced Data throughput of 4G mobile 3263 ≥6000 Drive Test Annually BICMA GNHCS network enhanced Communication network (tow- ers and stations) certified as per 0 100 Admin Data Annually BICMA GNHCS the safety standards prescribed in National Radio Rules Public Service TAT for service delivery re- Delivery En- 3 2 Admin Data Annually BICMA GNHCS duced hanced 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans

3.1.5. Collaborating Partners Agency/Local Governments/ Type of Collaboration Required CSOs/Private Sector (specific interventions) • Collection and verification of data on unconnected villages and households LGs/RBP • Monitoring and enforcement of licensing terms and conditions • Submission of plans and issuance of directives to start MoIC implementation of rural communication projects • Endorsement of rules by the Ministry Verification of data on unconnected villages, submis- sion of future network expansion plans of the operators, BT and TashiCell consultations on implementation strategy and execution of projects

3.1.6. GNH Domain Effect Domain Impact Remarks Connecting the un-connected villages will enhance living standards by effectively reducing the distance between Living Standard Positive individuals and institutions, making the sharing of infor- mation and knowledge easier and more effectively through mobile connectivity Community Access to reliable and affordable communication services Positive Vitality would increase community vitality Having access to information, exposure and better com- Education Positive munication facilities, will provide an avenue for both formal and informal learning opportunities Ecological Diver- Neutral sity and Resilience Making ICT accessible to all Bhutanese will provide a Cultural Diversity platform to develop and share local content (songs/films), Positive and Resilience thereby assisting in preservation of the local cultures and heritages Mobile communications will provide an alternative platform for accessing health services, especially those Health Positive areas which lack proper health establishment. Thus, it will enhance the over-all health service delivery Mobile connectivity will reduce the time taken in connect- Time Use Positive ing people, within themselves or with government or with the market, and will have a significant impact on time use - 296 - 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans Mobile connectivity will provide individuals with access to information, entertainment and market. Therefore, it Positive will have positive impact to the individuals’ psychological Psychological well-being Well-being Access to uncensored media content will cause mental Negative stress. Therefore, media literacy, awareness and advocacy programmes will be initiated to mitigate the problem Access to government information and improved public Good Governance Positive service delivery through use of ICT will assist in enhancing good governance system - 297 - 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans Bhutan Medical Health Council 1. Background The Bhutan Medical and Health Council (BMHC) aspire to ensure ‘best health care delivery by competent medical and health professional’ to provide quality and safe health care services with the mandate of ‘Ensuring Patient safety, enhancing the Professionalism in Health’. 2. Plan Priorities Medical Education must be aligned to the evolving needs of health care services. Hence, BMHC will continue to ensure that curriculum needs are re-designed focusing on competency-based medical education and reflecting the requirements of the current health care system. The Council will regulate medical and health professionals to ensure quality health services. To ensure standard and quality health care services, establishment of selective medical and health institutions and facilities will be encouraged. Further, with increasing demand for healthcare services by the public, there is a need to decongest the government health facilities and provide choices of convenience of healthcare to the public. In this regard, BMHC shall encourage and create enabling environment for the private sector to engage in healthcare services and explore Private Public Participation (PPP) modes for delivering healthcare services. It will also ensure that relevant policies and regulations are formulated and revised to encourage private health care services. In order to ensure public health and patient safety, the BMHC shall rigorously and continuously monitor the standard of services provided by the health facilities and centres. The BMHC shall continue to sensitize the medical and health professional on the code of conduct, medical ethics and medico legal issues in order to protect and ensure patient safety. The BMHC will also incorporate mandatory indicators related to corruption reduction namely, work, integrity and leadership culture index, and corruption, transparency and accountability index as KPIs in the Annual Performance Agreement. - 298 - 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans In the 12th FYP, BMHC will implement the following programme with a capital outlay of Nu. 15.00 million, which will contribute towards the achievement of NKRA 14. Sl. Indicative Outlay Programme No (Nu. million) 1 Strengthen Patient Safety and Quality of Healthcare Services 15.00 3. Programme Summary

3.1. Strengthen Patient Safety and Quality of Healthcare Services

3.1.1. Total cost: Nu.15.00 million

3.1.2. Activities: Sl. Indicative Outlay Activities Remarks No. (Nu in million) Amendment of Bhutan Medical and Health 1 3.00 Council Act 2002 Revision of regulation, policies, standards, 2 2.00 guidelines and consultative meetings 3 National Professional Licensing Examination 2.00 4 Conduct risk management and patient safety 1.00 5 Regulatory activities 2.50 Workshop, awareness, advocacy, seminars and 6 3.00 meetings 7 Short term trainings 1.50 Total 15.00 - 299 -

3.1.3. Multi-Year Programme Matrix Projected Annual Target Results Indicator Baseline 12th FYP Indicator Unit Y1 Y2 Y3 Y4 Y5 (AKRAs) Weight (Year) Target 2018-19 2019-20 2020-21 2021-22 2022-23 Governance Timeline by which Med- and regulation ical and Health Council 2019- 2019- of health ser- 9 Date NA - - - - Act 2002 of the Kingdom 2020 2020 vices strength- of Bhutan is amended ened % of Medical Profession- 100 7 Percent 100 100 100 100 100 100 als registered (2018) % of Health Professionals 100 7 Percent 100 100 100 100 100 100 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans registered (2018) 12 Number of private diag- 12 12 12 - 300 - Improved 12 nostic centres monitored 8 Number 12 12 access to qual- (2018) for quality compliance ity health care services that Number of Medical is inclusive, & Health institutions responsive and and approved teaching 5 equitable 7 Number 5 5 5 5 5 5 hospitals monitored for (2018) ensuring quality com- pliance Timeline by which SoP 2018- for recognition of teach- 8 Date NA 2018-19 - - - - 2019 ing hospitals is developed No. of hospitals mon- itored for adequate categories of relevant 6 Number NA 4 9 15 21 27 27 medical and health pro- fessionals Number of health facili- 4 ties sensitized on patient 6 Number (2017- 11 21 31 41 53 53 safety 18) TAT for issuance of new 5 6 Days 3 3 3 3 3 3 registration reduced (2018) TAT for renewal of regis- 5 6 Days 3 3 3 3 3 3 tration reduced (2018) TAT for CME approval 5 6 Days 3 3 3 3 3 3 reduced (2018) Efficiency, - 301 - effectiveness TAT for approval of med- in delivery of ical education program 6 6 Months 5 4 4 4 4 4 health services upon receiving the pro- (2018) strengthened posal by Council reduced TAT for approval of new 12 health institution upon 12 6 Months 12 12 12 12 12 (main- receiving the proposal by (2018) tain) Council Percentage utilization of 6 Percent NA - - - - - 100 the 12th FYP budget TAT by which action is taken on the complaints received against health 6 Days NA 4 4 4 4 4 4 professionals and health centres 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans

3.1.4. Programme Monitoring Matrix 12th FYP Data Reporting Reporting Reporting Results (AKRAs) Indicator Baseline Target Source Frequency responsibility To Governance and Timeline by which Medical and Health regulation of health Admin Council Act 2002 of the Kingdom of Bhu- NA 2019-2020 Bi-annual BMHC GNHCS services strength- data tan is amended ened Percentage of Medical Professionals Admin 100 100 Quarterly BMHC GNHCS registered data Percentage of Health Professionals regis- Admin 100 100 Quarterly BMHC GNHCS tered data Number of private diagnostic centers Admin 12 12 Quarterly BMHC GNHCS 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans monitored for quality compliance data Improved access to Number of Medical & Health institutions quality health care Admin - 302 - and approved teaching hospitals moni- 5 5 Quarterly BMHC GNHCS services that is in- data tored for ensuring quality compliance clusive, responsive and equitable Timeline by which SoP for recognition of Admin NA 2018-2019 Quarterly BMHC GNHCS teaching hospitals is developed data No. of hospitals monitored for adequate Admin categories of relevant medical and health NA 27 Quarterly BMHC GNHCS data professionals Number of Health Facilities sensitized on Admin 4 53 Quarterly BMHC GNHCS Patient Safety data TAT for issuance of new registration Admin 5 3 Quarterly BMHC GNHCS reduced data Admin TAT for renewal of registration reduced 5 3 Quarterly BMHC GNHCS data Admin TAT for CME approval reduced 5 3 Quarterly BMHC GNHCS data Efficiency, effec- TAT for approval of medical education Admin tiveness in delivery program upon receiving the proposal by 6 4 Quarterly BMHC GNHCS data of health services Council reduced strengthened TAT for approval of new health institution 12 Admin 12 Quarterly BMHC GNHCS upon receiving the proposal by Council (maintain) data Percentage utilization of the 12th FYP Admin NA 100 Quarterly BMHC GNHCS budget data TAT by which action is taken on the com- Admin - 303 - plaints received against health profession- NA 4 Days Quarterly BMHC GNHCS data als and health centres 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans

3.1.5. Collaborating Partners Agency/Local Governments/ Type of Collaboration Required CSOs/Private Sector (specific interventions) Policy support and ensure compliance to regulatory MoH /health centres requirements, and incident reporting Expertise support, and compliance on medical educa- KGUMSB tion standards Policy support on establishment of medical and health MoE(TEB) institutions, and accreditation of medical and health institutions Private health institutes/ private Support /ensure compliance to regulatory require- diagnostic centres ments and incident reporting Expertise support and compliance on teaching hospi- JDWNRH tal MoEA Technical support and timely issuance of trade license

3.1.6. GNH Domain Effect Domain Impact Remarks Availability of competent medical and health professionals to deliver safe and quality Living Standard Positive health care services will lead to improved living standards Community Vitality Neutral Education Neutral Ecological Diversity and Neutral Resilience Cultural Diversity and Neutral Resilience Access to quality and safe services that will Health Positive lead to improved health conditions. Time Use Neutral Psychological Well-being Neutral Ensuring competencies of the health profes- Good Governance Positive sionals will lead to ensuring good health care services to the public. - 304 - 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans Bhutan Narcotic Control Authority 1. Background Bhutan Narcotic Control Authority (BNCA) functions as the nodal agency for all matters related to narcotics drugs, psychotropic substances and substance abuse. BNCA was established with a vision of ‘a nation of Gross National Happiness free of drugs and controlled substances abuse’. It is mandated to effectively coordinate, facilitate and combat the abuse and illicit trafficking of narcotic drugs and controlled substances. 2. Plan Priorities According to the National Drug Use Survey 2017, 26 percent of people with Substance Use Disorder are youth. Further, the School Mental Health Survey 2016 revealed that 24.6 percent of adolescents between the ages of 13 to 17 smoke tobacco and that 12 percent of them smoke marijuana. This indicates that the availability of narcotic substances among youth is increasing despite the strict enforcement of rules and regulation. Therefore, it will focus on reducing availability and demand for controlled substances, which will then contribute to reducing mental issues, crime and suicide. In the 12th FYP, supply reduction efforts will be multiplied by building the capacity of law enforcement agencies and relevant personnel. In order to reduce demand, there will be enhanced awareness programme at schools, training teachers on the science of addiction, building capacity of addiction professionals, and educating parents and community on the ill effects of substance abuse. These programmes will also assist in preventing early initiation of substance abuse. The agency will also incorporate mandatory indicators related to corruption reduc- tion namely, work, integrity and leadership culture index, and corruption, transpar- ency and accountability index as KPIs in the Annual Performance Agreement. In this regard, BNCA will implement the following programme with a capital outlay of Nu.50.00 million, which will contribute towards the achievement of NKRA 14. Sl. No. Programme Outlay (Nu. million) 1 Drug Demand and Supply Reduction 50.00 - 305 - 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans 3. Programme Summary

3.1. Drug Demand and Supply Reduction 3.1.1. Total cost: Nu. 50.00 million

3.1.2. Activities: Indicative Sl. Activities Outlay(Nu. Remarks No. in million) 1 Establish additional Drop In Centres (DICs) 1.80 3 DICs Construction and enhancement of compulsory treatment 2 0.00 centre Construction of correctional treatment centre for prison 3 0.00 inmates Enhance after care services and social reintegration pro- 4 2.20 grams for recovering addicts 5 Enhance Treatment Assessment Panel services 2.00 Establish and strengthen MoUs and linkages with other 6 1.50 international organizations Train and accredit addiction professionals and prevention 7 2.50 coordinators. 8 Conduct awareness program for targeted audience 3.00 Develop, distribute and broadcast reader-friendly informa- 9 3.00 tion, education and communication materials Conduct cannabis destruction and explore alternative cash 10 1.00 crop cultivation program 11 Reduce drug and tobacco trafficking at source 5.00 12 Train and certify law enforcement officials 5.00 Installation of environmental friendly incinerators in col- 13 1.50 laboration with stakeholders 14 Installation of billboards and signboards 2.50 15 Inspection for tobacco, precursors and NDPS/CD 4.00 16 Build internal professional capacities 4.00 17 Conduct timely National Drug Use Survey 6.00 18 Develop National Drug Control Strategy 2.00 19 Construct BNCA office and training academy 0.00 Enhance confirmatory Drug Testing Laboratory and sample 20 1.00 storage facilities 21 Impact assessment of NDPSSA and TCA 0.00 22 Develop Information Management System (IMS) 2.00 23 Establish regional offices to facilitate tobacco and drug control 0.00 Total 50.00 - 306 -

3.1.3. Multi-Year Programme Matrix Projected Annual Target Results Indicator Baseline 12th FYP Indicator Unit Y1 Y2 Y3 Y4 Y5 (AKRAs) Weight (Year) Target 2018-19 2019-20 2020-21 2021-22 2022-23 Prevention, Percentage of tobacco users 30.3 25 Percent 30 29 28 27 26 26 Promotion among youth (2017) and rehabili- Proportion of identified tation services 32.5 drug users provided treat- 25 Percent 32.5 40 48 55 65 65 improved (2018) ment Drug Demand Percentage of tobacco users 25 25 Percent 24 23 22 21 20 20 and Supply among adults (2017) Reduction Ef- Percentage of drug offences 18.3 forts enhanced in the country 25 Percent 18.3 - - - 18 18 (2018) - 307 - 3.1.4. Programme Monitoring Matrix 12th FYP Reporting Reporting Reporting Results (AKRAs) Indicator Baseline Data Source Target Frequency Responsibility To Percentage of tobacco users Once in five Prevention, Promotion 30.3 26 GYTS BNCA GNHCS among youth years and rehabilitation services improved Proportion of identified drug 32.5 65 Admin Data Annually BNCA GNHCS users provided treatment Percentage of tobacco users Once in five Drug Demand and 25 20 GATS BNCA GNHCS among adults years Supply Reduction Efforts enhanced Percentage of drug offences in Statistical 18.3 18 Annually BNCA GNHCS the country Yearbook, RBP 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans

3.1.5. Collaborating Partners Agency/Local Governments/ Type of Collaboration Required CSOs/Private Sector (specific interventions) YDF/ CPA/Care Bhutan/MoE/ Prevention and awareness programmes for demand DoPH/LGs reduction RBP/ DRA/DRC/DoT/LGs/ Inspection and legal awareness programmes for supply BAFRA, DLO reduction

3.1.6. GNH Domain Effect Domain Impact Remarks Reduction in substance abuse will improve productivity, Living Standard Positive thereby enhancing participation in economic activities Drug abuse free society is foundation for vibrant Community Vitality Positive community Less youth engaged in substance abuse will result in Education Positive higher educational performance Ecological Diversity Neutral and Resilience Cultural Diversity Neutral and Resilience The programme will help in building healthy society by Health Positive reducing drug addiction and increasing healthy days This programme will promote balanced time use in terms Time Use Positive of work and leisure by reducing time wasted on drug use Psychological Psychological well-being will be increased by combating Positive Well-being drug addiction and its serious impact on mental health Good Governance Neutral - 308 - 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans Bhutan National Legal Institute 1. Background The Bhutan National Legal Institute (BNLI) aspires ‘to create the highest professional standards in judicial learning and development’ by ensuring a platform for continuing legal education, capacity building and research support to the judicial personnel. The mission of the institute is to promote judicial independence and enhance the efficiency of judicial service providers to improve the accessibility of the justice system. 2. Plan Priorities BNLI will assist the Judiciary to build capacity of legal professionals by providing trainings on updated laws and legislation to ensure uniform application of laws. In order to strengthen the informal justice system, the institute will continue to provide relevant trainings to LG representatives and leaders on Alternate Dispute Resolution (ADR) especially in terms of mediation. ADR has aided in reducing caseload substantially, enabling courts to invest time and resources on other important cases. Additionally, BNLI will conduct research on various issues related to justice sector, and carry out legal educational programmes to ensure that the public has a basic understanding of the laws and judicial system. The BNLI will also incorporate mandatory indicators related to corruption reduction namely, work, integrity and leadership culture index, and corruption, transparency and accountability index as KPIs in the Annual Performance Agreement. In the 12th FYP, BNLI will be implementing the following programme with capital outlay of Nu. 50 million, contributing towards the achievement of NKRA 16. Sl. Programme Indicative Outlay No. (Nu. in million) 1 Strengthen Administration of Justice Services 50.00 - 309 - 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans 3. Programme Summary

3.1. Strengthen Administration of Justice Services 3.1.1. Total cost: Nu. 50.00 million

3.1.2. Activities Sl. Indicative Outlay Activities Remarks No. (Nu. in million) Training/workshop on new legislation, amend- 1 ments, court administration and case management 6.00 to Judges, Court Registrars, and Bench Clerks 2 Specialized courses based on specialized benches 2.00 3 National Seminars on emerging legal issues 5.00 Orientation programmes for new Judicial personnel 4 3.00 including Judges Mandatory continuing legal education for Judicial 5 3.00 personnel 6 In-house HR development and capacity building 4.00 Development of Monitoring & Evaluation activities 7 2.00 for trainings conducted by BNLI Establishment institutional linkages- both within 8 4.00 and outside Training/refresher courses on mediation for LG 9 5.00 Leaders Conflict management/resolution for other 10 2.00 stakeholders 11 Mediation training for Bench Clerks 3.00 Legal Awareness Programmes for the general public 12 (including School Law Clubs) - youth related and 5.00 other emerging issues Basic legal training for non-judicial personnel (Law 13 2.00 Lecture Series) 14 Bhutan Law Review and other periodic publications 3.00 Development of ICT applications for law related 15 1.00 issues Total 50.00 - 310 -

3.1.3. Multi-Year Programme Matrix Projected Annual Target Indicator Baseline 12th FYP Results (AKRAs) Indicator Unit Y1 Y2 Y3 Y4 Y5 Weight (Year) Target 2018-19 2019 -20 2020 -21 2021-22 2022-23 ADR promoted and Civil disputes settled 42.25 50 Percent 42.25 48 55 62 70 70 strengthened through Mediation (2017) Legal awareness 16 among citizens Legal literacy 50 Number 16 25 50 75 100 100 (2017) enhanced

3.1.4. Programme Monitoring Matrix 12th FYP Reporting Reporting Reporting Results (AKRAs) Indicator Baseline Data Source Target Frequency Responsibility To Civil disputes settled - 311 - ADR promoted and strengthened 42.25 70 Admin Data Annually BNLI GNHCS through Mediation Legal awareness among citizens Legal literacy 16 100 Admin Data Annually BNLI GNHCS enhanced 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans

3.1.5. Collaborating Partners Agency / Local Governments / Type of Collaboration Required CSOs / Private Sector (specific interventions) Training/workshop/seminars/forum for Judicial per- RCoJ sonnel OAG Workshop/Seminars/Forum for legal fraternity DLG, MoHCA Mediation training to LG Leaders NCWC Support for women and children related programmes RBP Trainings related to prosecution and investigation. Legal literacy programme for youth/students/school MoE law clubs NAB Advocacy on new legislations For legal awareness, legal reporting, judgement inter- Media pretation and case analysis

3.1.6. GNH Domain Effect Domain Impact Remarks Living Standard Neutral ADR (mediation) will result in win-win situations en- suring harmonious relationship in the community. Legal Community Vitality Positive advocacy programmes will prevent incidence of crimes especially among youth. Continuing legal education and learning programmes will create a niche of legal expertise. Legal advocacy Education Positive programmes, trainings and sensitization will enhance people’s knowledge on the justice sector. Ecological Diversity Promote awareness on laws relevant to environmental Positive and Resilience resources and preservation of flora and fauna. Cultural Diversity Revitalizing age-old traditions of Nangkha Nangdrik, Positive and Resilience respect for existing laws, and harmonious community. Promotion of awareness on laws relevant to drugs and Health Positive alcohol will enhance healthy lifestyles. Disputes will be amicably resolved through mediation at Time Use Positive local level in a timely manner without having to resort to formal litigation. Psychological Neutral Well-being Consultations, workshops and training to the relevant stakeholders will promote knowledge of rights and duties, Good Governance Positive and Rule of Law and democracy, further strengthening good governance. - 312 - 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans Bhutan Olympic Committee 1. Background The Bhutan Olympic Committee (BOC) aspires to promote excellence in sports, and is mandated to develop, promote and protect the Olympic Movement in the country. It is the link between the international and the national sport bodies for the development and promotion of sports. The National Sports Federations (NSF) and Dzongkhag Sports Associations (DSA) are affiliated to BOC. These sports federations and associations will support to engage the community and to promote a sporting culture at both grass root level and national level. 2. Plan Priorities The BOC will focus on promoting excellence in sports while emphasizing on sports infrastructure development in the 12th FYP. Currently, the major challenge in promoting sports is limited infrastructure. Most of the existing facilities are owned by schools and other institutions, and many of them are either poorly maintained or are inaccessible to local communities. Therefore, in the 12th FYP, BOC will develop sport infrastructures across the country to promote sports and recreational services to all. In addition, the promotion of professional excellence in sports is hindered by the shortage of skilled human resources. Hence, emphasis will be placed on human resource development in terms of training physical instructors to ensure a steady supply of quality national coaches and sport personnel to schools and other relevant institutions. The BOC will also incorporate mandatory indicators related to corruption reduction namely, work, integrity and leadership culture index, and corruption, transparency and accountability index as KPIs in the Annual Performance Agreement. The BOC will be implementing the following programme with a capital outlay of Nu. 405.00 million, which will contribute towards the achievement - 313 - 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans of NKRA 4, 7 and 14. Sl. No Programme Indicative Outlay (Nu. in million) 1 Excellence through Sports for All 405.00 3. Programme Summary

3.1. Excellence through Sports for All

3.1.1. Total cost: Nu. 405.00 million

3.1.2. Activities Indicative Sl. Activities Outlay (Nu. Remarks No in million) Renovation of swimming pool and basketball hall at 1 35.40 Thimphu Swimming Pool Complex Construction of Indigenous Sports Museum at 2 12.20 Thimphu Changbangdu 3 Additional Tennis Court at Changlimithang 3.80 Thimphu 4 Construction of Multi-Sports Hall 38.87 Paro 5 Development of astro-turf football ground 35.55 Paro 6 Construction of Multi-Sports Hall 38.87 Haa 7 Development of astro-turf football ground 29.05 Haa Construction of tennis courts, road, parking and 8 14.52 S/Jongkhar lighting for football ground 9 Construction of Multi-Sports Hall 38.87 Tsirang Construction of pavilion at the national cricket 10 4.00 Gelegphu training Centre 11 Construction of Taekwondo Hall 8.00 P/Ling Roofing and lighting of Basketball Court at 12 3.50 Thimphu Changlimithang Construction of spectator pavilion, tennis courts, road 13 26.30 P/Ling and parking at P/Ling sports complex Construction of indoor archery range with hostel 14 14.40 Thimphu facilities, Langjophakha 15 Development of futsal and volley ball court 4.62 Punakha 16 Renovation of Multi-Sports Hall 2.00 Gelegphu 17 Water Supply at Chang Rama Shooting Range 6.00 Thimphu 18 Bleachers at volley ball court, Changlimithang 0.80 Thimphu 19 Repainting of Changlingmethang pavilion 2.60 Thimphu Road, parking, fencing and volleyball court at 20 10.30 Bumthang Bumthang Sports Complex 21 Construction of MSH (spillover) 14.00 S/Jongkhar - 314 - 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans 22 BOC Scholarship for student athletes 19.50 New BOC 23 Office furniture and equipment 5.00 Office Training of 24 Preparation of elite athletes 11.62 athletes 25 Hiace Bus for BOC and federations 5.00 26 Development of volleyball court 12.23 Thimphu 27 Others 8.00 Total 405.00 - 315 -

3.1.3. Multi-Year Programme Matrix Projected Annual Target Results Indicator Baseline 12th FYP Indicator Unit Y1 Y2 Y3 Y4 Y5 (AKRAs) Weight (Year) Target 2018-19 2019-20 2020-21 2021-22 2022-23 Intangible Initiative to pro- cultural heritage 8 mote and safeguard 40 Number 17 26 35 45 55 55 preserved and (2017) indigenous games promoted Resource MSH- 7 Start con- Mobiliza- - 9 10 MSH-10 Sports for all Access to quality (2018) struction 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans tion promoted and sports infrastruc- 60 Number enhanced. ture Resource - 316 - Turf -8 Start Con- Mobiliza- 9 10 11 Turf-11 (2018) struction tion

3.1.4. Programme Monitoring Matrix 12th FYP Data Reporting Reporting Reporting Results (AKRAs) Indicator Baseline Target Source Frequency Responsibility To Tangible cultural heritage pre- Initiative to promote and Admin 8 55 Quarterly BOC GNHCS served and promoted safeguard indigenous games Data Excellence through sports for all Access to quality sports MSH-7 MSH-10 Admin Annually BOC GNHCS promoted and enhanced. infrastructure Turf-8 Turf-11 Data 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans

3.1.5. Collaborating Partners Agency/Local Governments/ Type of Collaboration Required CSOs/Private Sector (specific interventions) Conduct coaching courses and elite athletes training NSFs programmes DSAs Implementation of sporting activities in the districts

3.1.6. GNH Domain Effect Domain Impact Remarks Development of sports economy and engagement of Living Standard Positive youth will contribute to improved living standards Community Vitality Positive Encourages social networking through sports This programme will inculcate Olympic values and Education Positive provide a holistic academic experience Ecological Diversity Neutral and Resilience Cultural Diversity Preservation of indigenous games and sports, and Positive and Resilience showcase them in national and international events Health Positive Promotes an active and healthy lifestyle Engages the population and enhances productive time Time Use Positive use Psychological Exercise and sports will have a positive impact on Positive Well-being psychological well-being Good Governance Neutral - 317 - 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans Bhutan Standards Bureau 1. Background The Bhutan Standards Bureau (BSB) is mandated to promote standardisation, conformity assessment (testing and certification), metrology and accreditation of products and services. Currently, Bhutan has 164 national standards and 726 sectoral standards. 2. Plan Priorities In the 12th FYP, the BSB will continue to improve coordination and promotion of products and services standardisation and calibration. The Bureau will also promote certification of services and products, including cash crops and construction materials, to guarantee export and import of high quality and safe goods. It will continue to liaise with regional and international standardisation, accreditation and conformity assessment bodies to gain national, regional and international recognition for its standards and certification. The Bureau, in collaboration with relevant stakeholders, will continue to provide awareness on standardisation, calibration and certification services. The agency will also incorporate mandatory indicators related to corruption reduction namely, work, integrity and leadership culture index, and corruption, transparency and accountability index as KPIs in the Annual Performance Agreement. In the 12th FYP, the BSB will be implementing the following programme with capital outlay of Nu. 50 million, contributing towards the achievement of NKRA 2 and 9. Sl. Indicative Outlay Programme No. (Nu. in million) 1 Ensure Quality National Products and Services 50.00 - 318 - 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans 3. Programme Summary

3.1. Ensure Quality National Products and Services 3.1.1. Total Cost: Nu. 50.00 million

3.1.2. Activities: Sl. Indicative Outlay Activities Remarks No. (Nu. in million) 1 Construction of separate National Metrology 15.00 Construction of separate Product Testing Labo- 2 15.00 ratory 3 Product certification 2.00 4 Management system certification 2.00 Availing accreditation services for product and 5 1.20 management system certification 6 Formulation of standards 3.50 7 Research studies 0.80 8 Product Testing 2.50 9 Metrological services 2.50 Accreditation of Product Testing and increase in 10 1.00 scope of accreditation of Metrology Laboratory Awareness programmes (marketing & commu- 11 3.50 nications) 12 Development of ICT system for BSB 1.00 Total 50.00 - 319 -

3.1.3. Multi-Year Programme Matrix Projected Annual Target Indicator Baseline 12th FYP Results (AKRAs) Indicator Unit Y1 Y2 Y3 Y5 Y5 Weight (Year) Target 2018-19 2019-20 2020-21 2021-22 2022-23 National standards National standards for 100 for products and products and services 30 Percent 100 100 100 100 100 100 (2018) services enhanced developed/adopted 100 Product tested 15 Percent 100 100 100 100 100 100 (2018) Product Testing Measurement instru- 99 10 Percent 100 100 100 100 100 100 and Metrological ments calibrated (2018) Services enhanced Equipments/machines 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans verified for weights 10 Number NA 500 800 800 800 800 3,700 and measures - 320 - 95 Product certified 20 Percent 96 97 98 99 100 100 Certification for (2018) products and ser- Organizations certi- vices enhanced 100 fied in management 15 Percent 100 100 100 100 100 100 (2018) system

3.1.4. Programme Monitoring Matrix Results 12th FYP Data Reporting Reporting Reporting Indicator Baseline (AKRAs) Target Source Frequency Responsibility To National standards for National standards for products and Annual products and services 100 100 Annually BSB GNHCS services developed/adopted Report enhanced Annual Product Testing and Product tested 100 100 Annually BSB GNHCS Report Metrological Services Annual enhanced Measurement instruments calibrated 99 100 Annually BSB GNHCS Report Equipment/machines verified for Annual NA 3700 Annually BSB GNHCS weights and measures Report Annual Certification for prod- Product certified 95 100 Annually BSB GNHCS Report ucts and services - 321 - enhanced Organizations certified in management Annual 100 100 Annually BSB GNHCS system Report 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans

3.1.5. Collaborating Partners Agency/Local Governments/ Type of Collaboration Required CSOs/ Private Sector (specific interventions) CSIs/medium and large Follow standard and certification procedures for products industries/Agencies and services Follow standard and certification procedures for con- Private Contractors struction materials Facilitate institutional linkages between BSB and other MoFA international standards organizations

3.1.6. GNH Domain Effect Domain Impact Remarks Testing and certification will ensure availability of quality Living Standard Positive products and services which will accrue economic benefits Community Vitality Neutral Education Neutral Ecological Diversity Standards and certification will ensure the requirements Positive and Resilience to protect the environment Setting standards and certifications will promote handi- Cultural Diversity Positive craft products, and textiles in international and domestic and Resilience markets Certification and standardisation of medical devices and Health Positive health care will contribute to improvement of medical services Time Use Neutral Psychological Neutral Well-being Good Governance Neutral - 322 - 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans Construction Development Board 1. Background The Construction Development Board (CDB) aspires to promote ‘a robust and vibrant construction industry at par with the best in the region’. Its mandate is to develop and promote an efficient, effective, quality based and corruption free construction sector, enhancing healthy and competitive growth. 2. Plan Priorities The CDB will provide assistance in the professionalization of the construction industry in Bhutan. The Board will endeavour to promote an efficient and quality-based construction industry through the extensive monitoring of contractors, and by ensuring compliance to committed resources such as man-power, plant, equipment as per contract agreement and the board’s registration requirement. It will also promote the use of relevant advanced technologies to carry out mechanisation as well as emphasize on promotion of locally produced construction materials. To create more job opportunities in the construction sector, CDB will continue to facilitate registration of new firms. Further, CDB will provide necessary awareness and trainings to new and existing construction firms to equip them with required technical and managerial knowledge. The CDB will also incorporate mandatory indicators related to corruption reduction namely, work, integrity and leadership culture index, and corruption, transparency and accountability index as KPIs in the Annual Performance Agreement. In the 12th FYP, CDB will implement following programme with a capital outlay of Nu. 55.00 million, contributing towards the achievement of NKRA 9. Sl. Indicative Outlay Programme No. (Nu. in million) 1. Enhance professionalism in construction industry 55.00 - 323 - 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans 3. Programme Summary

3.1. Enhance Professionalism in Construction Industry

3.1.1. Total cost: Nu. 55.00 million

3.1.2. Activities: Sl. Indicative Outlay Activities Remarks No. (Nu. in million) Promote specialisation of construction firms and 1 3.00 specialized trades Formulate Construction Development Authority 2 2.00 Bill & its rules and regulations. Conduct awareness/trainings and seminars in 3 15.00 Construction Industry Compliance of registration requirements by con- 4 3.00 struction and consultant firms Streamlining and Standardisation of construction 5 process and management to reduce construction 4.00 dispute Promotion of advanced construction technolo- 6 gies, best practices & pre-fabricated components 4.00 in Construction Industry 7 Develop and enhance institutional linkages 8.00 Enhancement of construction development services through ICT for promotion of greater 8 4.00 transparency, ethics and integrity in construction industry Promote employment creation through registra- 9 tion and regulation of construction/consultancy 4.00 firms Re-classification and redefining of contractors (Publishing leaflets, newsletter, reports period- 10 8.00 ically on construction realm through extensive research) Total 55.00 - 324 -

3.1.3. Multi-Year Monitoring Matrix Projected Annual Target Results Indicator Baseline 12th FYP Indicator Unit Y1 Y2 Y3 Y4 Y5 (AKRAs) Weight (Year) Target 2018 -19 2019 -20 2020 -21 2021-22 2022-23 Construction firms spe- 30 30 Number 30 40 55 75 100 100 cialized (2017) Construction Projects with time overrun 5 50 Number - - 6 7 8 8 Sector Pro- reduced (2017) fessionalized Professionalize regulation through use of ICT appli- 20 Number NA - - - 1 2 2 cations

3.1.4. Programme Monitoring Matrix Results 12th FYP Reporting Reporting Reporting - 325 - Indicator Baseline Data Source (AKRAs) Target Frequency Responsibility To Construction firms specialized 30 100 Admin Data Annually CDB GNHCS Construction Projects with time overrun reduced 5 8 Admin Data Annually CDB GNHCS Sector Professionalized Professionalize regulation through NA 2 Admin Data Annually CDB GNHCS use of ICT applications 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans

3.1.5. Collaborating Partners Agency / Local Governments / Type of Collaboration Required CSOs / Private Sector (specific interventions) Coordination and periodic policy intervention for cre- MoF ation of conducive environment in construction industry Compliance with CDB/CDA rules and regulation, All agencies (e-tool) to reduce project time & cost overrun and to complete the projects within contract price Construction Association of Coordination with contractors at all times Bhutan (CAB) Policy interventions and incentives in place to attract MoWHS & MoLHR Bhutanese Engineers in the construction sector Produce adequate engineers in job market to meet the MoE/RUB requirement of construction sector

3.1.6. GNH Domain Effect Domain Impact Remarks Living Standard Neutral Community Vitality Neutral Education Neutral Promote use of locally produced materials and energy Ecological Diversity Positive efficient building technology for environmentally and Resilience sustainable construction Cultural Diversity Ensure that traditional architectural designs are integrated Positive and Resilience in the construction of buildings/infrastructure Ensure infrastructure with proper sanitation and health Health Positive facilities Time Use Neutral Psychological Neutral Well-being Good Governance Neutral - 326 - 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans Cabinet Secretariat 1. Background The Cabinet Secretariat was established with a vision to institute ‘an office of excellence in facilitating the leadership and good governance policy priorities of the government’. It is mandated to ‘provide necessary leadership support to the executive body in ensuring the commitment and effective delivery of key government decisions and good governance actions’. The Government Performance Management Division and Public Services & Grievance Redressal Division were instituted within the Cabinet Secretariat to further streamline and manage the performance of government agencies and to enhance public service delivery. 2. Plan Priorities Cabinet Secretariat will continue to focus on strengthening the performance of government agencies, assisting inter-ministerial coordination and facilitating public service delivery. In the 2015 GNH Survey, the sufficiency in perception of people on government performance was 34 percent and this can be attributed to the absence of a performance management system until 2014. This necessitates strengthening the Government Performance Management System (GPMS). This will also ensure delivery of planned socio-economic development targets of the 12th FYP. In the 12th FYP, streamlining and simplification of public service delivery processes shall be guided, where necessary, by the Division of Responsibility Framework (DoRF) to assign clear lines of responsibilities and accountability of the Service Delivery Standards (SDS) between central agencies and LGs. The Cabinet Secretariat will also incorporate mandatory indicators related to corruption reduction namely, work, integrity and leadership culture index, and corruption, transparency and accountability index as KPIs in the Annual Performance Agreement. - 327 - 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans The Cabinet Secretariat will implement the following programme with a capital outlay of Nu. 50 million, which will contribute towards achieving NKRA 9. Sl. Indicative Outlay Programmes No (Nu in million) Enhance Government Performance Management and Public 1 50.00 Service Delivery 3. Programme Summary

3.1. Enhance Government Performance Management and Public Service Delivery 3.1.1. Total cost: Nu. 50.00 million

3.1.2. Activities: Sl. Indicative Outlay Activities Remarks No. (Nu. in million) Streamlining and simplification of processes of 1 19.00 public services Drafting of PSD frameworks and related 2 5.00 documents to strengthen accountability Enhancement of performance culture, competencies, and skills of RGoB agencies in 3 15.00 performance planning, monitoring, problem solving and evaluation. Strengthening service delivery at local government 4 8.00 and grassroots level 5 Secretarial and advisory services 3.00 Total 50.00 - 328 -

3.1.3. Multi-Year Programme Matrix Projected Annual Target Results Indicator Baseline 12th FYP Indicator Unit Y1 Y2 Y3 Y4 Y5 (AKRAs) Weight (Year) Target 2018-19 2019-20 2020-21 2021-22 2022-23 Identifica- Percentage of SDS tion and transaction of instituted inventory key public ser- 15 Percent NA for all key 70 >90 100 100 of key vices delivered public public on time services services Public Ser- vice Delivery Mecha- enhanced nism to assess sat- Service delivery Scale isfaction 13 NA 2 2.5 3 3 3 - 329 - satisfaction (1-5) estab- lished for key public services On the On the On the On the On the On the On the Timeline by date/s date/s date/s date/s date/s date/s date/s which APAs are 15 Days approved approved approved approved approved approved approved signed by HPM by HPM by HPM by HPM by HPM by HPM by HPM Performance TAT for prob- of RGOB 15 Days 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 lem solving Agencies enhanced Timeline by 1 month 1 month 1 month 1 month 1 month 1 month 1 month which MYR after after after after after after after clo- of APAs of agen- 12 Days closure closure closure closure closure closure sure of 2nd cies is carried of 2nd of 2nd of 2nd of 2nd of 2nd of 2nd quarter out quarter quarter quarter quarter quarter quarter 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans Timeline by Within Within Within Within Within Within Within which year- Sept 25 Sept 25 Sept 25 Sept 25 Sept 25 Sept 25 Sept 25 of end review of 15 Days of the of the of the of the of the of the the follow- the APAs of following following following following following following ing fiscal the agencies is fiscal year fiscal year fiscal year fiscal year fiscal year fiscal year year carried out Efficient and effective secretarial Secretarial and and adviso- advisory ser- SOPs de- 15 Percent NA 100 100 100 100 100 ry services vices provided veloped provided to as per SOPs the HPM and 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans Cabinet - 330 -

3.1.4 Programme Monitoring Matrix Results 12th FYP Reporting Reporting Reporting Indicator Baseline Data Source (AKRAs) Target Frequency Responsibility To Percentage of transaction of PM’s eDesk Cabinet key public services delivered NA 100 and log- Quarterly Public Service Secretariat GNHCS on time books Delivery en- hanced Both online Cabinet Service delivery satisfaction NA 3 and offline Quarterly GNHCS Secretariat modes On the GPMD APA Timeline by which APAs are On the date/s ap- date/s Cabinet Performance of compendi- Annually GNHCS signed proved by HPM approved by Secretariat RGOB Agencies um HPM enhanced Cabinet TAT for problem solving 5 5 GPMS Monthly GNHCS Secretariat Timeline by which MYR of 1 month af- 1 month after clo- GPMS Cabinet APAs of agencies is carried ter closure of Biannually GNHCS sure of 2nd quarter system Secretariat out 2nd quarter Within Sept Timeline by which year-end Within Sept 25 of 25 of the Agencies Cabinet review of the APAs of the the following fiscal Annually GNHCS following and GPMS Secretariat agencies is carried out year fiscal year Efficient and ef- - 331 - fective secretari- al and advisory Secretarial and advisory ser- Cabinet NA 100 Admin data Quarterly GNHCS services provid- vices provided as per SOPs Secretariat ed to the HPM and Cabinet 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans

3.1.5. Collaborating Partners Agency/Local Governments/ Type of Collaboration Required CSOs/Private Sector (specific interventions) MoIC Technical expertise and ICT infrastructure RCSC Integrating APA into IWPs All PSD agencies Technical collaboration on system streamlining

3.1.6. GNH Domain Effect Domain Impact Remarks Living Standard Neutral Community Vitality Neutral Education Neutral Ecological Diversity Neutral and Resilience Cultural Diversity Neutral and Resilience Health Neutral Efficiency in information management and reduction in Time Use Positive resources (time and efforts) Improved psychological well-being by reducing ad- Psychological Positive ministrative burden and easing interactions between Well-being government and citizens Enhanced public services and government performance; increased citizen engagement; transparency, account- Good Governance Positive ability, and efficiency through streamlining systems and processes, use of technology, and leveraging social accountability in governance. - 332 - 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans Dzongkha Development Commission 1. Background The Dzongkha Development Commission (DDC) is responsible for development and promotion of Dzongkha through education system and public services in the country. The DDC also develops standard-based support and increased functionality for usage of Dzongkha language on popular computing platforms and communication devices. The DDC further initiates improving Dzongkha literary resources and documentation of other indigenous languages. 2. Plan Priorities In the 12th FYP, DDC will focus on continuous promotion of national and indigenous languages through orthographical development, coinages, grammatical and lexicographical research and documentation. It will also focus on ICTization to promote the national language by developing online services, App services, websites, and over-the-counter services. In addition, it will facilitate towards enhancing the provision of public service bilingually, in English and Dzongkha, to bridge the language gap. The DDC will also incorporate mandatory indicators related to corruption reduction namely, work, integrity and leadership culture index, and corruption, transparency and accountability index as KPIs in the Annual Performance Agreement. The DDC will implement the following programme with a capital outlay of Nu. 75 million, and it will contribute towards achieving NKRA 4 and 7. Sl. Indicative Outlay Programme No (Nu in million) Develop and Promote National Language and Preserve 1 75.00 Indigenous Languages - 333 - 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans 3. Programme Summary

3.1. Develop and Promote National Language and Preserve Indigenous Languages

3.1.1. Total Cost: Nu. 75.00 million

3.1.2. Activities Sl. Indicative Outlay Activities Remarks No. (Nu. in million) 1 Promotion of national language 34.00 2 Documentation of indigenous languages 15.00 Enhancement of use of Dzongkha in public 3 6.00 service delivery Promotion of national language through 4 5.00 education system 5 ICTization of Dzongkha 15.00 Total 75.00 - 334 -

3.1.3. Multi-Year Programme Matrix Projected Annual Target Indicator Baseline 12th FYP Results (AKRAs) Indicator Unit Y1 Y2 Y3 Y4 Y5 Weight (Year) Target 2018-19 2019-20 2020-21 2021-22 2022-23 10 Usage rate 15 Percent 14 18 22 24 30 30 (2018) Competency rate 15 Percent NA - - 25 - 50 50 Percentage of users National and using standardized and 20 Percent NA - - 30 - 60 60 Indigenous Lan- enriched Dzongkha guage Developed and Promoted Number of human values related events 10 Number NA 2 4 6 8 10 10 organized - 335 - 6 Languages researched 10 Number - - 7 8 9 9 (2018) Enhancement of Number of services use of Dzongkha 8 provided to public in 10 Number 13 23 33 43 53 53 in public service (2018) national language delivery Dzongkha textbooks National language reviewed and revised promoted through 10 Number NA 2 4 6 8 10 10 based on standardized education system national language Number of tools/ Dzongkha ICTiza- 11 applications /systems 10 Number 12 14 16 19 22 22 tion Enhanced (2018) developed 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans

3.1.4. Programme Monitoring Matrix Result 12th FYP Reporting Reporting Reporting Indicator Baseline Data Source (AKRAs) Target Frequency Responsibility to Annual Usage rate 10 30 Annually DDC GNHCS Report Annual Competency rate NA 50 Annually DDC GNHCS Report National and Indige- Percentage of users using standard- Annual nous Language Devel- NA 60 Annually DDC GNHCS ized & enriched Dzongkha Report oped and Promoted Number of human values related Annual NA 10 Annually DDC GNHCS events organized Report Annual Languages researched 6 9 Annually DDC GNHCS Report 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans Enhancement of use Number of services provided to Annual - 336 - of Dzongkha in public 8 53 Annually DDC GNHCS public in national language Report service delivery National language Dzongkha textbooks reviewed Annual promoted through and revised based on standardized NA 10 Annually DDC GNHCS Report education system national language Number of tools/applications/ Annual Dzongkha ICTization 11 22 Annually DDC GNHCS systems developed Report 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans

3.1.5. Collaborating Partners Agency/Local Governments/ Type of Collaboration Required CSOs/Private Sector (specific interventions) MoE/REC Enhancement of Dzongkha in education system Joint organization of and participation in human values Educational Institutions related activities DITT and IT institutes Technical support

3.1.6. GNH Domain Effect Domain Impact Remarks Living Standard Neutral Community Vitality Positive Language brings community together Education Positive Language act as an instrument to acquire knowledge Ecological Diversity Neutral and Resilience Cultural Diversity Positive Language is a tool to learn and preserve our culture and Resilience Health Neutral Time Use Neutral Psychological Language can make people understand the Positive Well-being psychological needs Good Governance Positive Dzongkha language contribute towards nation building - 337 - 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans Dratshang Lhentshog (Council for Religious Affairs) 1. Background The Dratsang Lhentshog (Council for Religious Affairs) is mainly responsible for the promotion and preservation of Buddhism and spiritual values in the country. Currently, the Dratshang Lhentshog has 7,127 monks, 418 nuns and 4 affiliated monastic institutions registered. 2. Plan Priorities Dratshang Lhentshog faces challenges in terms of providing quality monastic education, health and sanitation, care for monks and nuns and infrastructure for the institution. Thus, in the 12th FYP, Dratsang Lhentshog will build and renovate religious infrastructures, improve water and sanitation facilities and strengthen the services of rabdey and other religious institutions. Additionally, it will promote and conduct religious discourse, kurims and rimdos for the well-being of the people. The agency will also incorporate mandatory indicators related to corruption reduction namely, work, integrity and leadership culture index, and corruption, transparency and accountability index as KPIs in the Annual Performance Agreement. In the 12th FYP, the Agency will implement the following programme with a capital outlay of Nu. 750 million, and contributes towards NKRA 4. Sl. No Programme Indicative Outlay (Nu. in million) 1 Enhance Spiritual Values 750.00 - 338 - 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans 3. Programme Summary

3.1. Enhance Spiritual Values

3.1.1. Total Cost: Nu. 750.00 million

3.1.2. Activities Sl. Indicative outlay Activities Remarks No. (Nu. in million) 1 Infrastructure development 660.00 2 Leadership training for Monks/Nuns 3.00 3 Training for Librarian 0.50 4 Research and translation training 0.50 Training for Monastic teachers and training for 5 2.00 Gar-Thig-Yang Sum Value education and counselling for monks/ 6 2.00 nuns from Lobdras Inventory management training for Nangten 7 1.50 office personnel from 20 Dzongkhags Training on auditing for Audit office of Central 8 0.50 Monastic Body Digitization of Financial Management in 9 0.90 Gayrub Dratshang Development of Personal Information System 10 0.90 for monks/nuns by Yongchab Drungchen Office Digitization and training for land record and 11 1.00 documentation Development of contingency plan for disaster 12 0.70 management Cultural and Historical tours to SAARC Coun- 13 2.00 tries 14 Training for office bearers of Zhung Dratshang 2.00 Choeshey program for Youths in schools and 15 0.50 institutions 16 Palliative care awareness programme 0.50 17 Social service programme 0.50 18 Child protection programme 0.50 19 Waste management programme 0.50 Procurement of religious items, furniture, 20 70.00 equipment, general tools and others Total 750.00 - 339 -

3.1.3. Multi-Year Programme Matrix Projected Annual Target Results Indicator Baseline 12th FYP Indicator Unit Y1 Y2 Y3 Y4 Y5 (AKRAs) Weight (Year) Target 2018-19 2019-20 2020-21 2021-22 2022-23 Population Practicing 19.5 25 Percent ≥19.6 ≥19.7 ≥19.8 ≥19.9 ≥20 ≥20 Spiritual values meditation (2015) Enhanced Population experiencing 51 25 Percent ≥51 ≥51 ≥51 ≥51 ≥51 ≥51 positive emotions (2015) Targeted interventions Preventive, for child (monks/nuns) in 0 Promotive, 25 Number 1 2 3 4 5 5 need of care and protec- (2017) treatment and tion rehabilitation 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans Services Targeted interventions for 1 25 Number - 1 1 2 2 2 elderly monks/nuns (2017) - 340 -

3.1.4. Programme Monitoring Matrix Results 12th FYP Reporting Responsible Reporting Indicator Baseline Data Source (AKRAs) Target Frequency Agency To Population Practicing meditation 19.5 ≥20 GNH Survey Every 3 years DL GNHCS Spiritual values Enhanced Population experiencing positive emo- 51 ≥51 GNH Survey Every 3 years DL GNHCS tions Preventive, Targeted intervention for child(monks/ 0 5 Admin Data Annually DL GNHCS Promotive, nuns) in need of care and protection treatment and rehabilitation Targeted intervention for elderly monks/ 1 2 Admin Data Annual DL GNHCS Services nuns 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans

3.1.5. Collaborating Partners Agency/Local Governments/ Type of Collaboration Required CSOs/ Private Sector (specific interventions) School/Institution/Colleges/ To coordinate Choeshay Larim LGs/MoE/MoH LGs To facilitate the implementation of activities

3.1.5. GNH Domain Effect Domain Impact Remarks Development of infrastructures in Monastic Institution Living standard Positive will contribute in improving living standards of the monk/nun population Community gatherings at Choeyshay Larim will enhance Community vitality Positive community relationships With the institutionalization of Teachers Training Centre Education Positive and Gar-Thig-Yang Sum centre, the quality of Monastic education will improve Ecological Diversity Neutral and Resilience Cultural Diversity Positive Enhance culture through promotion of spiritual values and Resilience With investment in infrastructures like hostel, kitchen, Health Positive toilet and bathhouse will bring a positive impact on the health of monks/nuns. This programme will encourage people’s participation in religious practice such as meditation, prostration and Time Use Positive circumambulation, etc., which will lead to productive time use. Psychological Positive Spiritual practices will enhance psychological well-being. Well-being Good Governance Neutral - 341 - 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans Drug Regulatory Authority 1. Background The Drug Regulatory Authority (DRA) aspires to be ‘the most dynamic, reliable and client-centric model regulatory organization’, and it is mandated to promote availability of quality, safe and efficacious medicinal products for consumers. 2. Plan Priorities DRA will regulate availability of safe and quality medicinal products through capacity building of drug regulators and the creation of drug information system for drug use awareness among the public. DRA will also continuously monitor the availability and quality of essential drugs. Further, it will support drug testing laboratories for medical products including blood and blood products. The agency will also incorporate mandatory indicators related to corruption reduction namely, work, integrity and leadership culture index, and corruption, transparency and accountability index as KPIs in the Annual Performance Agreement. In this regard, DRA will implement the following programme with a capital outlay of Nu.50.00 million, which will contribute towards the achievement of NKRA 14. Sl. Indicative Outlay Programme No (Nu. million) 1 Strengthen Medicinal Products Regulatory Services 50.00 - 342 - 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans 3. Programme Summary

3.1. Strengthen Medicinal Products Regulatory Services 3.1.1. Total cost: Nu. 50.00 million

3.1.2. Activities: Sl. Indicative Outlay Activities Remarks No. (Nu in million) Revision of the Act or Medicines Rules and 1 0.50 Regulation Publication of user friendly guidelines for 2 0.50 registration and manufacturing Implementation of Blood and Blood regulation 3 5.00 2016 Inspection of the blood centres and Blood 4 5.00 Storage centres 5 Post marketing surveillance 17.00 Assess the impact of regulatory inspections for 6 12.00 sale and stocking of medicines Capacity building and support national drug 7 2.00 testing laboratory Development of drug information software & 8 2.00 Drug information awareness to public Development of regulatory framework for 9 2.00 medical devices Quality System certification and Institution 10 2.00 development strengthening Regulatory system strengthening by partici- 11 pation to International Regulatory Networks/ 2.00 seminars/workshops Total 50.00 - 343 -

3.1.3. Multi-year Programme Matrix Projected Annual Target Results Indicator Baseline 12th FYP Indicator Unit Y1 Y2 Y3 Y4 Y5 (AKRAs) Weight (Year) Target 2018-19 2019-20 2020-21 2021-22 2022-23 Governance and Proportion of regulatory regulation of 80 services delivered as per 20 Percent 80 85 90 90 90 90 health services (2017) TAT strengthened Percentage of essential 56.6 medicines of MoH reg- 10 Percent 65 70 75 78 80 80 (2018) istered Proportion of facilities 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans complying with ‘reg- 65 ulatory requirements’ 15 Percent 70 72.5 75 77.5 80 80 (2017) - 344 - for medicinal products/ Availability of services safe, quality and Number of drug infor- 2 efficacious me- mation publications for 5 Number (2016- 3 4 6 8 10 10 dicinal products healthcare professionals 2017) including blood instituted/developed and blood prod- Number of drug in- ucts ensured formation awareness 6 program including 5 Number 9 12 15 18 21 21 (2017) notifications for public developed/published Number of medicinal products including blood 560 10 Number 760 960 1,160 1,360 1,560 1,560 and blood products (2017) tested Percentage of conformi- 10 Percent NA 50 60 70 80 90 90 ty to QMS indictors National Regulatory 1.5 QMS compiled Agency (NRA) bench- 10 Score 1.5 2 2 2.5 3 3 (2017) and corruption marking maturity level risks reduced Number of policies/ 6 regulation/guidelines 10 Number 8 10 11 12 13 13 (2017) developed or revised Number of corruption 3 risk prevention strategies 5 Number 6 9 12 15 18 18 (2017) implemented

3.1.4. Programme Monitoring Matrix Results 12th FYP Data Reporting Reporting Reporting - 345 - Indicator Baseline (AKRAs) Target Source Frequency Responsibility To Governance and regulation of Proportion of regulatory services deliv- Admin 80 90 Annually DRA GNHCS health services ered as per TAT Data strengthened Percentage of essential medicines of MoH Admin 56.6 80 Annually DRA GNHCS Availability of registered Data Proportion of facilities complying with Admin safe, quality and ‘regulatory requirements’ for medicinal 65 80 Annually DRA GNHCS efficacious me- products/services Data dicinal products Number of drug information publications ensured Admin for healthcare professionals instituted/ 2 10 Annually DRA GNHCS Data developed 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans Number of drug information awareness Admin program including notifications for public 6 21 Annually DRA GNHCS Data developed/published Number of medicinal products including Admin 560 1,560 Annually DRA GNHCS blood and blood products tested Data Percentage of conformity to QMS Admin NA 90 Terminal DRA GNHCS indictors Data (BSB) QMS National Regulatory Agency (NRA) Admin 1.5 3 Terminal DRA GNHCS benchmarking maturity level Data complied and corruption risks Number of policies/regulation/guidelines Admin 6 13 Annually DRA GNHCS reduced developed or revised Data Number of corruption risk prevention Admin 3 18 Terminal DRA GNHCS 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans strategies implemented Data - 346 - 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans

3.1.5. Collaborating Partner Agency/Local Governments/ Type of Collaboration Required CSOs/Private Sector (specific interventions) • Ensure consolidation of blood banks for complying to Blood and Blood Products regulation 2016 • Support health centres in terms of provision for MoH appropriate facilities for drug storage • National Drug testing capacity (Drug Testing Unit, Royal Centre for Disease Control) to be equipped with adequate facilities for testing medical products Support veterinary centres in terms of provision for DoL, MoAF appropriate facilities for drug storage. • Assist in certifying to ISO 9001:2015 for Quality Management System BSB • Development of product standards for medical devices Inspection of health supplements (Food-Drug Interface BAFRA products) in the groceries and port of entries Inspection at port-of-entries to prevent entry of illegal DRC, MoF and unauthorized medicinal products Inspection and classification of controlled drugs (phar- BNCA maceuticals) • Issue licenses for businesses engaged in pharmaceu- MoEA ticals • Collaborate for protection of consumer rights Support for investigation of cases related to medicinal RBP products Private Sector (Pharmacies/ Consultation and engagement in revision of medicines Pharmaceutical Manufactur- regulation and while drawing new policies for medical ers) devices and clinical trials - 347 - 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans

3.1.6. GNH Domain Effect Domain Impact Remarks Availability of quality medicines in the hospitals would Living Standard Positive ensure efficient health services to keep citizens healthy Community Vitality Neutral Education Neutral Proper management and disposal of pharmaceuti- Ecological Diversity Positive cal waste will prevent environmental and ecological and Resilience hazards. Cultural Diversity Neutral and Resilience Access to quality medicines will lead to improved Health Positive health conditions. Time Use Neutral Psychological Availability of quality medicines for mental health Positive Well-being would lead to improved psychological well-being. Good Governance Neutral - 348 - 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans Gross National Happiness Commission Secretariat 1. Background The Gross National Happiness Commission Secretariat (GNHCS), as the central planning and coordinating agency, ensures that policies, plans and programmes are formulated and implemented in line with the principles of GNH, national priorities and emerging needs. The broad functions of the Secretariat are to formulate overall development strategies, coordinate policies and formulate FYPs and programmes. The Secretariat is responsible for resource mobilization and coordination of monitoring and evaluation of policies and plans at the macro level. 2. Plan Priorities To achieve the 12th FYP objective of ‘just, harmonious and sustainable society through enhanced decentralization’, the implementation of the planned programmes will be strengthened through coordination, consolidation and collaboration (triple Cs) across all agencies and development stakeholders. Additionally, with the Vision 2020 document ending during the 12th FYP period, the next long-term perspective plan will be developed. In order to support the financing of the FYP, mobilization of external resource is a key mandate. To this effect, strategic meetings and annual consultations with development partners will be coordinated. Further, resource mobilization also constitutes coordinating Round Table Meetings with the bilateral and multilateral development partners. The GNHCS will also liaise with climate funds and other potential funding sources. One of the major interventions towards achieving the 12th FYP targets is implementation of Flagship Programmes. These programmes are high priority, multi-sector interventions to address national issues in a targeted manner through allocation of dedicated resources and rigorous monitoring and problem solving. The GNHCS will also incorporate mandatory indicators related to corruption reduction namely, work, integrity and leadership culture index, and corruption, - 349 - 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans transparency and accountability index as KPIs in the Annual Performance Agreement. The GNHCS will implement the following programme with a capital outlay of Nu. 100 million, which will facilitate towards the achievement of 12th FYP. Sl. Indicative Outlay Programme No (Nu in million) 1 National Development Planning, Monitoring and Coordination 100.00 Total 100.00 3. Programme Summary

3.1. National Development Planning, Monitoring and Coordination

3.1.1. Total cost: Nu. 100.00 million

3.1.2. Activities Sl. Indicative Outlay Activities Remarks No. (Nu. in million) 1 Develop Long-Term Strategy Document 7.50 2 Conduct program and policy evaluation 10.00 Multi-sectoral program/project 3 8.00 coordination/annual consultation Formulation and monitoring of flagship 4 20.00 programmes 5 Conduct 12th FYP RTM 9.00 Monitor policies and FYP programmes and 6 10.00 projects. 7 Review APA, APT and budget proposals 0.00 Conduct 12th FYP Mid-Term and Terminal 8 10.50 Review 9 Strengthening of GoI Project Management 25.00 Total 100.00 - 350 -

3.1.3. Multi-Year Programme Matrix Projected Annual Target Results Indicator Baseline 12th FYP Indicator Unit Y1 Y2 Y3 Y4 Y5 (AKRAs) Weight (Year) Target 2018-19 2019-20 2020-21 2021-22 2022-23 Develop ment of Long- High Timeline by which Long- term Long-term Level long-term strategy term Strategy Strategy 10 Timeline - Commit- - - document is Strategy Docu- Document tee con- developed Docu- ment Launched stituted ment Launched Initiated Perspective Timeline by which Planning Consul- Guide- 2022 guidelines for prepa- Spearhead- 7 Timeline NA - - tations line (Guideline ration of 13th FYP is - 351 - ed initiated prepared prepared) prepared. Number of policies 2 monitored for im- 7 Number 3 5 6 8 9 9 (2018) plementation Percentage of draft policies finalized for 90 7 Percent 90 90 90 90 90 90 submission to the (2018) GNH Commission. 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans Timeline by which 2019 Adequate 13th RTM Round Table Meet- 4 Timeline 14th RTM - - - - (14th resources (2017) ing is conducted RTM) mobilized and equi- Percentage of exter- tably and nal grant processed 95 efficiently against 12th FYP 15 Percent 5-15 15-35 35-55 55-75 75-95 95 (2018) allocated external grant com- mitment Number of evalua- tions commissioned/ 8 9 Number 9 11 13 15 17 17 conducted/facili- (2018) tated Policies, Timeline by which 2020-21 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans MTR five-year Mid Term Review of 1 (MTR 8 Timeline - - Conduct- - - plan and 12th FYP is conduct- (2016) conduct- - 352 - ed programs ed ed) monitored Timeline by which Annually Annually Annually Annually Annually Annually Annually and evalu- 12th FYP is moni- 12 Timeline agreed agreed agreed agreed agreed agreed agreed ated tored and reviewed deadline deadline deadline deadline deadline deadline deadline Timeline by which the terminal review 6 Timeline NA - - - - Nov 2023 Nov 2023 of 12th FYP is con- ducted Timeline by which -Mid Achieve- Terminal Terminal Flagship pro- Forum- Term ment of Key Review Review grammes formula- lated Review national 15 Timeline NA - - Conduct- Conduct- tion is completed by June Conduct- priorities ed Oct ed Oct and implementation 2019 ed June facilitated 2023 2023 facilitated 2021

3.1.4. Programme Monitoring Matrix 12th FYP Data Reporting Reporting Reporting Results (AKRAs) Indicator Baseline Target Source Frequency Responsibility To Long-term Timeline by which long-term strategy Strategy Admin - One Time GNHCS GNHC document is developed Document Data Launched 1 2022 Timeline by which guidelines for Admin Perspective Plan- (Guideline One Time GNHCS GNHC preparation of 13th FYP is prepared. Data ning Spearheaded prepared) Number of policies monitored for Admin 2 9 Annually GNHCS GNHC implementation Data Percentage of draft policies finalized Admin for submission to the GNH Commis- 90 90 Annually GNHCS GNHC data - 353 - sion. 2017 Timeline by which Round Table Meet- 2019 Admin Adequate resourc- ing is conducted (13th One Time GNHCS GNHC (14th RTM) Data es mobilized and RTM) equitably and effi- Percentage of external grant mobi- ciently allocated Admin lized against 12th FYP external grant 95 95 Quarterly GNHCS GNHC Data commitment 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans Number of evaluations commissioned/ Admin 8 17 Annually GNHCS GNHC conducted/facilitated Data 2020-21 Timeline by which Mid Term Review Admin NA (MTR con- One time GNHCS GNHC of 12th FYP is conducted Policies, five-year Data ducted) plan and programs Annually Annually evaluated Timeline by which 12th FYP is moni- Admin agreed agreed Annually GNHCS GNHC tored and reviewed annually Data deadline Targets Timeline by which the terminal review Nov Admin th NA One Time GNHCS GNHC of 12 FYP is conducted 2023 Data Terminal Achievement of Timeline by which Flagship pro- 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans Review Admin Key national pri- grammes formulation is completed NA One Time GNHCS GNHC Conducted Data orities facilitated and implementation facilitated - 354 - Oct 2023 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans

3.1.5. Collaborating Partners Agency/Local Governments/ Type of Collaboration Required CSOs/Private Sector (specific interventions) GPMD APAs of all agencies reviewed as per the FYP MoFA Facilitate donor coordination for resource mobilization All agencies Implementation of 12th FYP activities NSB Data for baseline and targets.

3.1.6. GNH Domain Effect Domain Impact Remarks Efficient monitoring of planned development activities Living Standard Positive in pursuit of sustained economic growth would result in increased living standards. Ensuring a consultative planning process and commu- Community Vitality Positive nity participation would result in enhanced community vitality. Plan and policy orientation through awareness and ad- Education Positive vocacy activities will promote knowledge on the whole planning process. Ecological Diversity Policy screening tool ensures that ecological diversity Positive and Resilience and resilience are incorporated in our policies and plans. Cultural Diversity Policy screening tool ensures that cultural is considered Positive and Resilience in our policies and plans. Policy screening tool ensures that health and disability is Health Positive considered in our policies and plans. Policy screening tool ensures that time use is consid- Time Use Positive ered in our policies and plans. Psychological Policy screening tool ensures that psychological Positive Well-being well-being is considered in our policies and plans. GNHC as the central planning and coordinating agency Good Governance Positive ensures that national plans and policies are formulated and implemented in line with GNH. - 355 - 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans Jigme Dorji Wangchuck National Referral Hospital 1. Background The Jigme Dorji Wangchuck National Referral Hospital (JDWNRH) aspires to become a Centre of Excellence in Healthcare Services and Medical Education. The hospital has a mandate to provide quality tertiary healthcare services. It also provides technical backstopping to other hospitals and serves as a Teaching Hospital for KGUMSB. 2. Plan Priorities One of the major challenges faced by the hospital is shortage of human resources, particularly specialists. At the moment, there is a shortage of 174 Specialists, 80 doctors and 736 nurses in the country. At the JDWNRH alone, there is a shortage of 94 specialists, 33 GDMOs, 140 clinical nurses and 336 staff nurses. The shortage is attributed to the low pool of doctors and high attrition rate of specialists. About 15 specialists (16 percent) left the health system between 2011 and 2017, which is high given the low pool of specialists. This has contributed to increased referral of patients outside the country costing Nu. 198 million in 2016-2017 from Nu. 110 million in 2009-2010, which is an increase of about 80 percent. Currently, about 20 doctors from the hospital are undergoing specialization training in various fields. The hospital will recruit additional Specialists, GDMOs and nurses to improve the quality of healthcare in the 12th FYP. At the same time, existing services will be consolidated and upgraded while the following 19 new services will be introduced: i. Joint Replacement (Arthroplasty) ii. Advanced Laser Therapy iii. Cochlear Implant iv. Mycology v. Endoscopic Neurosurgery vi. Bone Density X-ray vii. Micro Vascular Free Flab Surgery viii. Well Women Clinic ix. Rheaumatogy Services x. Uro Gynaecology - 356 - 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans xi. Pediatric cardiology xii. Pediatric nephrology xiii. Apheresis xiv. Extra Corporeal Shortwave Lithotripsy xv. Minimally Invasive Pediatric surgery xvi. Pediatric urology xvii. Bronchoscopy services xviii. CATH Lab xix. Dental Implantation The JDWNRH will also incorporate mandatory indicators related to corruption reduction namely, work, integrity and leadership culture index, and corruption, transparency and accountability index as KPIs in the Annual Performance Agreement. The Hospital will be implementing following programme with capital outlay of Nu. 900 million, and will contribute towards achievement of NKRA 14. Sl. Indicative outlay Programme No. (Nu. million) 1 Improve Access to Quality Tertiary Healthcare Services 900.00 3. Programme Summary

3.1. Improve Access to Quality Tertiary Healthcare Services

3.1.1. Total cost: Nu. 900.00 million

3.1.2. Activities Sl. Indicative Outlay Activity Remarks No. (Nu. in million) 1 15 bedded additional hospital wing 160.00 2 Bio-medical engineering service block 10.00 3 Expansion of Emergency Department 8.00 Development of long term strategic plan 4 2.00 document for JDWNRH 5 Hospital Disaster preparedness and response 5.00 6 Essential staff quarter construction 5.00 7 Construction of dedicated water supply lines 30.00 8 Widening of internal roads 10.00 Establishment of medical waste incineration 9 7.00 facility - 357 - 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans 10 Major renovation hospital HVAC System 40.00 Construction of wheel chair friendly paths 11 10.00 in the hospital premise 12 Up gradation of hospital laundry system 1.00 13 Construction on child crèche 3.00 14 Autoclave facility for CSSD 7.00 Hiring of expatriate specialists for Special 15 0.00 Consultation service 16 Administrative support program 5.00 17 Procurement of routine hospital equipment 59.7 18 Capacity building 50.00 19 Anaesthesiology 23.00 20 ENT 20.00 21 Bio Medical Engineering 100.00 22 Dental 5.00 23 Dermatology 11.00 24 Emergency 6.50 25 Gynaecology 1.00 26 ICT 23.00 27 Laboratory 58.00 28 Medical 92.30 29 Oncology 2.50 30 Orthopaedics 16.50 31 Pharmacy 3.50 32 Physiotherapy 33.00 33 Psychiatry 11.00 34 QMS 5.50 35 Radiology 18.50 36 Surgical 38.00 37 Forensic 19.00 Total 900.00 - 358 -

3.1.3. Multi-Year Programme Matrix Projected Annual Target Results Indicator Baseline Indicator Unit Y1 Y2 Y3 Y4 Y5 12th FYP Target (AKRAs) Weight (Year) 2018-19 2019-20 2020-21 2021-22 2022-23 Hospital Infrastruc- ture constructed and 5 Number NA 8 13 18 23 32 32 maintained 4 (ERCP, Infertility, Epidural, Number of new Oncol- 5 Number 5 8 13 19 23 23 Improved services introduced ogy+ access to Radio- quality therapy) health care (2017) services that Number of BHSQA is inclusive, 10 - 359 - indicators imple- 5 Number 24 36 45 50 50 50 responsive (2017) mented and equi- table Prepa- Review Establish ration Apply for process Number of services institu- 5 Number NA for the accredita- by the 2 2 accredited tional accredita- tion. accredita- linkage tion tion body. Hospital acquired 12 3 Percent <12 <12 <12 <12 <12 <12 infection rate (2017) Rate of nursing care NA 5 Percent 10 20 30 40 50 50 process strengthened (2017) 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans Patient satisfaction 79 3 Percent 80 81 83 84 85 85 rate (2017) Rate of compre- Set up hensive forensic Function- medicine and gender 2 Percent NA al Tox- 2 3 10 20 20 sensitive services icology enhanced laboratory Percentage of essen- 95 tial drugs available at 5 Percent >95 >95 >95 >95 >95 >95 (2017) any point of time Percentage of stan- dard consumables 90 5 Percent >90 >90 >90 >90 >90 >90 available at any point (2017) of time Percentage of 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans medical equipment 90 5 Percent >90 >90 >90 >90 >90 >90 functional at any (2017) - 360 - point of time Number of rehab 3 (ENT/ services for people Physio/ 3 Number 4 5 6 7 8 8 with disabilities Opthal) strengthened (2017) Number of additional 59 specialists made 5 Number 64 79 103 128 153 153 (2017) available Number of additional 37 3 Number 42 50 58 66 70 70 GDMOs recruited (2017) Number of additional 336 5 Number 456 487 518 549 580 580 nurses recruited (2017) Proportion of budget 96 2 Percent 95 95 95 95 95 95 allocated spent (2017) 13 Services (X-ray, CT, MRI, ECHO, USG, Endoscopy, Cytology, Surgical Pa- Create thology, Urgent Blood Number of services baseline Transfusions, Acrylic delivered within 2 Number NA for TAT 3 7 10 13 Efficiency & Dentures, Crown and standard TAT of 13 effectiveness Bridge, Elective Sur- services in delivery gical procedures, and of health Emergency Response services Time by Departments strength- in ER ened 4 (Lab, Nursing, Number of new SOPs 5 Number CHD, 58 112 166 220 274 274 developed/reviewed. Gynae) - 361 - (2017) 54 OPD waiting time 3 Minutes <45 <45 <45 <45 <45 <45 (2017) Average length of 10 1 Days 9 9 9 9 9 9 stay (2017) Average number of 5.9 2 Number 6.2 6.4 6.6 6.8 7 7 ANC visits per client (2017) Prevention, Adverse Effects Promotion Following Immuniza- 3 Percent NA <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 and reha- tions (AEFI) bilitation services Percentage of preg- improved nant women access- 40 3 Percent 42 44 46 48 50 >50 ing maternal exercise (2017) program 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans Number of mock drills conducted by all Departments 2 based on the devel- 2 Number 42 82 122 162 202 202 (2017) Disaster oped Disaster Con- Resilience tingency Plan and the Enhanced department SoPs Number of major 1 hospital disaster resil- NA 1 2 Number Earth- 2 ience and mitigation (2017) Fire quake actions implemented Number of research 10 articles published in 2 Number 12 14 16 18 20 20 (2017) journals 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans Strength- Teaching pedago- 30 ened gies and resources 2 Number 40 50 60 70 80 80 - 362 - (2017) Medical enhanced education, Number of staffs who Training and had availed short 2 Number 150 150 300 450 600 750 750 Research term trainings Number of staffs who had availed long term 2 Number NA 30 60 90 120 150 150 trainings Amount of general Medical waste segregated and 2 Kg NA 4800 9600 14400 19200 24000 24000 Waste Man- recycled agement initiatives Composting of or- enhanced 1 Kg NA 600 1200 1800 2400 3000 3000 ganic/food waste

3.1.4. Programme Monitoring Matrix Results 12th FYP Reporting Reporting Reporting Indicator Baseline Data Source (AKRAs) Target Frequency Responsibility To Hospital Infra- Hospital Infrastructure con- structure and NA 32 Quarterly JDWNRH GNHCS structed and maintained Maintenance Division (HIMD) 4 (ERCP, Infer- Number of New services tility, Epidural, Clinical depart- 23 Quarterly JDWNRH GNHCS Improved introduced Oncology+ ment access to Radiotherapy) quality health Number of BHSQA indica- 10 50 QASD Quarterly JDWNRH GNHCS care services tors implemented that is inclusive, Number of services accred- NA 2 QASD Quarterly JDWNRH GNHCS - 363 - responsive and ited equitable Nursing admin- Hospital Acquired Infection 12 <12 istration and Quarterly JDWNRH GNHCS Rate Management Nursing admin- Rate of Nursing Care Pro- NA 50 istration and Quarterly JDWNRH GNHCS cess strengthened Management Patient satisfaction rate 79 85 QASD Quarterly JDWNRH GNHCS 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans Rate of comprehensive fo- Forensic Depart- rensic medicine and gender NA 20 Quarterly JDWNRH GNHCS ment sensitive services enhanced Procurement re- Percentage of essential ports/Drug Stock drugs available at any point 95 >95 Quarterly JDWNRH GNHCS status report from of time Pharmacy Dept Percentage of standard Procurement consumables available at any 90 >90 Quarterly JDWNRH GNHCS (Non-Drugs) point of time Percentage of medical Bio Medical Engi- equipment functional at any 90 >90 Quarterly JDWNRH GNHCS neering Division point of time 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans Number of rehab services 3 (ENT/Physio/ Physio/ENT/ for people with disabilities 8 Quarterly JDWNRH GNHCS - 364 - Opthal) Opthalmology strengthened Number of additional spe- 59 153 HRD Quarterly JDWNRH GNHCS cialists made available Number of additional GD- 37 70 HRD Quarterly JDWNRH GNHCS MOs recruited Number of additional nurs- 336 580 HRD Quarterly JDWNRH GNHCS es recruited Proportion of budget allo- 96 95 Finance Division Quarterly JDWNRH GNHCS cated spent Efficiency & Number of services deliv- 13 Ser- effectiveness NA QASD Quarterly JDWNRH GNHCS ered within standard TAT vices in delivery of Number of new SOPs devel- 4 (Lab, Nursing, health services 274 QASD Quarterly JDWNRH GNHCS oped/reviewed. CHD, Gynae) strengthened OPD waiting time 54 <45 QASD Quarterly JDWNRH GNHCS Average length of stay 10 9 QASD Quarterly JDWNRH GNHCS Average number of ANC 5.9 7 CHD Quarterly JDWNRH GNHCS Prevention, visits per client Promotion Adverse Effects Following NA <1 CHD Quarterly JDWNRH GNHCS and rehabili- Immunizations (AEFI) tation services Percentage of pregnant improved women accessing maternal 40 >50 CHD Quarterly JDWNRH GNHCS - 365 - exercise program Number of mock drills con- ducted by all Departments Disaster Focal/ based on the developed 2 202 Quarterly JDWNRH GNHCS Concerned depts Disaster Resil- Disaster Contingency Plan ience Enhanced and the department SoPs Number of major hospital Disaster Focal/ disaster resilience and miti- NA 2 Quarterly JDWNRH GNHCS Concerned depts gation actions implemented 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans Number of research articles Medical Superin- 10 20 Quarterly JDWNRH GNHCS published in journal tendent Strengthened Teaching pedagogies and 30 80 HRD Quarterly JDWNRH GNHCS Medical educa- resources enhanced tion, Training Number of staffs who had and Research 150 750 HRD Quarterly JDWNRH GNHCS availed short term trainings Number of staffs who had NA 150 HRD Quarterly JDWNRH GNHCS availed long term trainings Infection Control Amount of general waste Focal/Nursing NA 24000 Quarterly JDWNRH GNHCS Medical Waste segregated and recycled Administration Management and Management 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans initiatives en- Infection Control hanced Composting of organic/food Focal/Nursing NA 3000 Quarterly JDWNRH GNHCS - 366 - waste Administration and Management 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans

3.1.5 Collaborating Partners Agency/Local Governments/ Type of Collaboration Required CSOs/ Private Sector (specific interventions) RCSC For supporting Human Resource requirements For facilitation, support, guidance and validating on pro- MoH posed HR requirements. Additionally, collaboration re- quired for assuring delivery of quality healthcare services

3.1.6. GNH Domain Effect Domain Impact Remarks Access to a quality healthcare facility will enhance living Living Standard Positive standards Community Vitality Neutral Education Positive Teaching hospital to KGUMSB Ecological Diversity Neutral and Resilience Cultural Diversity Neutral and Resilience Access to efficient and effective tertiary healthcare ser- Health Positive vices enhanced Efficient delivery of health care services will result in Time Use Positive optimal time use Psychological Positive Mental health initiatives (Both OPD and IPD) provided Well-being Good Governance Neutral - 367 - 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans Jigme Singye Wangchuck School of Law 1. Background The Jigme Singye Wangchuck School of Law (JSWSL) was founded in February 2015, when His Majesty promulgated a Royal Charter establishing it as an autonomous tertiary educational institution for law. The primary legal education programme at JSWSL will be a five-year Bachelors of Laws (LLB) study, beginning at the undergraduate level, and leading to a national qualifying degree in law. In the 12th FYP, JSWSL will also be offering advanced and specialised study to in-country and foreign law graduates, via Master of Laws (LLM) programmes and short-term certificate and diploma courses. In July 2017, JSWSL admitted the first cohort of 25 students who are expected to graduate by 2021. 2. Plan Priorities JSWSL will work towards establishing itself as the premier tertiary educational institution in terms of providing legal education. It aims to complete its physical infrastructure at Pangbisa, Paro by 2023. Having a proper infrastructure will allow the school to engage in quality legal research, academic discourse, and publications. In addition to infrastructural development, JSWSL will focus on institutional development through recruitment of qualified faculty (both national and international) and capacity building. The school will continue to develop relevant curriculum and teaching materials through research. The JSWSL will also incorporate mandatory indicators related to corruption reduction namely, work, integrity and leadership culture index, and corruption, transparency and accountability index as KPIs in the Annual Performance Agreement. In the 12th FYP, JSWSL will be implementing the following programme with capital outlay of Nu. 1,000 million, contributing towards the achievement of NKRA 7 and 16. - 368 - 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans Sl. Indicative Outlay Programme No. (Nu. in million) 1 Strengthen Institutional Capacity of JSWSL 1,000.00 3. Programme Summary

3.1. Strengthen Institutional Capacity of JSWSL

3.1.1. Total cost: Nu. 1,000.00 million

3.1.2. Activities: Sl. Indicative Outlay Activities Remarks No. (Nu. in million) 1 Operation of JSW Law 100.00 2 Capacity development of JSW Law faculty and staff 50.00 3 Infrastructure development for JSW Law 850.00 Total 1,000.00 - 369 -

3.1.3. Multi-Year Programme Matrix Projected Annual Target Indicator Baseline 12th FYP Results (AKRAs) Indicator Unit Y1 Y2 Y3 Y4 Y5 Weight (Year) Target 2018-19 2019-20 2020-21 2021-22 2022-23 Peer reviewed research 30 Number NA 2 5 10 12 17 17 papers published Research culture enhanced Postgraduate pro- grammes offered by 30 Number NA - - 1 2 3 3 JSWSL Access and equitable quality Bar Passage Rate 40 Percent NA - - - - 80 80 tertiary education 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans enhanced - 370 -

3.1.4. Programme Monitoring Matrix 12th FYP Data Reporting Reporting Reporting Results (AKRAs) Indicator Baseline Target Source Frequency Responsibility To Peer reviewed research papers Admin NA 17 Annually JSWSL GNHCS published Data Research culture enhanced Postgraduate programmes of- Admin NA 3 Annually JSWSL GNHCS fered by JSWSL Data Access and equitable quality Admin Bar Passage Rate NA 80 Annually JSWSL GNHCS tertiary education enhanced Data 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans

3.1.5. Collaborating Partners Agency / Local Governments / Type of Collaboration Required CSOs / Private Sector (specific interventions) Scholarships, registration, policy support and accredi- DAHE, MoE tation Policy support, governance, coordination, internship RCoJ/OAG and placement support Coordination and collaboration on internship and BNLI placement support RUB Institutional linkages and partnerships Policy support, internship and placement support, insti- MoFA tutional linkages, partnerships Paro Dzongkhag and relevant Facilitation of construction related clearances Gewogs Cabinet Secretariat Policy support, institutional linkages, partnerships RENEW/NCWC Partnerships for law clinics Policy support, course approval, certification and ac- Bar Council creditation

3.1.6. GNH Domain Effect Domain Impact Remarks Living Standard Neutral Community Vitality Neutral As the first law school in Bhutan, there will be opportu- Education Positive nities for growth and development in legal education and research. Ecological Diversity Neutral and Resilience There will be legal teachings conducted in Dzongkha, Cultural Diversity Positive and numerous cultural reinforcement activities imple- and Resilience mented. Health Neutral Time Use Neutral Psychological Neutral Well-being Institutional strengthening and compulsory courses such as Legal Ethics, and Administrative Law for law students Good Governance Positive will provide a significant foundation for good gover- nance. - 371 - 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans Khesar Gyalpo University of Medical Sciences of Bhutan 1. Background The Khesar Gyalpo University of Medical Sciences of Bhutan (KGUMSB) aspires to become a premier centre of excellence in medical education, research and quality healthcare. The mandates of the University are to develop health human resources for the provision of sustained quality, patient-centered care through innovative, learner-centered, integrated and humanistic training curricula and research activities. The University currently offers Postgraduate Medical Degree, Nursing and allied health sciences, Traditional Medicine (diploma, degree and master’s programs) and internship programmes. The University is comprised of the Faculty of Post Graduate Medicine (FoPGM), Faculty of Nursing and Public Health (FoNPH) and Faculty of Traditional Medicine (FoTM). 2. Plan Priorities At present, the health system is constrained by shortage of human resources at all levels. There are only 3 doctors and 14 nurses per 10,000 populations, which is one of the lowest in the region. As per the Service Standard 2018, there is a shortage of 80 doctors, 174 Specialists and 736 nurses in the country. Towards this, the University will strengthen existing Post Graduate Resident Programs with specialization courses for doctors, and will improve nursing programs. Further, the University has plans to establish a full-fledged medical undergraduate program (MBBS) in the 12th FYP. To achieve the outcomes, the University will carry out interventions such as infrastructure development, strengthening of HR capacity of faculties, revision of curriculums based on needs, accreditation with regional and international bodies for quality assurance, strengthen institutional linkages and collaboration, expand exchange programs to enhance learning and teaching experiences, and enhance research activities and strengthen Bhutan Health Journal. In order to improve the quality of healthcare, through continuous upgradation of knowledge and skills, the University will provide Continued Medical Education (CME) to all the health professionals base on emerging - 372 - 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans needs. The agency will also incorporate mandatory indicators related to corruption reduction namely, work, integrity and leadership culture index, and corruption, transparency and accountability index as KPIs in the Annual Performance Agreement. The University will be implementing following programmes with capital outlay of Nu. 445 million and will contribute towards achievement of NKRA 7 and 14. Sl. Indicative Outlay Programme No. (Nu. million) 1 Enhance Quality of Medical and Health Education and Skills 345.00 2 Establish and Enhance MBBS Degree Program 100.00 Total 445.00 3. Program Summary

3.1. Enhance Quality of Medical and Health Education and Skills

3.1.1. Total cost: Nu. 345.00 million

3.1.2. Activities Sl. Indicative Outlay Activities Remarks No. (Nu. Million) 1 Construction of secretariat building 90.00 Furnishing of new secretariat office (KGUMSB 2 0.00 Secretariat)-OOP Procurement of furniture and equipment for the 3 0.00 new recruits (For all units) Procurement and installation of conference 4 1.00 sound System - OOP 5 Procurement of office pool vehicle - OOP 0.00 Procurement and installation of Biometric atten- 6 0.50 dance system Procurement and installation of electronic 7 security gate system at the new secretariat 0.50 building-OP 8 Construction of new MPH hall at FoNPH 80.00 Remodeling of old auditorium into lecture theater 9 3.00 at MPH - 373 - 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans Construction of hostels each at two designated 10 20.00 regional hospital (ERRH and CRRH) Renovation of water supply and construction 11 of reservoir tank and installation of solar water 0.00 heating system. 12 Procurement of one coaster bus 0.00 13 Construction of Dean’s quarter 0.00 14 Procurement of 1 pool vehicle (hilux) 0.00 Upgradation of Tally ERP9 (latest version) with 15 2.00 Fixed Asset Management Module Refurbishment of conference hall for Telemedi- 16 0.00 cine (Purchase) of telemedicine equipment) 17 Improvement of existing simulation center 2.00 18 Establishment of EEG laboratory at CRRN 0.60 Establishment of Medical Education and Epide- 19 0.40 miology unit 20 Academic Programs Development 10.00 21 Research development 10.00 Development of innovative and integrated 22 palliative care (Allopathic and traditional 5.00 medicine) for National Cancer Institute 23 Student Services 5.00 24 Library and IT services 10.00 25 Institutional linkages 6.00 26 Strengthening BHJ 9.00 27 HR development 90.00 Total 345.00 - 374 -

3.1.3. Multi-year Programme Matrix Projected Annual Target Key Performance Indicator Baseline 12th FYP AKRA Unit Y1 Y2 Y3 Y4 Y5 Indicators Weight (Year) Target 2018-19 2019-20 2020-21 2021-22 2022-23 Self-funded students 9 1 Percent 9.2 9.4 9.6 9.8 10 10 enrolled (2016) Access and Students satisfaction rate 4 Percent NA 80 80 80 80 80 >80 equitable 1.2:1 quality tertiary Gender Parity Index 1 Ratio 1.2:1 1.3:1 1.4:1 1.5:1 1.5:1 1.5:1 (2018) education Number of faculties enhanced accredited by national bod- 0 4 Number 1 - 2 - 3 3 ies/ regional/international (2016) bodies Quality and Subjects revised and up- 80 4 Percent 85 90 95 100 100 100 - 375 - relevance of dated. (2016) curriculum and assess- Subjects / programmes 12 ment system diversified to meet 21st 4 Number 18 24 28 32 36 36 (2016) strengthened century needs. Peer reviewed research 25 4 Number 50 60 70 80 100 100 papers published (2016) Postgraduate programmes 8 1 Number 9 10 11 12 13 13 offered (2016) Research cul- ture enhanced Number of articles pub- 25 lished in peer-reviewed 4 Number 30 35 40 45 50 50 (2016) journal Number of citations for 0 3 Number 50 100 150 190 200 200 BHJ (2016) 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans Number of policy brief 0 generated from research 2 Number 1 2 3 4 5 5 (2016) findings Number of research grants 10 2 Number 12 14 16 18 20 20 received by the faculties (2016) No of research laboratory 1 1 Number - - 2 - 3 3 established (2016) Improved ac- cess to qual- ity health care Number of health workers NA services that 4 Number 22 34 45 55 57 57 with specialized training (2016) is inclusive, responsive and 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans equitable - 376 - Health and wellbeing of 1 children and Students’ suicide death 2 Number 0 0 0 0 0 0 (2016) youth en- hanced Number of existing regula- Governance tions and policies reviewed 4 Number NA 4 4 4 4 4 4 and regulation and revised of health ser- TAT for addressing com- 2 Days NA 10 10 10 10 10 10 vices strength- plaints and appeals ened Number of modules devel- 3 3 Number 4 5 6 6 oped for KGUMSB (2017)

3.1.4. Programme Monitoring Matrix Data Reporting Reporting Reporting AKRA Key Performance Indicators Baseline 12th FYP Source Frequency Responsibility To Target Student Self-funded students enrolled Annually KGUMSB GNHCS 9 10 enrollment Twice in a Students satisfaction rate >80 Survey KGUMSB GNHCS Access and equitable year quality tertiary edu- FNPH - 1.2:1 Student cation enhanced Gender Parity Index FoTM - 1.2:1 1.5:1 Annually KGUMSB GNHCS enrollment FoPGM - 1:3 Number of faculties accredited by national bodies/ regional/ interna- 0 3 Reports Annually KGUMSB GNHCS - 377 - tional bodies Subjects revised and updated 80 100 Reports Annually KGUMSB GNHCS Subjects / programmes diversified Reports Annually KGUMSB GNHCS to meet 21st century needs. 12 36 Quality and rele- vance of curriculum Peer reviewed research papers 25 100 Reports Annually KGUMSB GNHCS and assessment published system strengthens Postgraduate programmes offered. 8 13 Reports Annually KGUMSB GNHCS Research culture Number of articles published in 25 50 Reports Annually KGUMSB GNHCS enhanced peer-reviewed journal Number of citations for BHJ 0 200 Reports Annually KGUMSB GNHCS Number of policy brief generated 0 5 Reports Annually KGUMSB GNHCS from research findings 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans Number of research grants re- 10 20 Reports Annually KGUMSB GNHCS ceived by the faculties No of research laboratory estab- 1 3 Reports Annually KGUMSB GNHCS lished Improved access to quality health care Number of health workers with services that is inclu- NA 57 Reports Annually KGUMSB GNHCS specialized training sive, responsive and equitable Health and wellbe- ing of children and Students’ suicide death 1 0 Reports Annually KGUMSB GNHCS youth enhanced 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans Number of existing regulations NA 4 Records Annually KGUMSB GNHCS and policies reviewed and revised Governance and - 378 - TAT for addressing complaints regulation of health NA 10 Records Annually KGUMSB GNHCS and appeals services strengthens Number of modules developed for NA 6 Records Annually KGUMSB GNHCS KGUIS 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans

3.1.5. Collaborating partners Agency/Local Governments/CSOs/ Type of Collaboration Required Private Sector (specific interventions) MoH Deployment of health professionals as resource persons and selected students to undergo resident programmes BMHC Timely approval and accreditation of courses and programs JDWNRH Provide support for onsite training and teaching

3.1.6. GNH Domain Effect Domain Impact Remarks Living Standard Neutral Community Vitality Neutral Improved quality of medical education and special- Education Positive ized medical services in the country Ecological Diversity and Neutral Resilience Cultural Diversity and Neutral Resilience Increased number of health workers with special- Health Positive ized trainings Time Use Neutral Psychological Well-being Neutral Good Governance Neutral

3.2. Establish and Enhance MBBS Degree Program

3.2.1. Total cost: Nu. 100.00 million

3.2.2. Activities Sl. Indicative outlay Activity Remarks No (Nu. in Millions) 1 Recruit national faculty 0.00 2 Recruit international faculty 0.00 Preparatory works involving demarcation and 3 detail topographical survey of 19.816 acres 2.00 allocated land. Planning and design consultancy fees for Medi- 4 5.00 cal College Complex 5 Teaching/ Academic Block 50.00 Boys Hostel (3 numbers to accommodate 150 6 25.00 students) - 379 - 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans Girls Hostel (3 numbers to accommodate 150 7 18.00 students) 8 Library 0.00 9 Cafeteria and Student Service Centre 0.00 10 Faculty Guest House 0.00 11 Waste management house 0.00 12 Sports facilities 0.00 13 Water Supply and storage 0.00 14 Site development works 0.00 15 Number of faculties trained in pedagogy 0.00 16 Curriculum designing training 0.00 17 Training on assessment tools and methods 0.00 18 BMHC registration as teaching hospital 0.00 19 Revision of MBBS curriculum 0.00 Establishment class rooms in major Depart- 20 0.00 ments in additional teaching hospitals Establishment of academic units at additional 25 0.00 teaching hospitals Establishment of academic board room at addi- 26 0.00 tional teaching hospitals Establishment rest room for medical students at 27 0.00 additional teaching hospitals Computer with internet access for medical 28 0.00 students for additional teaching hospitals 29 Teaching aids at additional teaching hospitals 0.00 Reprographic centre at additional teaching 30 0.00 hospitals 31 Utility vehicle additional teaching hospitals 0.00 Total 100.00 - 380 -

3.2.3. Multi-year Programme Matrix Projected Annual Target Results Baseline 12th FYP Indicator Weight Unit Y1 Y2 Y3 Y4 Y5 (AKRAs) (year) Target 2018-19 2019-20 2020-21 2021-22 2022-23 Masters Masters Masters Masters Masters Masters - Masters - 82% Lecturer with relevant level - 85% - 87% - 89% - 90% - 90% 90% 5 Percent PhD - 1.9% of qualification PhD - PhD - PhD - PhD - PhD - PhD - (2016) 3% 10% 15% 19% 20% 20% Number of national faculty 65 5 Number - - - - - 88 members recruited (2018) Teaching Number of expat faculty 0 profession members recruited/visiting 2 Number - - - - - 18 (2018) enhanced faculties 0 Number of tutors recruited 2 Number - - - - - 4 - 381 - (2018) Timeline by which modal- ity framework of working June June 2 Date NA - - - - hours for JDWNRH doc- 2019 2019 tors is completed Timeline by which MBBS Time- 6 NA - - - 2021-22 - 2021-22 course is started line Self-suf- Number of medical stu- 0 ficiency dents undergoing MBBS 2 Number - - - - 50 50 (2018) of core courses work force Timeline by which remu- achieved neration framework for June June 2 Date NA - - - - teaching faculties members 2019 2019 from JDW is completed 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans Number of Regional hospi- 0 tals designated as teaching 4 No. 1 2 - - - 2 hospitals (2016) Timeline by which curricu- July 4 Date Draft ready - - - - July 2019 lum is finalized 2019 Access and Timeline by which DPR for June June 4 Date NA - - - - equitable MBBS is completed 2019 2019 quality Timeline by which SoP for June June 2 Date NA - - - - education scholarship is prepared 2019 2019 enhanced Timeline by which admin- June June 3 Date NA - - - - istrative block is completed 2021 2021 Timeline by which academ- June June 4 Date NA - - - - 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans ic block is completed 2021 2021 Timeline by which hostels June June 3 Date NA - - - - - 382 - are completed 2021 2021

3.2.4. Programme Monitoring Matrix Results 12th FYP Data Reporting Reporting Reporting Indicator Baseline (AKRA) Target Source Frequency Responsibility To Lecturer with relevant level of qual- Masters - 82% Masters - 90% Annual Annual KGUMSB GNHCS ification PhD - 1.9% PhD - 20% report Number of national faculty mem- Annual Teaching 65 88 Annual KGUMSB GNHCS bers recruited report profession enhanced Number of expat faculty members Annual 0 18 Annual KGUMSB GNHCS recruited/visiting faculties report Annual Number of tutors recruited 0 4 Annual KGUMSB GNHCS report Timeline by which modality NA Admin. framework of working hours for June 2019 Quarterly KGUMSB GNHCS Data JDWNRH doctors is completed Timeline by which MBBS course is Annual NA 2021-22 Annual KGUMSB GNHCS started report Self- sufficiency Number of medical students under- Admin. 0 50 Bi-annual KGUMSB GNHCS of core work going MBBS courses report force achieved Timeline by which remuneration Admin. framework for teaching faculties NA June 2019 quarterly KGUMSB GNHCS report members from JDW is completed Number of Regional hospitals desig- Admin. 0 2 Annual KGUMSB GNHCS nated as teaching hospitals report Timeline by which curriculum is Admin. NA July 2019 quarterly GNHCS finalized Report - 383 - Timeline by which DPR for MBBS is Admin. NA June 2019 Quarterly KGUMSB GNHCS completed report Access and MoH, DAHE, equitable quality Timeline by which SoP for scholar- Admin. NA June 2019 Quarterly KGUMSB, GNHCS education en- ship is prepared report RCSC hance Timeline by which administrative Admin. NA June 2021 Monthly KGUMSB GNHCS block is completed Data Timeline by which academic block Admin. NA June 2021 Monthly KGUMSB GNHCS is completed Data Timeline by which hostels are com- Admin. NA June 2021 Monthly KGUMSB GNHCS pleted Data 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans

3.2.5. Collaborating Partners Agency/Local Governments / Type of Collaboration Required CSOs/ Private Sector (specific interventions) Deployment of health professionals as resource persons MoH and selected students to undergo resident programmes MoE Facilitate selection of students for MBBS Timely approval and accreditation of courses and pro- BMHC grams As a teaching hospital, support in terms of onsite train- JDWNRH ing, and faculty members for teaching

3.2.6. GNH Domain Effect Domain Impact Remarks Living Standard Neutral Community Vitality Neutral Improve quality of medical education in Education Positive the country Ecological Diversity and Resilience Neutral Cultural Diversity and Resilience Neutral Increased number of health workers with Health Positive specialized trainings Time Use Neutral Psychological Well-being Neutral Good Governance Neutral - 384 - 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans National Assembly of Bhutan 1. Background The National Assembly (NA) was instituted in line with Article 12 of the Constitution of the Kingdom of Bhutan as one of the two Houses of Parliament, and is the highest legislative making body in the country with 47 members. NA is mandated to effectively carry out legislative, scrutiny, oversight and representational functions to fulfil the aspirations of the people. 2. Plan Priorities The NA Secretariat will focus on strengthening institutional capacity and providing adequate support services to its members. Though significant progress has been achieved, democracy is still nascent and challenges remain to realize inclusive governance. In particular, NA’s ability to perform its legislative, oversight and representational role has to be strengthened in order to build and sustain democracy and development. Towards this end, in-house capacity development for legislative drafting and scrutiny will be carried out in line with the Strategic Plan of the National Assembly. The NA will also incorporate mandatory indicators related to corruption reduction namely, work, integrity and leadership culture index, and corruption, transparency and accountability index as KPIs in the Annual Performance Agreement. The NA will be implementing the following programme with a capital outlay of Nu. 50.00 million, which will contribute towards the achievement of NKRA 16. Sl. Indicative Outlay Programme No (Nu. in million) Develop Effective Legislation and Strengthen the 1 50.00 Institutional Capacity - 385 - 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans 3. Programme Summary 3.1. Develop Effective Legislation and Strengthen the Institutional Ca- pacity 3.1.1. Total cost: Nu. 50.00 million

3.1.2. Activities Sl. Indicative Outlay Activities Remarks No (Nu. in million) 1 E-parliament initiative 14.00 2 Installation of cooling and heating system 13.00 3 Construction of skylight roofing in the NA courtyard 8.00 4 Replacement of Danish Interpretation System (DIS) 8.00 5 Maintenance of fire & security system 4.00 6 Install diesel engine driven fire pump set 3.00 Total 50.00 - 386 -

3.1.3. Multi-Year Programme Matrix Projected Annual Target Results Indicator Baseline 12th FYP Indicator Unit Y1 Y2 Y3 Y4 Y5 (AKRAs) Weight (Year) Target 2018-19 2019-20 2020-21 2021-22 2022-23 Conflicting and National laws inconsistent existing laws 8 50 Number 10 13 17 21 25 25 harmonized reviewed, harmonized and (2018) amended Institutional linkages with other Parliamentary 25 8 Institutional Number 10 - 12 13 14 14 capacity and associations/friendship/ (2017) coordination groups established strengthened e-Parliament initiatives 3 25 Number 7 10 12 14 15 15 implemented (2017) - 387 -

3.1.4. Programme Monitoring Matrix Results 12th FYP Data Reporting Reporting Reporting Indicator (KPIs) Baseline (AKRAs) Target Source Frequency Responsibility To National laws Conflicting and inconsistent existing laws Annual 8 25 Annually NAB GNHCS harmonized reviewed, harmonized and amended Report, NA Institutional linkages with other Parlia- Institutional Annual mentary associations/ friendship groups 8 14 Annually NAB GNHCS capacity and Report, NA established coordination strengthened Annual E-Parliament initiatives implemented 3 15 Annually NAB GNHCS Report, NA 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans

3.1.5. Collaborating Partners Agency/Local Governments/ Type of Collaboration Required CSOs/Private Sector (specific interventions) Legal support to review bills, amend acts and other legal RCoJ services.

3.1.6. GNH Domain Effect Domain Impact Remarks Effective harmonization of laws will improve the living Living Standard Positive standards of the citizens Community Vitality Neutral Education Neutral Ecological Diversity Neutral & Resilience Cultural Diversity & Neutral Resilience Health Neutral Time Use Neutral Psychological Neutral Well-being Effective legislation will contribute towards a vibrant Good Governance Positive legislative and judicial process enhancing Good Governance. - 388 - 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans National Council of Bhutan 1. Background The National Council (NC) was established in 2008 under Article 11 of the Constitution of Kingdom of Bhutan. It is composed of 25 members with 20 members elected by the electorates of twenty Dzongkhags and 5 eminent members nominated by the Druk Gyalpo. The primary mandate of NC is to legislate, review, provide oversight functions and represent the people. The NC is an apolitical institution that will promote the wellbeing of the people while safeguarding the security and sovereignty of the kingdom. 2. Plan Priorities The NC Secretariat will focus on strengthening its institutional capacity and providing support services to its members. In order to enhance NC’s ability to perform its role as the house of review, legislative, oversight and representational functions, institutional strengthening will be carried out in line with the Strategic Plan of the National Council. The NC will also incorporate mandatory indicators related to corruption reduction namely, work, integrity and leadership culture index, and corruption, transparency and accountability index as KPIs in the Annual Performance Agreement. NC will be implementing the following programme with a capital outlay of Nu. 50.00 million, which will contribute towards the achievement of NKRA 16. Sl. Indicative Outlay Programme No (Nu in million) Develop Effective Legislation and Strengthen the Institutional 1 50.00 Capacity - 389 - 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans 3. Programme Summary

3.1. Develop Effective Legislation and Strengthen the Institutional Capacity 3.1.1. Total cost: Nu. 50.00 million

3.1.2. Activities Sl. Indicative Outlay Activities Remarks No. (Nu. in million) 1 Human resource development of the secretariat 19.00 2 Replacement of Danish Interpretation System (DIS) 8.00 3 Professional services 10.00 4 Install fire alarm systems 5.00 5 E-Parliament initiatives 8.00 Total 50.00 - 390 -

3.1.3. Multi-year Programme Matrix Projected Annual Target Indicator Baseline 12th FYP Results (AKRAs) Indicator Unit Y1 Y2 Y3 Y4 Y5 Weight (Year) Target 2018-19 2019-20 2020-21 2021-22 2022-23 Conflicting and National Laws inconsistent laws 8 60 Number 10 13 17 21 25 25 Harmonized reviewed, harmonized (2018) and amended Improve and build Improve the rep- linkages with interna- 3 resentational and 40 Number 4 5 6 7 - 7 tional parliamentary (2017) outreach capacity institutions

3.1.4. Programme Monitoring Matrix - 391 - Results 12th FYP Reporting Reporting Reporting Indicator (KPIs) Baseline Data Source (AKRAs) Target Frequency Responsibility To National laws har- Conflicting and inconsistent laws 8 25 Admin Data Annually NCB GNHCS monized reviewed, harmonized and amended Improve the rep- Improve and build linkages with resentational and international parliamentary institu- 3 7 Admin Data Annually NCB GNHCS outreach capacity tions 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans

3.1.5. Collaborating Partners Agency/Local Governments/ Type of Collaboration Required CSOs/Private Sector (specific interventions) RCoJ/OAG Provide necessary legal supports National Assembly Parliamentary support services

3.1.6. GNH Domain Effect Domain Impact Remarks Effective harmonization of laws will improve the Living Standard Positive living standards of the citizens Community Vitality Neutral Education Neutral Ecological Diversity and Neutral Resilience Cultural Diversity and Neutral Resilience Health Neutral Time Use Neutral Psychological Well-being Neutral Effective legislation will contribute towards a Good Governance Positive vibrant legislative and judicial process enhancing Good Governance. - 392 - 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans National Centre for Hydrology and Meteorology 1. Background The National Centre for Hydrology and Meteorology (NCHM) is responsible for the generation of scientific and environmental data related to meteorology, cryosphere, hydrology and water resources to provide protection against natural calamities, and utilization of scientific knowledge for socio-economic planning. The NCHM will provide national hydro-meteorological data and flood warning services to meet the emergency services, needs of specialized users and the public. 2. Plan Priorities The NCHM in the 12th FYP will focus on the development of reliable weather and seasonal climate forecasts, national climate projections, agro-met services, aviation-met services, hydrology, water resources, early warning and cryosphere related services. There is an increasing demand for reliable and useable information on weather, climate, cryosphere and water related services to meet the requirement of end users. The information and data generated from NCHM will form one of the scientific basis for better decision making in planning socio-economic development for sectors such as hydropower, agriculture and aviation. The NCHM will improve the accuracy of weather forecast, enhance seasonal climate prediction, strengthen computing lab for seasonal climate projections, develop need based agro-met information and customize climate services toolkit. Aviation-met services will be developed for enhancing safety in air navigation. Given the increasing risk of climate induced disasters such as extreme weather events, flash floods and GLOFs, and high demand for quality information, NCHM will be strengthened in terms of capacity, research, infrastructure, and technology. Towards this, collaboration with regional and international organizations will be strengthened. The NCHM will expand the GLOF Early Warning System Networks in selected river basins and strengthen National Weather Flood Forecasting and Warning Centre (NWFWC) to provide 24/7 monitoring and delivery of severe weather and flood warning services. - 393 - 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans The NCHM will also incorporate mandatory indicators related to corruption reduction namely, work, integrity and leadership culture index, and corruption, transparency and accountability index as KPIs in the Annual Performance Agreement. The NCHM will implement the following programmes with a capital outlay of Nu. 300 million, contributing towards achievement of NKRA 6 and 17. Sl. Indicative Outlay Programme No. (Nu. In million) Hydrology, Cryosphere and Water Resources Information 1 203.00 and Early Warning Services 2 Weather and Climate Services for Building Climate Resilience 97.00 Total 300.00 3. Programme Summary

3.1. Hydrology, Cryosphere and Water Resources Information and Early Warning Services

3.1.1. Total cost: Nu. 203.00 million

3.1.2. Activities: Sl. Indicative Outlay Activities Remarks No. (Nu. in million) Establish hydro-met infrastructures and facilities (NCHM HQ, calibration lab, water 1 64.00 quality and sediment lab, training facilities etc.) Establish Regional Hydromet Infrastruc- tures and facilities (New Regional Office 2 30.00 in East, renovation of site offices, sediment lab, etc.) Maintenance of existing Hydro-met obser- 3 20.00 vation network and GLOF EWS facilities Establish new hydrological, flood and sed- 4 iment (sampling lab.) monitoring and data 10.00 collection Hydro-met informatics, ICT and data base 5 management (Upgradation of National 5.00 hydrological database) Install rainstorm flood/GLOF Early Warn- 6 ing System and Flood Hazard Mapping in 0.00 the selected river basins - 394 - 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans Upgrade/rehabilitate existing GLOF/rain- 7 10.00 storm EWS installed Hydrological forecasting and prediction for 8 2.00 selected river basins 9 National water resources assessment 30.00 Cryosphere monitoring and database man- agement (monitoring of glacier & glacier 10 20.00 lakes and risk assessment for GLOF, annual glacier mass balance, etc.) Glacier ice thickness studies on prominent 11 glacier and contribution of glacier melt to 10.00 surface runoff in one sub-basin Research and Development on hydrology, 12 2.00 cryosphere and water resource Total 203.00 - 395 -

3.1.3. Multi-Year Programme Monitoring Matrix Projected Annual Target Indicator Baseline 12th FYP Results (AKRAs) Indicator Unit Y1 Y2 Y3 Y4 Y5 Weight (Year) Target 2018-19 2019-20 2020-21 2021-22 2022-23 Assessment and monitoring of cryo- 21 15 Number 25 30 35 39 44 44 sphere and associated (2018) hazards conducted Hydro-met and flood/ Hydro-meteorolog- 214 GLOF warning net- 15 Number 221 226 233 240 247 247 ical and cryosphere (2018) work enhanced disasters assessed & reduced Assessment of hy- 3 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans drological hazards 10 Number 6 9 12 15 18 18 (2018) conducted - 396 - Flood forecast, 0 GLOF/flood warning/ 10 Number 1 2 4 6 8 8 (2018) advisories issued Measurement of Water quality im- 15 suspended sediment 5 Number 15 16 17 19 20 20 proved (2018) loads in major rivers Access to hydro- Mean annual flow 0 logical information of main river basins 15 Number 0 1 2 3 4 4 (2018) and understanding generated of national water Monitoring and availability im- transmission of hy- 5 Days 45 40 35 30 25 20 20 proved dro-met data to HQ

3.1.4. Programme Monitoring Matrix 12th FYP Reporting Reporting Reporting Results (AKRAs) Indicator Baseline Data Source Target Frequency Responsibility To Assessment and monitoring of cryosphere and associated 21 44 Technical Report Annually NCHM GNHCS hazards conducted Hydro-meteorolog- Hydro-met and flood/GLOF Project Report/ ical and cryosphere warning network enhanced 214 247 Annually NCHM GNHCS Technical report disasters assessed & reduced Assessment of hydrological 3 18 Technical Report Annually NCHM GNHCS hazards conducted Flood forecast, GLOF/flood 0 8 Technical Report Annually NCHM GNHCS warning/advisories issued Water quality im- Measurement of sediment loads 15 20 Report Annually NCHM GNHCS proved in major rivers - 397 - Access to hydro- Technical report logical information Mean annual flow of main river and Models oper- 0 4 Annually NCHM GNHCS and understanding basins generated ational in selected of national water river basins availability im- Monitoring and transmission of proved 5 20 Technical Report Annually NCHM GNHCS hydro-met data to HQ 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans

3.1.5. Collaborating Partners Agency/Local Governments/ Type of Collaboration Required CSOs/Private Sector (specific interventions) MoEA/MoAF/DGPC/TCB & Provide support and collaborate on hydro-met services & other relevant sectors capacity improvement Effective delivery of early warning services and extreme DDM, MoHCA event advisories Support in delivery of agrometeorological services to MoAF farmers Support for operation of aviation met infrastructure and DoAT, MoIC provision of aviation met services Guidance for operation and provision of effective aero- BCAA nautical meteorological services for safe and economic operation of flights

3.1.6. GNH Domain Effect Domain Impact Remarks Living Standard Neutral Community Vitality Neutral Hydro-meteorological services will enhance innovative Education Positive research and use of technology Ecological Diversity Monitoring past, present and future environmental and Positive and Resilience weather conditions for enhancing environmental resilience Cultural Diversity Neutral and Resilience Understanding weather and climate patterns with im- Health Positive proved forecast will strengthen public health interventions for climate induced vector borne diseases Time Use Neutral Psychological Neutral Well-being Good Governance Neutral - 398 - 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans

3.2. Weather and Climate Services for Building Climate Resilience

3.2.1. Total cost: Nu. 97.00 million

3.2.2. Activities: Sl. Indicative Outlay Activities Remarks No. (Nu. in million) 1 Weather forecast services enhanced 10.00 2 Climate change projection for Bhutan 15.00 Sub seasonal forecast developed and climate 3 5.00 services enhanced 4 Agro-meteorological services developed 5.00 National climate information, ICT & database 5 5.00 enhanced 6 Research and Development in weather & climate 2.00 7 Aviation-met services developed 40.00 8 Setting up of meteorological observation stations 10.00 Education & awareness for weather and climate 9 5.00 services Total 97.00 - 399 -

3.2.3. Multi-Year Programme Matrix Projected Annual Target Indicator Baseline 12th FYP Results (AKRAs) Indicator Unit Y1 Y2 Y3 Y4 Y5 Weight (Year) Target 2018-19 2019-20 2020-21 2021-22 2022-23 Hydro-meteoro- Weather forecasts and logical and cryo- 5 advisories on extreme 10 Number 6 6 7 7 8 8 sphere disasters (2018) weather events issued assessed & reduced End-to-end oper- Climate services 5 10 Number 8 10 12 13 14 14 ational National provided (2018) Framework for Aviation met services 2 Climate Services 5 Number 3 3 4 5 6 6 provided (2018) 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans

3.2.4. Programme Monitoring Matrix - 400 - 12th FYP Reporting Reporting Reporting Results (AKRAs) Indicator Baseline Data Source Target Frequency Responsibility To Hydro-meteorological TAF registry; Weather forecasts and advisories and cryosphere disasters 5 8 verification Annual NCHM GNHCS on extreme weather events issued assessed & reduced reports End-to-end operational Climate services provided 5 14 Reports Annual NCHM GNHCS National Framework for Climate Services (NFCS) Aviation met services provided 2 6 Reports Annual NCHM GNHCS 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans

3.2.5. Collaborating Partners Agency/Local Governments/CSOs/ Type of Collaboration Required Private Sector (specific interventions) NLCS Land acquisition and land allotment Land acquisition for the hydro-met infrastructure LGs set up in field for user needs and feedback, and edu- cation and awareness of flood and GLOF EWS Issuance of timely environment & forest clearance NECS & DFPS, MoAF for the setting up of new infrastructure at field DoA, MoAF/MoWHS (DHS and For collaboration of the hydro-met services & ca- DOES) and other relevant sectors pacity improvement and flood hazard mapping DGPC and Hydropower Project Co-financing for flow forecasting and maintenance Authorities of GLOF/Flood EWS

3.2.6. GNH Domain Effect Domain Impact Remarks Living Standard Neutral Community Vitality Neutral Education Neutral Flood hazard maps and improved weather, climate and Ecological Diversity Positive hydrological information will enhance and promote and Resilience environment conservation and resilience Cultural Diversity Neutral and Resilience Access to improved water quality data and information Health Positive for improved drinking water and sanitation Time Use Neutral Timely access to severe weather/GLOF/flood and Psychological Positive warning information for disaster risks reduction and Well-being preparedness Good Governance Neutral - 401 - 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans National Commission for Women and Children 1. Background The National Commission for Women and Children (NCWC) is mandated to protect and promote the rights of women and children. The Commission is responsible for developing legislations and policies related to women and children. It coordinates, monitors and report on issues related to women and children. It is also mandated to establish an effective and sustainable protection system for women and children in difficult circumstance and children in conflict with law. The NCWC conducts awareness, advocacy programs and researches/studies on emerging and priority issues and implements interventions for the protection and wellbeing of women and children. 2. Plan Priorities The NCWC will focus on mainstreaming gender and child issues into policies, plans and programmes of all agencies. The Commission will also ensure that relevant interventions are formulated across the themes for promoting gender equality and child wellbeing in the country. In collaboration with relevant agencies, it will develop and implement the National Strategy and Plan of Action for Child Wellbeing and Protection, and National Strategy and Plan of Action for Gender Equality. It will also facilitate the establishment of child crèches to create an enabling environment for women’s participation in all spheres of life. Further, to support gender mainstreaming, generation, use and analysis of sex-disaggregated data by all agencies will be emphasised for a targeted approach to address gender equality and child related issues. The NCWC will also incorporate mandatory indicators related to corruption reduction namely, work, integrity and leadership culture index, and corruption, transparency and accountability index as KPIs in the Annual Performance Agreement. In the 12th FYP, the NCWC will implement the following programme with a capital outlay of Nu.70 million, which will contribute towards the achievement of NKRA 10. - 402 - 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans Sl. Indicative Outlay Programme No. (Nu in million) Enhance Gender Equality and Strengthen Child Wellbeing and 1 70 Protection 3. Programme Summary

3.1. Enhance Gender Equality and Strengthen Child Wellbeing and Protection

3.1.1. Total Cost: Nu. 70.00 million

3.1.2. Activities Sl. Indicative Outlay Activities Remarks No (Nu. in million) 1 Drafting of NCWC bill 1.50 Implementation and amendment of three Acts and 2 8.00 its Rules and Regulations 3 Development of the National Child Policy 1.50 Develop and implement the National Plan of Action 4 7.50 for Child Wellbeing and Protection Develop and implement the National Plan of Action 5 7.50 for Gender Equality Mainstreaming gender and children related issues 6 5.00 into legislations, policies, plans and programmes 7 Construction of office building 0.00 8 Establish and strengthen functional crèches 3.50 Coordinate, monitor and report on gender and 9 child related issues to national, regional and inter- 3.00 national levels Conduct research, assessments and evaluations on 10 13.50 gender and child related issues in the country Provide effective and sustainable protection, preven- 11 tion and reintegration services to address the needs 14.00 of women, children, family and caregivers Create awareness and build capacities of parliamen- tarians, policy makers, service providers, media, 12 3.50 schools & institutions, LGs and communities on the rights of women and children Develop and improve information technology tools/ 13 skills to empower and protect the rights of women 1.50 and children Total 70.00 - 403 -

3.1.3. Multi-Year Programme Matrix Projected Annual Target Results Indicator Baseline 12th FYP Indicator Unit Y1 Y2 Y3 Y4 Y5 (AKRAs) Weight (Year) Target 2018-19 2019-20 2020-21 2021-22 2022-23 National Plan of Action Women in for Gender Equality 15 Number NA 1 - - - - 1 decision mak- developed ing positions National Plan of Action enhanced for Gender Equality 15 Percent NA - - 10 20 - 20 implemented Draft Draft Draft Timeline by which NCWC bill NCWC bill 10 Date NA - - NCWC - NCWC bill is drafted ready for ready for 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans bill submission submission National Child Policy - 404 - 12 Number NA - 1 - - - 1 developed Gender friend- National Plan of Action ly working for Child Wellbeing and 15 Percent NA - 10 20 30 - 30 conditions and Protection implemented environment strengthened Functional crèches in 11 10 Number 13 18 23 27 30 30 work place (2017) Government agencies operationalising the 9 Internal framework to Number 12 16 19 22 25 25 10 (2017) address gender related issues An effective 13 24 24 and sustainable (WCPU/D: (WCPU/ (WCPU/ Protection mechanism protection 11, OSCC:1 D:16, D-16, for women and children system and 10 Number DWC: - - - - OSCC:3 OSCC-3 in need of care and pro- empowerment 0, FB: 1, DWCC: DWCC-3, tection established of women and HL:0) 3,FB:1 FB-1 children (2017) HL:1) HL-1) Prevention, Promotion Targeted interventions 3 and rehabili- for children in need of 3 Number - 4 5 6 7 7 (2017) tation services care and protection improved

3.1.4. Programme Monitoring Matrix Results 12th FYP Reporting Reporting Reporting - 405 - Indicator Baseline Data Source (AKRAs) Target Frequency responsibility To National Plan of Action for Gen- Annual Report, Women in deci- NA 1 Annually NCWC GNHCS der Equality developed NCWC sion making posi- tions enhanced National Plan of Action for Gen- Annual Report, NA 20 Annually NCWC GNHCS der Equality implemented NCWC Gender friendly Draft NCWC working condi- Timeline by which NCWC bill Annual Report, NA bill ready for Annually NCWC GNHC tions and environ- is drafted NCWC submission ment strengthened Annual Report, National Child Policy developed NA 1 Annually NCWC GNHCS NCWC The National Plan of Action for Annual Report, Child Wellbeing and Protection NA 30 % Annually NCWC GNHCS NCWC implemented 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans Annual Report, Functional crèches in work place 11 30 Annually NCWC GNHCS NCWC Government agencies operation- 9 Annual Report, alizing the Internal framework 25 Annually NCWC GNHCS NCWC to address gender related issues 13 24 An effective and (WCPU/ (WCPU/ sustainable protec- Protection mechanism for wom- D: 11, D-16, tion system and Annual Report, en and children in need of care OSCC:1 OSCC-3 Annually NCWC GNHCS empowerment NCWC and protection established DWCC:0, DWCC-3, of women and FB:1, HL: FB-1 children 0) HL-1) Prevention, Pro- 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans Targeted interventions for motion and reha- Annual Report, children in need of care and 3 7 Annually NCWC GNHCS bilitation services NCWC - 406 - protection improved 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans

3.1.5. Collaborating Partners Agency/Local Governments/ Type of collaboration required CSOs/private sector (specific interventions) • Gender mainstreaming into policies, plans and programmes of agencies • Support and coordinate in areas of: Setting up of All Agencies/ relevant CSOs WCWC/D/TWCC, Toll Free Helpline, CMIS, and implementing the SOPs for Case Management for Women and Children in difficult circumstances and other SOPs and guidelines. Support in implementation of gender and child Corporate/private sector friendly policies and interventions.

3.1.6. GNH Domain Effect Domain Impact Remarks Living standards of women and children will be improved with the positive interventions through conducive working environment in government and non-government agencies and through economic Living Standard Positive empowerment of women and enhanced women’s participation. Further, through the targeted need-based technical and vocational training programs, the life skills and gainful employment of women will be enhanced. Through interventions and awareness on gender equal- ity and child wellbeing and protection, family harmony, Community Vitality Positive community relations and rights of women and children will be ensured. Promotion of the rights of women and children will create an enabling environment for their participation in Education Positive educational programs. This will contribute to improve- ment of their knowledge, literacy and participation in decision making. Ecological Diversity Neutral and Resilience Cultural Diversity Neutral and Resilience The setting up of an efficient, reliable and accessible protection mechanism for women and children in need of Health Positive care and protection will contribute to a healthy life both mentally and physically. Interventions and awareness on promoting gender equali- Time Use Positive ty and child wellbeing and protection will result in quality time use on child care and sharing of household work - 407 - 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans With the improvement in the quality of life of women and Psychological children through empowerment and protection interven- Positive Well-being tions, it is expected that mental and spiritual wellbeing will be enhanced Women’s empowerment programs towards increasing political participation, socio-cultural and economic Good Governance Positive enhancement will ensure women’s participation in deci- sion-making processes and good governance - 408 - 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans National Environment Commission 1. Background The National Environment Commission Secretariat (NEC) is mandated to look after environmental related issues including coordination of climate change and water resources. It monitors the impact of development on environment and aims to put in place necessary policies, regulations and incentives to private/public sectors to achieve sustainable development through sustainable use of natural resources. 2. Plan Priorities The rapid pace of socio-economic development has posed emerging challenges in fulfilling the constitutional mandate to ‘secure ecologically balanced sustainable development, while promoting justifiable economic and social development’. In order to address these challenges and effectively implement the legislations and policies, the NECS will work towards enhancing waste management, facilitate the implementation of climate change mitigation and adaptation measures, strengthen air and water quality monitoring, ensuring safe drinking water and effective delivery of environmental services. Effective waste management is identified as a major emerging issue threatening both public health and pristine environment. According to Bhutan’s second National Communication to the UNFCCC, emissions from waste increased by 247.45 percent from 0.047 in 2000 to 0.16 million tons of CO2e in 2013. The common solid waste management practice is dumping in landfill sites and waste segregation and recycling are minimal. Hence, the NECS in consultation with relevant stakeholders will develop national and Thromde level waste management strategy. Bhutan is a party to several bilateral and multilateral environmental agreements and towards fulfilling its obligations, the NECS will facilitate and coordinate with relevant agencies through technical inputs, awareness, research works and institutional strengthening of the agencies. In order to ensure sustainable water in the country, the NECS will ensure enforcement of Water Act 2011, implementation of National Integrated Water - 409 - 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans Resource Management Plan (NIWRMP) 2016 and ensure requirement of minimum Environmental Flow. Safe drinking water across the country will be ensured through implementation of Safe Drinking Water flagship programme in the 12th FYP. There is a general understanding that air quality is deteriorating, particularly in urban centres, industrial areas and along the southern border of the country and there is limited data to substantiate the pollution level over the entire country. Therefore, the NECS will install additional automated air quality monitoring stations to ensure adequate geographical representation of air quality status in the country with additional parameters to accommodate at least primary air pollutant (PM 2.5). The air quality information generated from the stations, and the report on source appropotionate study will inform future formulation of guidelines and appropriate control measures. The NEC will also incorporate mandatory indicators related to corruption reduction namely, work, integrity and leadership culture index, and corruption, transparency and accountability index as KPIs in the Annual Performance Agreement. The NEC will implement the following programmes with a capital outlay of Nu. 450 million, which will contribute towards the achievement of NKRA 5, 6 and 17. Sl. Indicated Outlay Programme No. (Nu. in million) Implementation of Bilateral and Multilateral Environment 1 299.95 programmes 2 Strengthening Air Quality Monitoring System 87.64 3 Strengthening Water Security and Enhancing Management 22.41 4 Strengthening Waste Prevention and Management 28.80 5 Enhancement of Environmental Service Delivery 11.20 Total 450.00 - 410 - 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans 3. Programme Summary

3.1. Implementation of Bilateral and Multilateral Environment Pro- grammes

3.1.1. Total cost: Nu. 299.95 million

3.1.2. Activities: Sl. Indicative Outlay Activities Remarks No. (Nu. in million) Elaboration of Nationally Deter- Secured funding with 1 44.31 mined Contribution UNDP (DIM modality) Preparation of National Adaptation Secured funding with 2 187.80 Plans UNDP (DIM modality) Preparation of Third National Com- 3 25.09 GEF munication Preparation of Biennial Update 4 21.45 GEF Report 5 Urban Ecosystem Based Adaptation 3.50 GEF Implementation of HCFC Phase out 6 13.80 MLF Management Plan 7 SAARC, SACEP, MEAs obligation 4.00 Total 299.95 - 411 -

3.1.3. Multi-Year Programme Matrix Projected Annual Target Results Indicator Baseline 12th FYP Indicator Unit Y1 Y2 Y3 Y4 Y5 (AKRAs) Weight (Year) Target 2018-19 2019-20 2020-21 2021-22 2022-23 Timeline by which as- National sessment and Reporting reports on Submitted Submitted Submitted Submitted Submitted submitted Bilateral and achievements of 10 Date NA on or be- on or be- on or be- on or be- on or be- and targets Multilateral targets and ob- fore time fore time fore time fore time fore time achieved Environmental ligations under as per the Programmes MEAs adopted schedule implemented and reported 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans Number of strategies and - 412 - 10 Number NA - - 2 - 3 3 action plans developed

3.1.4. Programme Monitoring Matrix Results Data Reporting Reporting Reporting Indicator Baseline 12th FYP Target (AKRAs) Source Frequency Responsibility To Timeline by which assessment and National Reporting Bilateral and reports on achievements of targets and submitted and Admin Multilateral NA Annually NECS GNHCS obligations under MEAs adopted and targets achieved as Data Environmental reported per the schedule Programmes implemented Number of strategies and action plans Admin NA 3 Annually NECS GNHCS developed Data 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans

3.1.5. Collaborating Partners Agency/Local Governments/CSOs/ Type of Collaboration Required Private Sector (specific interventions) All line agencies, CSOs, Dzongkhags, For data and information; identifying adaptation Thromdes, Association of Bhutanese measures; and implementation of low emission Industries, BCCI actions and strategies

3.1.6. GNH Domain Effect Domain Impact Remarks Living Standard Neutral Knowledge gained on the impacts on environment and Community Vitality Positive measures to address those impacts will enhance commu- nity vitality Capacity built through awareness, trainings and work- Education Positive shops Ecological Diversity Identification of vulnerable areas and mitigation and Positive and Resilience adaptation measures will increase resilience Cultural Diversity Neutral and Resilience Identification and implementation of mitigation and Health Positive adaptation measures that has positive impact on health Time Use Neutral Psychological Neutral Well-being Good Governance Neutral

3.2. Strengthening Air Quality Monitoring System

3.2.1 Total Cost: Nu. 87.64 million

3.2.2 Activities: Sl. Indicative Outlay Activities Remarks No (Nu. in million) Establishment and Air quality monitoring stations at De- strengthening of wathang, Kanglung, Rinchending and 1 82.64 automatic monitoring Bumthang will be upgraded and new stations stations at Sarpang, Samtse and Paro Develop air quality Development of air quality index, 2 3.00 outreach system online system and mobile apps Conduct study to un- 3 derstand the sources 2.00 of air pollution Total 87.64 - 413 -

3.2.3. Multi-Year Programme Matrix Projected Annual Target Results Indicator Baseline 12th FYP Indicator Unit Y1 Y2 Y3 Y4 Y5 (AKRAs) Weight (Year) Target 2018-19 2019-20 2020-21 2021-22 2022-23 Automated ambient air Air quality quality parameter (PM2.5) 15 Number NA - - 2 4 7 7 monitor- installed in selected areas ing system strengthened Air Quality Index devel- June June 10 Timeline NA - - - - oped 2022 2022

3.2.4 Programme Monitoring Matrix 12th FYP Data Reporting Reporting Reporting Results (AKRAs) Indicator Baseline 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans Target Source Frequency Responsibility To Automated ambient air quality parameter Admin Air quality mon- NA 7 Annually NECS GNHCS - 414 - (PM2.5) installed in selected areas Data itoring system strengthened Admin Air Quality Index developed NA June 2022 Annually NECS GNHCS Data 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans

3.2.5. Collaborating Partners Agency/Local Governments/ Type of Collaboration Required CSOs/Private Sector (specific interventions) Operation and maintenance of stations including data RUB/UWICER collection and analysis Implement activities to establish and monitor ambient NCHM air quality and integrate into their hydromet data collection system

3.2.6. GNH Domain Effect Domain Impact Remarks Living Standard Neutral Community Vitality Neutral Enhance knowledge/database for NCHM, RUB/ Education Positive UWICER; Provide air quality information to the general public Ecological Diversity Positive Through implementation of air quality standards and Resilience Cultural Diversity Neutral and Resilience Health Positive Negative impacts on health reduced Time Use Neutral Psychological Improving/maintaining air quality will lead to improved Positive Well-being psychological well-being Good Governance Neutral

3.3. Strengthening Water Security and Enhancing Management

3.3.1 Total Cost Nu. 22.41 million

3.3.2 Activities Sl. Indicative Outlay Activities Remarks No. (Nu. in million) 1 Institutional strengthening of E-Flow 15.41 ADA funding 2. Institutionalizing NIWRMP 5.00 Implementation of Water Act and 3. 2.00 Regulation Total 22.41 - 415 -

3.3.3 Multi-Year Programme Matrix Projected Annual Target Indicator Baseline 12th FYP Results (AKRAs) Indicator Unit Y1 Y2 Y3 Y4 Y5 Weight (Year) Target 2018-19 2019-20 2020-21 2021-22 2022-23 Access to hydrologi- Assess water avail- cal information and ability of surface and 0 understanding of 10 Number - 1 4 7 10 10 groundwater in se- (2017) national water avail- lective Dzongkhags ability improved Maintain water quality within the Water quality im- 1 environmental stan- 10 Number - 4 6 8 10 10 proved (2017) dards in selective 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans Dzongkhags - 416 -

3.3.4 Programme Monitoring Matrix Results 12th FYP Data Reporting Reporting Reporting Indicator Baseline (AKRAs) Target Source Frequency Responsibility To Access to hydrological infor- Assess water availability of mation and understanding surface and groundwater in 0 10 Reports Annually NECS GNHCS of national water availability selective Dzongkhags improved Maintain water quality within Water quality improved the environmental standards 1 10 Reports Annually NECS GNHCS in selective Dzongkhags 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans

3.3.5. Collaborating Partners Agency/Local Governments/ Type of collaboration required CSOs/private sector (specific interventions) All Competent Authorities as per the Water Act of Bhutan 2011 Effective implementation of Water Act provisions and its Regulation, 2014

3.3.6. GNH Domain Effect Domain Impact Remarks Living standard Neutral Community vitality Neutral Improved water quality will enhance education Education Positive standards Ecological Diversity Neutral and Resilience Cultural Diversity Neutral and Resilience Health Positive Improved water quality will improve health status Time Use Neutral Psychological Neutral Well-being Help in smooth implementation of strategies and Good Governance Positive legislations pertaining to water

3.4 Strengthening Waste Prevention and Management

3.4.1 Total Cost: Nu. 28.80 million

3.4.2 Activities: Sl. Indicative Outlay Activities Remarks No. (Nu. in million) Preparation of strategy at national and city level 1 18.80 TA support waste and climate change Enforcement and monitoring of waste 2 10.00 management towards zero waste society Total 28.80 - 417 -

3.4.3. Multi-Year Programme Matrix Projected Annual Target Results Indicator Baseline 12th FYP Indicator Unit Y1 Y2 Y3 Y4 Y5 (AKRAs) Weight (Year) Target 2018-19 2019-20 2020-21 2021-22 2022-23 Solid waste Survey of haz- Assessment for Hazardous safely 15 Percent NA ardous waste hazardous waste 20 50 >70 >70 waste managed managed conducted developed

3.4.4. Programme Monitoring Matrix Results 12th FYP Reporting Reporting Reporting Indicator Baseline Data Source (AKRAs) Target Frequency Responsibility To Solid waste safely managed Hazardous wastes managed NA >70 Admin Data Annual NECS GNHCS 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans - 418 - 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans

3.4.5. Collaborating Partners Agency/Local Governments/CSOs/ Type of Collaboration Required Private Sector (specific interventions) All the implementing and collaborating For data and information and implementation of agencies identified in the WPMA, 2009 waste legislations and its Regulation, 2012

3.4.6. GNH Domain Effect Domain Impact Remarks Living Standard Neutral The importance of managing waste within the Community Vitality Positive community will enhance relationships and interactions within community Education Positive Advocacy on waste management will instil civic sense Ecological Diversity Management of hazardous waste will create less impact Positive and Resilience to the surrounding natural resources Cultural Diversity Neutral and Resilience Health Positive Clean environment will promote healthy living Time Use Neutral Psychological Neutral Well-being Help in smooth implementation of strategies and legis- Good Governance Positive lations pertaining to waste management

3.5. Enhancement of Environmental Service Delivery

3.5.1 Total cost: Nu. 11.20 million

3.5.2 Activities: Sl. Indicative Outlay Activities Remarks No. (Nu. in million) 1 Public service delivery 3.20 2 Environment outreach/advocacy 5.50 3 Environmental guidance and mainstreaming 2.50 Total 11.20 - 419 -

3.5.3. Multi-Year Programme Matrix Projected Annual Target Indicator Baseline 12th FYP Results (AKRAs) Indicator Unit Y1 Y2 Y3 Y4 Y5 Weight (Year) Target 2018-19 2019-20 2020-21 2021-22 2022-23 TAT to issue Environ- ment Clearance (EC) for 92 10 Days 80 70 60 50 45 45 projects not requiring (2017) Public Service EIA reduced Delivery enhanced TAT to issue Environ- ment Clearance (EC) for 300 10 Days 280 250 220 200 180 180 projects requiring EIA (2017) reduced 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans

3.5.4. Programme Monitoring Matrix - 420 - Results 12th FYP Data Reporting Reporting Reporting Indicator Baseline (AKRAs) Target Source Frequency Responsibility To TAT to issue Environment Clearance (EC) for Admin Public Service 92 45 Annually NECS GNHCS projects not requiring EIA reduced data Delivery enhanced TAT to issue Environment Clearance (EC) for Admin 300 180 Annually NECS GNHCS projects requiring EIA reduced data 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans

3.5.5. Collaborating Partners Agency/Local Governments/ Type of Collaboration Required CSOs/ Private Sector (specific interventions) Enforcement and implementation of the Revised Regula- DRC, MoF tion on Control of Ozone Depleting Substances Implementation/compliance to the EA Act and Regulation All Agencies on Environment Clearance of Projects 2016

3.5.6. GNH Domain Effect Domain Impact Remarks Living Standard Neutral Community Vitality Neutral Education Neutral Ecological Diversity Positive Minimum impacts on the environment and Resilience Cultural Diversity and Neutral Resilience Health Positive Negative impacts on health reduced Time Use Neutral Psychological Well-be- Neutral ing Effective enforcement of Revised Ozone Rules and Good Governance Positive Regulation 2008 and Regulation on Environment Clearance of Projects 2016 - 421 - 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans National Land Commission Secretariat 1. Background The National Land Commission Secretariat (NLCS) aspires to become ‘a dynamic and professional organization that delivers excellent land governance services and provides reliable land information for the nation’s wellbeing’. It is mandated to manage, regulate and administer the ownership and use of land, guarantee the security of land tenure and ensure easy access to reliable land information. 2. Plan Priorities In the 12th FYP, the NLCS will focus on National Spatial Data Infrastructure (NSDI) and land related service delivery. Competing demands and conflicting interests over land use puts pressure on the limited land available. Out of 664,000 acres of arable land, about 500,000 acres is registered, and the nation is left with only 164,000 acres of state land for developmental activities. To curb conflicting and haphazard development trends, the land uses for various purposes will be identified and zoned for all 20 Dzongkhags. Land use zoning will guide development in all areas including human settlement, industrial, agricultural, ecological and cultural activities. The Secretariat will also continue improving land related service delivery through ICT platforms. The NLCS will also incorporate mandatory indicators related to corruption reduction namely, work, integrity and leadership culture index, and corruption, transparency and accountability index as KPIs in the Annual Performance Agreement. NLCS will be implementing following programs with capital outlay of Nu. 300 million, contributing towards achievement of NKRA 2 and 5. Sl. Indicative Outlay Programme No (Nu in Million) 1 National Spatial Data Infrastructure 274.53 2 Strengthening of Land Service Delivery 25.47 Total 300.00 - 422 - 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans 3. Programme Summary

3.1. National Spatial Data Infrastructure

3.1.1. Total cost: Nu 274.53 million

3.1.2. Activities Sl. Indicative Outlay Activities Remarks No. (Nu. in million) 1 Zoning 60.00 2 Tsamdro mapping 33.60 3 Thematic and fundamental maps 28.03 4 Land reverted to state 3.00 5 Topographical base mapping 79.90 6 Build disaster resilient archiving infrastructure 70.00 Total 274.53 - 423 -

3.1.3. Multi-Year Monitoring Matrix Projected Annual Target Results Indicator Baseline 12th FYP Indicator Unit Y1 Y2 Y3 Y4 Y5 (AKRAs) Weight (Year) Target 2018-19 2019-20 2020-21 2021-22 2022-23 Sustain- Areas feasible for able land Planning, human settlement resources design & 3 Dz- 8 Dz- 14 Dz- 20 Dz- 20 Dz- in the country 6 Number NA for human consulta- ongkhags ongkhags ongkhags ongkhags ongkhags identified and settlement tion zoned managed Model Zoning Identified eco- Planning & & policy for entire logical areas and Policy 20 Dz- 20 Dz- 6 Number NA consulta- devel- country 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans Land use agricultural areas enforced ongkhags ongkhags tion oped and complet- zoned and zoned approved ed - 424 - ecosystem enhanced Sensiti- Proportion of en- zation of croachment cases 5 Percent NA 25 50 75 100 100 encroach- and issues resolved ment issues Tangible Tangible historical 20 Dz- Culture & and cultural sites 5 Number NA 3 6 10 15 20 ongkhags Traditions zoned and mapped Preserved & Thematic maps Promoted 4 Percent NA 10 30 50 70 100 100 published. Model Zoning 20 Dz- 20 Dz- Identified industri- Planning & & policy for entire Policy ongkhags ongkhags al areas & dry ports 4 Number NA consulta- devel- country enforced complet- complet- mapped tion oped and complet- Effective ed ed approved ed utilization DTF of Registering 73.41 of state land 4 Score - - - - 80 80 Property (2017) promoted Compi- Leased land for lation & economic activities 4 Percent NA 50 100 - 100 100 planning of mapped leased land. Geo-spatial data uses in develop- ment planning, 10 4 Percent 15 30 50 70 80 80 decision making (2017) - 425 - process and service delivery enhanced Sustain- Topographical Planning, 11,000 able land base mapped on 7 Sq. km project 12,000 16,000 23,000 27,394 27,394 (2017) resources 1:25000 scale design for human Consul- settlement Topographical base tation & managed 243 mapped on 1:5000 6 Sq. km discussion 1,100 1,842 2,530 3,435 3,435 (2017) scale with MoW- HS Tender Disaster resilient Begin Design & floating/ archival infrastruc- 7 Percent NA construc- 60 100 100 planning contract ture put in place tion awarding 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans Access to reliable Geo-information 10 8 Percent 11 20 40 55 70 70 in the country (2017) enhanced

3.1.4. Programme Monitoring Matrix 12th FYP Reporting Reporting Reporting Results (AKRAs) Indicator Baseline Data Source Target Frequency Responsibility To Sustainable land resourc- Areas feasible for human 20 Dz- es for human settlement settlement in the country NA Admin Data Annually NLCS GNHCS ongkhags managed identified and zoned Identified ecological areas 20 Dz- 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans and agricultural areas NA Admin Data Annually NLCS GNHCS ongkhags Land use zoned and zoned - 426 - ecosystem enhanced Proportion of encroach- ment case and issues NA 100 Admin Data Annually NLCS GNHCS resolved Tangible historical and Tangible Culture & 20 Dz- cultural sites zoned and NA Admin Data Annually NLCS GNHCS Traditions Preserved & ongkhags mapped Promoted Thematic maps published NA 100 Admin Data Annually NLCS GNHCS Identified industrial areas & 20 Dz- NA Admin Data Annually NLCS GNHCS dry ports mapped ongkhags Effective utilization of DTF of Registering Prop- Doing Business 73.41 80 Annually NLCS GNHCS state land promoted erty Report, WBG leased land for economic NA 100 Admin Data Annually NLCS GNHCS activities mapped Geo-spatial data uses in development planning, de- 10 Admin data, 80 Annually NLCS GNHCS cision making process and NLCS service delivery enhanced Topographical base mapped 11,000 27,394 Admin Data Annually NLCS GNHCS Sustainable land resourc- on 1:25000 scale es for human settlement Topographical base mapped 243 3435 Admin Data Annually NLCS GNHCS managed on 1:5000 scale Disaster resilient archival NA 100 Admin Data Annually NLCS GNHCS infrastructure put in place Access to reliable Geo-in- 10 formation in the country 70 Admin Data Annually NLCS GNHCS enhanced - 427 - 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans

3.1.5. Collaborating Partners Agency/Local Governments/ Type of Collaboration Required CSOs/Private Sector (specific interventions) MoWHS Data on projected urban population and urban development plans Data on agriculture land, protected areas, forest cover and MoAF land use information MoEA Data on industrial estates and Special Economic Zones (SEZ) NEC Data on water bodies and environment CGISC member agencies Periodic update of spatial data of respective agency

3.1.6. GNH Domain Effect Domain Impact Remarks National land use zoning will ensure optimal, rational, Living Standard Positive sustainable use and allocation of limited arable land for economic opportunities Community Vitality Neutral Established authentic geospatial information that can be Education Positive used for education and research purposes. Ecological Diversity Mapping of ecological areas will support preservation of Positive and Resilience ecosystem. Cultural Diversity Zoning and revalidation of historical and cultural sites will Positive and Resilience support its preservation. Health Neutral Time Use Neutral Psychological Neutral Well-being Maps of national zoning will support decision-making pur- Good Governance Positive pose and better land governance.

3.2. Strengthening of Land Service Delivery

3.2.1. Total cost: Nu. 25.47 million

3.2.2. Activities Sl. Indicative Outlay Activities Remarks No. (Nu. in million) Integration of mortgage module in the e-Citizen portal- 1 10.00 Urban 2 Rural e-Sakor up-gradation 10.00 Sensitization of legal frameworks (rules and regulations, 3 2.00 guidelines, procedures) 4 Launch of e-citizen portal in the Dzongkhags/Thromdes 1.02 5 Resolving satshab pending cases 2 .45 Total 25.47 - 428 -

3.2.3. Multi-Year monitoring matrix Projected Annual Target Results Indicator Baseline 12th FYP Indicator Unit Y1 Y2 Y3 Y4 Y5 (AKRAs) Weight (Year) Target 2018-19 2019-20 2020-21 2021-22 2022-23 TAT for the most common- 15 ly availed land & surveying 5 Days 15 13 11 9 7 7 (2017) services reduced Total Integrity (external & 7.68 5 Percent 7.69 7.70 7.71 7.72 7.73 7.73 Public internal integrity) (2017) Service TAT for availing land lease 15 Delivery 5 Days 15 14 13 12 11 11 services reduced (2017) Enhanced TAT for availing land on land 21 5 Days 21 20 19 18 17 17 use certificate reduced (2017) TAT for availing land substi- 25 5 Days 25 24 23 22 21 21 - 429 - tution reduced (2017) TAT for availing land swap- 25 5 Days 25 24 23 22 21 21 ping reduced (2017) 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans

3.2.4 Programme Monitoring Matrix 12th FYP Data Reporting Reporting Reporting Results (AKRAs) Indicator Baseline Target Source Frequency Responsibility To TAT for the most commonly availed Admin 15 7 Annually NLCS GNHCS land & surveying services reduced Data Total Integrity (External & internal Admin 7.68 7.73 Annually NLCS GNHCS integrity) Data Public Service TAT for availing land lease services Admin 15 11 Annually NLCS GNHCS Delivery and reduced Data directional services TAT for availing land on land use cer- Admin 21 17 Annually NLCS GNHCS enhanced tificate reduced Data TAT for availing land substitution Admin 25 21 Annually NLCS GNHCS 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans reduced Data TAT for availing land swapping re- Admin - 430 - 25 21 Annually NLCS GNHCS duced Data 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans

3.2.5. Collaborating Partners Agency/Local Governments/ Type of Collaboration Required CSOs/Private sector (specific interventions) Processing of land exchange, satshab and leasing propos- LGs al, and transactions

3.2.6. GNH Domain Effect Domain Impact Remarks Land Use Certificate and lease land enhance Living Standard Positive economic opportunities Community Vitality Neutral Education Neutral Ecological Diversity and Neutral Resilience Cultural Diversity and Neutral Resilience Health Neutral Time Use Positive TAT reduced for land transaction and information. Psychological well-being Neutral Good Governance Neutral - 431 - 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans National Statistics Bureau 1. Background The National Statistics Bureau (NSB) as the central authority for collection and release of any official data and their custodian aspires to provide ‘quality and timely statistics for evidence-based policy and decision making.’ It is mandated to conduct national surveys and censuses, publish statistical reports, validate and maintain a national data repository, ensure statistical uniformity and standards and provide technical supports to streamline and strengthen national statistical system. 2. Plan Priorities The Midterm Review of the 11th FYP underlined the challenges to produce timely and reliable data with existing discrepancies between local and national data sources, unreliable estimation of baseline and targets for many sectors, and inadequate capacities within such sectors in terms of data production, analysis and use. The availability of data produced through administrative data is still lacking in terms of quality. In this regard, NSB shall conduct national surveys and censuses and strengthen administrative data. Further, in line with the National Strategy for the Development of Statistics, it shall implement the statistical coordination mechanisms; develop statistical legislation, statistical standards for quality assurance, leverage the use of new technologies for statistical purposes. It shall also make consistent efforts to provide statistical and technical support and create data literacy among the data users. The NSB will also incorporate mandatory indicators related to corruption reduction namely, work, integrity and leadership culture index, and corruption, transparency and accountability index as KPIs in the Annual Performance Agreement. The NSB will implement the following programme with a capital outlay of Nu. 300 million in the 12th FYP. Sl. No Programme Indicative Outlay (Nu in million) 1 Enhance the Quality and Timely Statistics 300.00 - 432 - 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans 3. Programme Summary

3.1. Enhance the Quality and Timely Statistics

3.1.1. Total Cost: Nu. 300.00 million

3.1.2. Activities Sl. Indicative Outlay Activities Remarks No. (Nu. in million) Mid Decadal Census (Update 1 32.50 frame) 2 Bhutan Living Standard Survey 32.00 Bhutan Multiple Indicator Survey 3 75.00 and National Health Survey 4 Labour Force Survey 0.00 Regular activity (50m) Household Income and Expendi- 5 0.00 Regular activity (10m) ture Survey 6 Enterprise Survey 29.25 Surveys to be conducted Adhoc surveys (Eg. Suicide and 7 30.00 as per directives of the crime) Government 8 Economic Census of Bhutan 35.00 9 Regular publications 0.00 Regular activity (22m) Use of new technology for online 10 40.00 data collection and dissemination 12 Data Assessment 5.00 13 User Satisfaction Survey 5.00 Statistical legislations - 3.5m, Statistical technical support-7m, National Statistical 14 Others 16.25 Standards & compliance guidelines, user guide- 2.5m Data dissemination programs-5m) 15 Construction of the office building 0.00 Total 300.00 - 433 -

3.1.3. Multi-Year Programme Matrix Projected Annual Target Results Indicator Baseline 12th FYP Indicators Unit Y1 Y2 Y3 Y4 Y5 (AKRAs) Weight (Year) Target 2018-19 2019-20 2020-21 2021-22 2022-23 National survey reports 5 15 Number 6 8 - 11 12 12 published (2018) National census reports 1 15 Number 2 - - 4 5 5 published (2018) Regular official statistics 12 20 Number 3 3 2 3 2 13 reports published (2018) Statistical technical sup- 5 Percent NA 100 100 100 100 100 100 Timely, relevant ports provided 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans and reliable Micro-data in the form 100 statistics for evi- of public use files pro- 5 Percent 100 100 100 100 100 100 (2018) - 434 - denced- based vided policy and de- Statistical Standards 0 cision making 10 Number - - 1 - - 1 developed (2018) provided National Strategy for the 0 Development of Statis- 10 Number 1 - - - - 1 (2014-18) tics developed Statistical Legislations 0 (Bill/Rules & Regula- 15 Number - - - 1 - 1 (2018) tions) drafted Data Assessment for the 0 5 Number - - 1 - - 1 13th FYP developed (2018)

3.1.4. Programme Monitoring Matrix Results 12th FYP Reporting Reporting Reporting Indicator Baseline Data Source (AKRAs) Target Frequency responsibility To National survey reports published 5 12 Survey reports Annually NSB GNHCS National census reports published 1 5 Census reports Annually NSB GNHCS Periodic Primary data/Sec- Regular official statistics reports (monthly, 12 13 ondary data/ admin NSB GNHCS published quarterly, data reports annually) Periodic Statistical technical supports (monthly, Timely, relevant provided NA 100 Admin data NSB GNHCS quarterly, and reliable annually) statistics for Periodic evidence- based 100 - 435 - Micro-data in the form of public (monthly, policy and de- 100 Admin data NSB GNHCS use files provided quarterly, cision making annually) provided Statistical Standards developed 0 1 Admin data Annually NSB GNHCS 1 National Strategy for the Devel- 1 (2019-23 Admin data Annually NSB GNHCS opment of Statistics developed NSDS) Statistical Legislations (Bill/Rules 1 0 Admin data Annually NSB GNHCS & Regulations) drafted (2019-23) Data Assessment for the 13th FYP 0 1 Admin data Annually NSB GNHCS developed 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans

3.1.5. Collaborating Partners Agency/Local Governments/ Type of collaboration required CSOs/private sector (specific interventions) All Ministries, Agencies, LGs, SOEs, corporations, private sec- Support and provide data requirements tors, NGOs and CSOs LGs/MoH/MoLHR/MoIC/MoF/ Support for the development of the National Statistical MoEA and other relevant data Standard and Compliance Guidelines, NSDS, Data producing agencies reporting guidelines, legal and policy frameworks MoIC Technical support for ICT infrastructure

3.1.6. GNH Domain Effect Domain Impact Remarks Generation of the household poverty on consumption and multi-dimensional official statistics - evidence-based Living standard Positive policy and decision making for targeted socio-economic interventions With collection, compilation and dissemination of the lowest/Gewog level data, the local leaders/communities Community vitality Positive shall be facilitated to make better decisions for positive impact Education Neutral Produce enhanced official statistics on Environmental Ecological Diversity Positive Accounting with improved coverage of the relevant indi- and Resilience cators for better policy and decisions Cultural Diversity Neutral and Resilience National Health Surveys will generate data to improve Health Positive health services Time Use Neutral Psychological Neutral Well-being NSB shall continue producing relevant, reliable and timely Good Governance Positive official statistics on all key socio-economic indicators and other relevant indicators to facilitate good governance. - 436 - 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans Office of the Attorney General 1. Background The Office of the Attorney General (OAG) is the legal arm of the executive branch of the government. It aspires to ‘be a premier public organization that seeks truth and ensure justice in pursuit of a harmonious society, rule of law and good governance’. It is mandated to prosecute and deliver legal services to the State. 2. Plan Priorities While OAG intends to provide effective and efficient public legal services, limited experienced, specialized prosecutors and attorneys remains a challenge. Thus, OAG will work towards strengthening the capacity of personnel in this field by providing necessary trainings, as well as working towards building institutional linkages with relevant national and international institutions. The OAG will also incorporate mandatory indicators related to corruption reduction namely, work, integrity and leadership culture index, and corruption, transparency and accountability index as KPIs in the Annual Performance Agreement. In the 12th FYP, OAG will implement the following programme with a total outlay of Nu.50.00 million, which will contribute towards the achievement of NKRA 16. Sl. No. Programme Indicative Outlay (Nu. million) Strengthen Effective Delivery of Legal 1 50.00 Services - 437 - 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans 3. Programme Summary

3.1. Strengthen Effective Delivery of Legal Services

3.1.1. Total Cost: Nu. 50.00 million

3.1.2. Activities Sl. Indicative Outlay Activities Remarks No. (Nu. in million) Attachment with offices having functional 1 5.00 similarities with OAG Training in prosecution, legal service/advice and drafting of legislations in the areas of 2 14.00 cyber-crime, financial crime, women and children, and international law Dissemination of information to enhance 3 2.00 Legal Awareness of Laws among the people Training in General Management/Planning 4 /Performance Management/ HR manage- 5.00 ment/Administration Dzongkha Competency Training (Dzongkha 5 3.00 Grammar and Usages) Establish facilities and infrastructures for 6 5.00 seized properties and its management E- library Upgradation of ICT infrastructure & ser- 7 16.00 and online vices documentation Total 50.00 - 438 -

3.1.3. Multi-Year Programme Matrix Projected Annual Target Results Indicator Baseline 12th FYP Indicator Unit Y1 Y2 Y3 Y4 Y5 (AKRAs) Weight (Year) Target 2018-19 2019-20 2020-21 2021-22 2022-23 Public satisfaction Public satisfaction in OAG in justice services 20 Percent NA - - - - 75 75 services enhanced Reduction in TAT for pros- Timely Justice ecution, drafting and legal 30 Percent NA 2 4 6 8 10 10 Services delivered services Service delivery Percentage of transaction of 10 Percent NA - 50 55 60 70 70 enhanced services delivered as per SDS Institutional Percentage of institutional Capacity of OAG capacity strengthening 40 Percent NA 10 30 60 90 100 100 Strengthened activities carried out - 439 -

3.1.4. Programme Monitoring Matrix 12th FYP Reporting Reporting Reporting Results (AKRAs) Indicator Baseline Data Source Target Frequency Responsibility To Public satisfaction in jus- Public satisfaction in OAG Administrative NA 75 Terminal OAG GNHCS tice services enhanced services Data/BLSS Timely Justice Services Reduction in TAT for prosecu- Administrative NA 10 Terminal OAG GNHCS delivered tion, drafting and legal services Data Percentage of transaction of Administrative Service delivery enhanced NA 70 Annually OAG GNHCS services delivered as per SDS Data Percentage of institutional Institutional Capacity of capacity strengthening activities NA 100 Annual Report Annually OAG GNHCS OAG Strengthened carried out 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans

3.1.5. Collaborating Partners Agency/Local Governments/ Type of Collaboration Required CSOs/Private Sector (specific interventions) Strengthening quality of investigation/streamlining ACC/RBP investigation processes • Coordinate disseminating of information on domestic violence/child in conflict with law • Support on prosecuting cases of domestic violence/ NCWC child in conflict with law • Integration of information and data with the CMS system • Streamlining delivery of justice services • Integration of information and data with the CMS Judiciary system • Streamlining of judgment enforcement

3.1.6. GNH Domain Effect Domain Impact Remarks Living Standard Neutral Community Vitality Neutral Public will be more informed of rights and duties Education Positive through dissemination thereby contributing to increased legal education. Ecological Diversity Neutral and Resilience Cultural Diversity Neutral and Resilience Health Neutral Time Use Neutral Psychological Positive Well-being By streamlining justice service delivery to public, Good Governance Positive accountability, efficiency, fairness and transparency will be enhanced - 440 - 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans Royal Bhutan Police 1. Background The Royal Bhutan Police (RBP) is responsible for maintaining law and order, and prevention of crimes in the country. The RBP is also responsible for managing prisons, facilitating youth development and rehabilitation, and disaster management services related to fire hazards. 2. Plan Priorities With increased socio-economic development, the RBP faces challenges of increasing crime rates and its complexities, which are becoming resistant to the traditional method of policing. Thus, in the 12th FYP, the RBP will professionalize their services through improved infrastructure facilities. Additionally, the RBP will strengthen scientific methods of detecting and curbing crimes through forensic science, CCTV and bio-metric amongst others. The RBP will also incorporate mandatory indicators related to corruption reduction namely, work, integrity and leadership culture index, and corruption, transparency and accountability index as KPIs in the Annual Performance Agreement. In the 12th FYP, RBP will be implementing the following programme with a capital outlay of Nu. 1500.00 million, contributing to NKRA 15. Sl. No. Programme Indicative Outlay (Nu. in million) 1 Strengthen Safe and Secure Society 1500.00 - 441 - 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans 3. Programme Summary

3.1 Strengthen safe and secure society

3.1.1. Total Cost: Nu. 1500.00 million

3.1.2. Activities Sl. Indicative Outlay Programme Remarks No. (Nu. in million) Construction of offices and other structures for 1 199.775 Police services 2 Construction of officers and NCO/ORs quarters 610.57 3 Police service existing structure renovation works 42.908 Non Construction development capital works of 4 290.293 Police Service Construction of prisons and reformatory workshops 5 125.66 in prison service Construction of officers and NCO/ORs quarters for 6 124.95 Prison Service 7 Renovation of existing structures of Prison Service 5.00 Non construction development capital works of 8 28.09 Prison Service Construction of fire stations and NCO/ORs quarters 9 45.023 for Fire Service Non construction development capital works of Fire 10 27.731 Service Total 1500.00 - 442 -

3.1.3. Multi-Year Programme Matrix Projected Annual Target Results Indicator Baseline 12th FYP Indicator Unit Y1 Y2 Y3 Y4 Y5 (AKRAs) Weight (year) Target 2018-19 2019-20 2020-21 2021-22 2022-23 Tangible cul- Important cul- Dzongs:4 Dzongs:8 Dzongs:11 Dzongs:16 Dzongs:20 Dzongs:20 tural heritage tural heritage site 0 6 Number Museum:1 Museum:2 Museum:2 Museum:2 Museum:2 Museum:2 preserved and assessed for secu- (2017) NHS:1 NHS:2 NHS:3 NHS: 4 NHS:5 NHS:5 promoted rity and safety Reduce annu- 12.50 Road safety al road crash 7 Ratio 12 11.50 11 10.50 10 <10 (2017) and con- fatalities nectivity Annual road 63 8 Ratio 63 63 63 63 63 63 enhanced crash injuries (2017) Annual road 118 crash per 10,000 8 Ratio 118 118 118 118 118 118. - 443 - (2017) vehicles Number of No untoward Safety and security related incidences security of 0 incident reported 7 No 0 - - 0 - during par- election en- (2013) during the elec- liament and sured tion local elections Safety and Crime rate to 6 10 Percent 5.6 5.4 5.2 5.0 4.8 4.8 security of 1000 population (2017) the society Detection rate 60 enhanced 10 Percent 62 64 66 68 70 70 enhanced (2017) Timely justice TAT for justice 90 services deliv- 10 Days 90 90 90 90 90 90 services (2017) ered 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans Prevention, promotion Ratio of youth 6.4 and rehabili- and children in- 5 Percent 6.2 6.0 5.8 5.6 5.4 5.4 (2017) tation services volved in crime improved Reformative Proportion of programs prisoners under- 100 for people in 6 Percent 100 100 100 100 100 100 going reforma- (2017) conflict with tive program laws Disaster man- Disaster 2 3 (RBP Hq, agement and 0 resilience 5 Number 1 - - 3 Division-IX, contingency plan (2017) enhanced SRPF) 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans developed Gender - 444 - friendly Number of Fe- working con- 466 males recruited 5 Number 488 510 532 554 576 576 ditions and (2017) in the RBP environment strengthened An effective and sustain- Protection mech- able system anism for women 11 for protection 6 Number 12 13 14 15 16 16 and children (2017) and empow- established erment of women Public satis- Public satisfac- 75.6 faction in jus- tion in police 7 Percent - - - - >90 >90 (2017) tice services services

3.1.4. Programme Monitoring Matrix Results Data Reporting Reporting Reporting Indicator Baseline 12th FYP Target (AKRAs) Source Frequency Responsibility To Tangible cultural Important cultural heritage Dzongs:20 Admin heritage preserved site assessed for security 0 Museum:2 Annual RBP GNHCS data and promoted and safety NHS:5 Reduce annual road crash Admin 12.50 <10 Annual RBP GNHCS fatalities Data Road safety and con- Admin Annual road crash injuries 63 63 Annual RBP GNHCS nectivity enhanced Data Annual road crash per Admin 118 118 Annual RBP GNHCS 10,000 vehicles Data Number of security related No untoward incidenc- Safety and security Admin - 445 - incident reported during 0 es during parliament Annual RBP GNHCS of election ensured Data the election and local elections Crime rate to 1000 popu- Admin Safety and secu- 6 4.8 Annual RBP GNHCS lation Data rity of the society enhanced Admin Detection rate enhanced 60 70 Annual RBP GNHCS Data Timely justice ser- Admin TAT for justice services 90 90. Annual RBP GNHCS vices delivered Data Prevention, pro- motion and reha- Ratio of youth and chil- 6.4 Admin

5.4 Annual RBP GNHCS bilitation services dren involved in crime Data improved 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans Reformative pro- Proportion of prisoners 100 Admin grams for people in undergoing reformative 100 Annual RBP GNHCS Data conflict with laws program Disaster management and Disaster resilience 3 (RBP Hq, Divi- Admin contingency plan devel- 0 Annual RBP GNHCS enhanced sion-IX, SRPF) Data oped Gender friendly Number of Females working conditions Admin recruited in the Royal 466 576 Annual RBP GNHCS and environment Data Bhutan Police strengthened An effective and sustainable system Protection mechanism 11 Admin for protection and for women and children 16 Annual RBP GNHCS 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans Data empowerment of established women - 446 - Public satisfaction in Public satisfaction in po- 75.6 >90 BLSS Terminal RBP GNHCS justice services lice services 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans

3.1.5. Collaborating Partners Agency/Local Governments/ Type of Collaboration Required CSOs/Private Sector (specific interventions) To ensure that the bars and other entertainment venues BICMA are well regulated DoR Ensure that the road conditions are safe to drive RSTA Ensure that Law, Rules and Regulations are effective Provide sufficient drug testing kits to RBP and necessary BNCA support to RBP Impart value education to children and keep children MoE meaningfully engaged by organizing games, cultural and other entertainment programmes Provide capacity building in the Convention on the Rights of a Child and Child Care and Protection Act, NCWC 2015. Additionally, strengthen capacity of the WCP Units/Desks in the area of First Responder’s training Provide rescue equipment and enhance capacity devel- DDM opment and infrastructures Designing fire safety and other disaster resilient struc- MoWHS tures Basic counselling course for all officers of WCP Units/ RENEW Desks/Div (domestic violence cases) Provide technical backstopping and capacity building on ACC corruption Provide technical support on development of Apps and DITT systems Installation of CCTV, streetlights,fire hydrants and water Thromde reservoir Installation of CCTV, burglar alarm, access control se- DoC curity gadgets, fire alarms/sensors, fire extinguisher and hydrants in cultural heritage sites

3.1.6. GNH Domain Effect Domain Impact Remarks Living standard Neutral Safe and secure society will create environment for Community vitality Positive community to practice solidarity and interpersonal relationships Help reduce crime in educational facilities and pro- Education Positive mote being responsible citizens Ecological Diversity Prevention of forest fire will help in maintaining eco- Neutral and Resilience logical balance - 447 - 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans Prevention and protection of national monuments Cultural Diversity Positive and heritages will help in preservation of culture and and Resilience traditions Prevention of illicit trafficking of NDPS and substance Health Positive abuse will improve better health conditions of society Efficient public service delivery through use of IT and Time Use Positive modern technology will optimize time use Psychological Low crime in the community will reduce the fear of Positive Well-being crime among the population Low corruption in the society augments the govern- Good Governance Positive ment to function very efficiently and effectively - 448 - 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans Royal Education Council 1. Background The Royal Education Council (REC) was established in December 2014 after merging with the erstwhile REC and Department of Curriculum and Development (DCRD) under the Ministry of Education. As a leading centre of excellence for education, innovation and transformation, it is mandated to determine the national school curricula, teacher professional development and educational research to improve the overall mainstream education system. 2. Plan Priorities The REC will focus on reforming the existing curriculum by developing diversified curriculum and strengthening its implementation. The Bhutan Education Blueprint points out the need to improve the relevance and quality of curriculum, to open up more options and pathways for learners and to meet the desired needs of the current national aspirations and new global trends. Other issues include a serious gap between the intended and the implemented curricula, indicating that teachers have not been adequately supported with professional development to implement the curriculum effectively. New curriculum frameworks shall be developed to reform curriculum and assessment based on scholastic performance, changing needs, emerging issues, and new global trends in education as informed by research findings. Additionally, new curriculum and innovative educational approaches and programmes will provide learners with alternative educational pathways and more curriculum choices based on their interest and aptitude, to equip them with entrepreneurial and work related skills. Technology and digital resources shall be integrated in the curriculum to make student learning engaging and meaningful, besides improving curriculum delivery and student learning outcomes. Teachers and school leaders shall also be provided with professional development programmes to equip the teachers to move towards formative assessment. The REC shall also provide technical and professional support to enhance research-based teaching-learning culture and practices in schools. - 449 - 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans The REC will also incorporate mandatory indicators related to corruption reduction namely, work, integrity and leadership culture index, and corruption, transparency and accountability index as KPIs in the Annual Performance Agreement. The REC shall implement the following programme with a capital outlay of Nu. 300.00 million, and will contribute to NKRA 7. Sl. No. Programme Indicative Outlay (Nu in million) Improve Quality and Relevance of School 1 300.00 Curriculum and Implementation 3. Programme Summary

3.1. Improve Quality and Relevance of School Curriculum and Imple- mentation

3.1.1 Total Cost: Nu. 300.00 million

3.1.2 Activities Sl. Indicative Outlay Activities Remarks No. (Nu.in million) 1 Review of existing curriculum 65.00 2 Reform of curriculum 95.00 3 Diversification of curriculum 50.00 4 Digitization of textbooks (3 textbooks) 30.00 5 Teacher professional development 40.00 6 Enhancement of research culture 15.00 Development of national curriculum and 7 5.00 assessment frameworks Total 300.00 - 450 -

3.1.3. Multi-Year Programme Matrix Projected Annual Target Results Indicator Baseline 12th FYP Indicator Unit Y1 Y2 Y3 Y4 Y5 (AKRAs) Weight (Year) Target 2018-19 2019-20 2020-21 2021-22 2022-23 All All text- All text- All text- All text- All text- All text- Subjects revised and 35 Number textbooks books books books books books books updated (200+) (200+) (200+) (200+) (200+) (200+) (200+) 14 Subjects reformed 25 Number 15 16 17 19 21 21 (2017) Quality and Digital textbooks 0 relevance of 15 Number 0 1 - 2 3 3 created (2017) curriculum and assess- Subjects/ pro- ment system grammes diversified 4 10 Number 4 5 6 7 - 7 strengthened to meet 21st century (2017) - 451 - needs National curricu- lum and assessment 0 10 Number 0 0 1 - 2 2 frameworks devel- (2017) oped National lan- Dzongkha textbooks guage promot- reviewed and revised NA ed through based on standard- 5 Number 2 4 6 8 10 10 (2017) education ized national lan- system guage 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans

3.1.4. Programme Monitoring Matrix 12th FYP Reporting Reporting Reporting Results (AKRAs) Indicator Baseline Data Source Target Frequency Responsibility To All All Subjects revised and updated. textbooks textbooks Admin Data Annually REC GNHCS (200+) (200+) Quality and relevance Subjects reformed 14 21 Admin Data Annually REC GNHCS of curriculum and Digital textbooks created 0 3 Admin Data Annually REC GNHCS assessment system strengthened Subjects/programs diversified to 4 7 Admin Data Annually REC GNHCS meet 21st century needs National curriculum and assess- 0 2 Admin Data Annually REC GNHCS ment frameworks developed 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans National language Dzongkha textbooks reviewed Admin Data promoted through and revised based on standard- NA 10 Annually REC GNHCS - 452 - education system ized national language 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans

3.1.5. Collaborating Partners Agency/Local Governments/ Type of Collaboration Required CSOs/Private Sector (specific interventions) Approval for curriculum implementation in schools, MoE involvement of teachers and students for curriculum development, research and PD Implementation of board examinations and assessment as BCSEA per the curriculum requirements • Alignment of teacher training modules with school curriculum RUB • Provide technical and professional expertise in curriculum development, implementation and teacher professional training MoAF/MoEA/MoLHR/ Provide technical support for curriculum development in MoHCA/MoIC/ NEC/ RSPN/ relevant subjects UWICER/ NLC

3.1.6. GNH Domain Effect Domain Impact Remarks Living Standard Neutral Community Vitality Neutral Education Positive Robust curriculum will enhance quality of education Ecological Diversity Neutral and Resilience Cultural Diversity Neutral and Resilience Health Neutral Time Use Neutral Psychological Well- Positive Educational experiences will develop positive thinking being Enhance students’ analytical power to be transparent, Good Governance Positive efficient and accountable and this will contribute to good governance - 453 - 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans Royal Institute of Management 1. Background The Royal Institute of Management (RIM) is mandated to impart, promote and improve professional knowledge and skills in management and public administration in both public and private sectors in Bhutan. It aspires to be a ‘centre of excellence in management education, training and research in the region’ and to ‘develop professionally and socially responsible managers and leaders with holistic values and competencies’. 2. Plan Priorities RIM will focus on the strategic areas of strengthening institutional capacity to further enhance quality and flexibility of training programs that it offers for the development of technically competent managers and leaders. RIM will develop and deliver high quality and need-based management development programmes for senior/mid-level managers of public sector, LGs, corporate and business sector and CSOs, in pursuit of excellent management practices. It will also undertake research to facilitate evidence-based policy development. Additionally, it will continue to engage in advisory services aimed at transferring management technologies, and to leverage benefits gained from training, research and advisory projects towards financial self- sustenance. RIM faces shortage of qualified faculty and issue of retention of competent faculty. Therefore, in the 12th FYP, RIM will explore interventions such as infrastructure maintenance and strengthening institutional linkages to address retention of national and international faculty. RIM will also incorporate mandatory indicators related to corruption reduction namely, work, integrity and leadership culture index, and corruption, transparency and accountability index as KPIs in the Annual Performance Agreement. In this regard, RIM will implement the following programme with a capital outlay of Nu. 200 million, and will contribute towards achieving NKRA 7. - 454 - 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans Sl. Indicative Outlay Programme No. (Nu. In Millions) Management and Professional Development Program in 1 200.00 Support of Good Governance Total 200.00 3. Programme Summary

3.1. Management and Professional Development Program in Support of Good Governance

3.1.1. Total Cost: Nu. 200.00 million

3.1.2. Activities Sl. Indicative Outlay Activities Remarks No. (Nu. in million) 1 Regulatory Impact Assessment (RIA) 3.00 2 Major maintenance of infrastructure 5.00 3 Accreditation 5.00 Purchase of office equipment (computer/laptop, 4 4.00 furniture, and other accessories) 5 Linkage, networking and professional services 7.00 6 Master’s program 80.00 7 Post Graduate Diploma and Diploma programs 11.00 Management Development Programs (Skills 8 10.00 development Program) 9 E-governance program (UNAPCICT) 5.00 10 Research and Development Programme 3.00 11 Student exchange program/timely course review 1.00 ICT Skills up gradation and certification for 12 2.00 in-service ICT Professionals 13 Certified Professional Accounting Course 30.00 14 Efficient and effective operational service 2.00 15 Faculty exchange program 2.00 New infrastructure/ construction of new office at 16 30.00 Gelephu Total 200.00 - 455 -

3.1.3. Multi-Year Programme Matrix Projected Annual Target Indicator Baseline 12th FYP Results (AKRAs) Indicator Unit Y1 Y2 Y3 Y4 Y5 Weight (Year) Target 2018-19 2019-20 2020-21 2021-22 2022-23 Peer reviewed research 1 10 Number 1 2 3 4 5 5 papers published (2017) Research culture enhanced Postgraduate/Masters/ 5 Diploma programmes 25 Number 5 5 5 5 5 5 (2017) offered Curriculum aligned Quality and to the government 80 relevance of 15 Percent 80 85 90 95 100 100 policies and emerging (2017) curriculum and 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans issues assessment system strengthened Diversify curriculum to 1 10 Number 1 - 2 - - 2 - 456 - meet 21st century needs (2017) PhD-1 Teaching profes- Lectures with relevant PhD - 1 PhD -3 PhD - 5 PhD -6 PhD -8 PhD - 8 10 Percent M-18 sion enhanced level of qualification M-18 M - 21 M - 21 M – 25 M – 28 M -28 (2017) Access and equitable quality Self-funded students 38 10 Percent 38 40 45 50 50 50 tertiary education enrolled (2017) enhanced Enhanced Management and pro- management fessional development 4 education and 20 Number 4 8 12 16 20 20 programs accessed at (2017) professional de- different levels velopment

3.1.4. Programme Monitoring Matrix 12th FYP Reporting Reporting Reporting Results (AKRAs) Indicator Baseline Data Source Target Frequency Responsibility To Peer reviewed research papers 1 5 Admin Data Annually RIM GNHCS Research culture published enhanced Postgraduate programmes 5 5 Admin Data Annually RIM GNHCS offered Curriculum aligned to the Quality and rele- government policies and 80 100 Admin Data Annually RIM GNHCS vance of curriculum emerging issues and assessment sys- tem strengthened Diversify curriculum to meet 1 2 Admin Data Annually RIM GNHCS 21st century needs Teaching profession Lectures with relevant level of PhD= 1 PhD=8 Admin Data Annually RIM GNHCS enhanced qualification Masters= 18 Masters= 28 - 457 - Access and equitable quality tertiary edu- Self-funded students enrolled 38 50 Admin Data Annually RIM GNHCS cation enhanced Enhanced manage- Management and profession- ment education and al development programs 4 20 Admin Data Annually RIM GNHCS professional develop- accessed at different levels ment 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans

3.1.5. Collaborating Partners Agency / Local Governments Type of Collaboration Required /CSOs / Private Sector (specific interventions) RCSC Information on requirements of post graduate programmes

3.1.6. GNH Domain Effect Domain Impact Remarks Living Standard Neutral Community Vitality Neutral Enhanced access to quality tertiary education Education Positive and research culture Ecological Diversity and Resil- Neutral ience Cultural Diversity and Resil- Neutral ience Health Neutral Time Use Neutral Psychological Well-being Neutral Management and professional development Good Governance Positive of graduates and civil servants will support and contribute towards good governance. - 458 - 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans Royal University of Bhutan 1. Background The Royal University of Bhutan (RUB) aspires to establish itself as an ‘Internationally recognized university steeped in GNH values’. The RUB is mandated to develop and provide programmes of study at tertiary education level, to promote and conduct research and to provide training and professional services. It currently has ten constituent colleges with about one thousand staff including academics and administrative & technical staff. It has close to 10,000 students pursuing a wide range of academic programmes such as humanities, business studies, general sciences, engineering, information technology, education, life sciences, environmental studies etc. It offers academic programmes at Undergraduate Diploma, Bachelors Degree, Postgraduate Diploma and Masters Degree levels. 2. Plan Priorities RUB will focus on enhancement and improvement of existing infrastructure, strengthening the quality of programmes, and promoting research and innovation. In order to improve the quality of tertiary education and to accommodate increasing students, there is a need to enhance critical infrastructure such as classrooms, laboratories and hostels in order to provide state of the art facilities. In the 12th FYP, RUB will also strive towards developing a committed and highly motivated pool of staff to enhance pedagogical practices in order to improve students’ real world competencies along international best practices. Therefore, various short-term and long-term professional development programmes will be explored and implemented to develop human resources. International academics will be recruited for teaching and research. All these efforts are expected to contribute towards ensuring that the RUB graduates are recognized by job markets and universities both within and outside the country. Efforts will be made to continue with diversification of academic programmes to enhance diverse human resource base of the country in terms of knowledge and skills. It also aims to expand postgraduate level programmes and launch - 459 - 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans a few PhD programmes. The RUB will also focus on developing research capacity, promoting linkages with government agencies and international partners, and improving research facilities and services in order to promote research and scholarship in the university. In addition, RUB will develop an entrepreneurship culture among students so that they will be able to create job opportunities for themselves and others. The RUB will continue to develop and offer entrepreneurship programmes, build business incubations centres, establish linkages with financial institutions and relevant agencies, and incentivize entrepreneurial behaviour. The RUB will also incorporate mandatory indicators related to corruption reduction namely, work, integrity and leadership culture index, and corruption, transparency and accountability index as KPIs in the Annual Performance Agreement. In the 12th Plan, RUB will implement the following three programmes with a total proposed outlay of Nu. 1,200.00 million, and will contribute towards realizing the goals under NKRA 7. Sl. Indicative Outlay Programme No (Nu. In Millions) 1 Quality and Relevance of Programmes Enhanced 1,190.00 2 Research, Innovation and Scholarship Enhanced 10.00 3 Promotion of Innovation and Entrepreneurship 0.00 Total 1,200.00 3. Programme Summary

3.1. Quality and Relevance of Programmes Enhanced

3.1.1. Total cost: Nu. 1,190.00 million

3.1.2. Activities Sl. Indicative Outlay Activities Remarks No (Nu. in million) HRD Programmes for 1 Human Resource Development 50.00 Lecturers in the colleges 2 Programme development 10.00 Development of library, laboratory 3 30.00 and ICT infrastructure 4 Accreditation of programmes 15.00 - 460 - 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans 5 Major renovation and maintenance 60.00 6 Construction of new infrastructure 1,025.00 For ten colleges Total 1,190.00 - 461 -

3.1.3. Multi-Year Programme Matrix Projected Annual Target 12th Results Indicator Baseline Indicator Unit Y1 Y2 Y3 Y4 Y5 FYP (AKRAs) Weight (Year) 2018-19 2019-20 2020-21 2021-22 2022-23 Target Access and Self-funded students equitable quality 16 in public TEIs in the 15 Percent 17 18 19 20 21 21 tertiary education (2018) country enhanced Masters: 59 Masters Masters Masters Masters Masters Masters Teaching profes- Lecturer with relevant 20 Percent PhD: 8 -62 -65 -68 -71 -74 -74 sion enhanced level of qualification (2018) PhD -10 PhD -12 PhD -14 PhD -16 PhD -19 PhD -19 Quality and Subjects revised and 15 Percent 100 (2018) 100 100 100 100 100 100 relevance of updated 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans curriculum and Subjects / programmes assessment system 67 diversified to meet 21st 15 Number 69 74 103 114 121 121 - 462 - strengthened (2018) century needs

3.1.2. Programme Monitoring Matrix 12th FYP Data Reporting Reporting Reporting Results (AKRAs) Indicator Baseline Target Source Frequency Responsibility To Access and equitable Self-funded students in public Annual Sta- quality tertiary education 16 21 Annual RUB GNHCS TEIs in the country tistic, RUB enhanced Teaching profession en- Lecturer with relevant level of Master : 59 Masters: 74 Annual Sta- Annual RUB GNHCS hanced qualification PhD: 8 PhD:19 tistic, RUB Subjects revised and updated 100 100 Admin Data Annual RUB GNHCS Quality and relevance of curriculum and assessment Subjects / programmes di- Annual Re- system strengthened versified to meet 21st century 67 121 Annual RUB GNHCS port, RUB needs 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans

3.1.5. Collaborating Partners Agency/Local Governments/ Type of Collaboration Required CSOs/Private Sector (specific interventions) For clear policy guidelines on the need for new pro- DAHE, MoE grammes as per the need of the economy and general development of the country For guidance during review and validation of pro- All agencies, private sector and grammes so that they are as per the human resource other employing agencies requirement of the agencies

3.1.6. GNH Domain Effect Domain Impact Remarks Access to quality higher education will lead to improved Living Standard Positive living standards An important part of RUB’s curriculum is the personal development of students and inculcating values such as Community Vitality Positive volunteering, serving the community, building meaning- ful relationships, responsibility, compassion and fairness The programme’s interventions will improve and enhance Education Positive the tertiary education system Ecological Diversity Neutral and Resilience RUB emphasizes on initiatives to promote culture and traditions in all its campuses. RUB also have Dzongkha as Cultural Diversity Positive a common module in all the programmes. RUB can also and Resilience contribute to this domain through research on specific issues Health is one of the important areas within the student services and it is promoted through provision of good Health Positive sports facilities, raising awareness on ill effects of alcohols and drug addictions Time Use Neutral RUB encourages self –reflection/contemplation and meditation in students. Most colleges have also created Psychological Positive dedicated spaces for spiritual practices. Samtse College of Well-being Education launched Postgraduate Diploma in Contem- plative Counselling Psychology. Good Governance Neutral - 463 - 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans

3.2. Research, Innovation and Scholarship enhanced

3.2.1. Total cost: Nu. 10.00 million

3.2.2. Activities Sl. Indicative Outlay Activities Remarks No (Nu. in million) Organize periodic conference and seminars & facil- 1 itate academic staff to attend international confer- 10.00 ences and seminars Total 10.00 - 464 -

3.2.3. Multi-Year Programme Matrix Projected Annual Target Results Indicator Baseline 12th FYP Indicator Unit Y1 Y2 Y3 Y4 Y5 (AKRAs) Weight (Year) Target 2018-19 2019-20 2020-21 2021-22 2022-23 Peer reviewed research 25 15 Number 71 137 217 313 422 422 Research culture papers published (2017) enhanced Postgraduate pro- 14 10 Number 17 19 32 36 41 41 grammes offered (2017)

3.2.4. Programme Monitoring Matrix 12th FYP Reporting Reporting Reporting Results (AKRAs) Indicator Baseline Data Source Target Frequency Responsibility To Peer reviewed research papers 25 422 Admin Data Annual RUB GNHCS Research culture published - 465 - enhanced Annual Report, Postgraduate programmes offered 14 41 Annual RUB GNHCS RUB 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans

3.2.5. Collaborating Partners Agency/Local Governments/ Type of Collaboration Required CSOs/Private Sector (specific interventions) DAHE, MoE Support for postgraduate programmes Central Agencies, private Collaborate or commission major research works to RUB sector and other agencies colleges

3.2.6. GNH Domain Effect Domain Impact Remarks Living Standard Neutral Community Vitality Neutral Research can contribute to greater understanding of issues Education Neutral and build on the existing knowledge Ecological Diversity Neutral and Resilience Cultural Diversity Neutral and Resilience Health Neutral Time Use Neutral Psychological Neutral Well-being Research can contribute to evidence based policy and Good Governance Positive decision making towards enhancing good governance.

3.3. Promotion of Innovation and Entrepreneurship

3.3.1. Total cost: Nu. 0.00 million

3.3.2. Activities Sl. Indicative Outlay Activities Remarks No (Nu. in million) Set up incubation centre & conduct To be explored under 1 0.00 entrepreneurship events flagship programmes Total 0.00 - 466 -

3.3.3. Multi-Year Programme Matrix Projected Annual Target Results Indicator Baseline 12th FYP Indicator Unit Y1 Y2 Y3 Y4 Y5 (AKRAs) Weight (Year) Target 2018-19 2019-20 2020-21 2021-22 2022-23 Students taking up en- Access to quality trepreneurship subject/ training and skills 10 Percent NA 8 14 21 27 33 33 business incubation enhanced courses at TEIs

3.3.4. Programme Monitoring Matrix Results 12th FYP Reporting Reporting Reporting Indicator Baseline Data Source (AKRAs) Target Frequency Responsibility To Access to quality Students taking up entrepreneurship Annual training and skills subject/business incubation courses NA 33 Annual RUB GNHCS Statistics, RUB - 467 - enhanced at TEIs 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans 12th Five Year Plan (Volume II) - Central Plans

3.2.5. Collaborating Partners Agency/Local Governments/ Type of Collaboration Required CSOs/Private Sector (specific interventions) MoLHR To organize business events for students to participate Banks Financial support to students with good business ideas Support connecting colleges with private entrepreneurs and business houses to share business ideas, support busi- BCCI ness ideas proposed by students and also provide financial support to Startups.

3.2.6. GNH Domain Effect Domain Impact Remarks Enterprising efforts can help create jobs and business, Living Standard Positive thereby mitigating unemployment issues and creating national wealth. Community Vitality Neutral Education Neutral Ecological Diversity Neutral and Resilience Cultural Diversity Neutral and Resilience Health Neutral Time Use Neutral Psychological Enterprising/entrepreneurship qualities in individuals can Positive Well-being lead to higher self-esteem, greater autonomy and creativity. Research can contribute to evidence based policy and Good Governance Positive decision making towards enhancing good governance. - 468 - Coordination idation Collab l or onso ation C Gross National Happiness Commission Royal Government of Bhutan, Thimphu www.gnhc.gov.bt